MM

Maintenance
Organization
Exposition
Department:
Engineering & Maintenance
Document No. : AAI/ ENG/M/01

Issue: 03 Revision: 00
Effective Date: Oct 2017
Copy No:
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Doc No AAI / ENG / MOE / 01
Maintenance Organisation Exposition
Issue No. & Dt. 03 Oct 2017
RECORD OF AMENDMENTS
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
NOTE:
1. This page shall not be printed fresh during every issue or revision.
2. Person inserting the issue or revision shall make entry in his own hand writing and sign in the “inserted
by” column.
3. This page shall provide historical information on when and who amended the particular controlled
copy.
Insertion
Issue Rev. No Rev / Issue Date Reason for Revision / Issue Inserted By
Date
Mar 2014 T.N. Nagesh
01 00 Jan 2014 New Issue
01 01 Feb 2015 Revision

Feb 2015 T.N. Nagesh
02 00 Dec. 2015 Re-issue Dec. 2015 T.N. Nagesh
Scope of work enhanced to

02 01 Feb 2016 Feb 2016 T.N Nagesh
A9 check
Scope of work amended from
02 02 Sep 2016 A9 check to task based Sep 2016 T.N. Nagesh
approval
02 03 Aug 2017 Refer Table Below (Page 3) Aug 2017 T.N. Nagesh
Scope of Work amended

02 04 Sep 2017 Amendment to Page 16 of Sep 2017 T.N. Nagesh
Part - 3
1. Revision of MOE as
per PPT shared by RAO- BLR.
2. Revision of MOE due
03 00 Oct 2017 Oct 2017 T N Nagesh
Revision to CAR-145 Issue-
02, Revision-02 & Rev. 03
Page 1
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Page 2
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
CHANGE NOTICE OF ISSUE 02, REV. 03,
Issue No. 2 , Part No Page No. Description

Rev. No. 03 0.8.1(p,q) 18 Amendment to AirAsia Office Address
0.8.5 (b) 19 Deletion of Chandigarh and Trichy Transit Station
0.8.5(b) 20 Included line station – Hyderabad, Ranchi, Bhubaneshwar,
Bagdogra
Deletion of Chennai Transit Station
1.1 1 Amendment to Corporate commitment by Accountable Manager
1.2.1 3 Amendment to Safety and Quality Policy – Signature Changed
1.3.2 4 Change of Accountable Manager name as Mr. Amar Abrol
1.3.3,
1.3.4 5
1.3.12 9 Amendment to alternate post holders
1.5 16, Post holders name removed from Organisation Chart
17 CAMO Organisation chart removed
1.6.1(d) 19, 20 Amendment of Certifying Staff list
1.9(d) 31 Deletion of Vizag, Trichy, Chennai and Chandigarh line stations
1. Inclusion of Airbus A320-214 inspections upto covering
tasks listed in capability list (MOE Annexure 1) at
Bangalore.
2. Airbus A320-214/216 aircraft upto Transit Inspection :
Ranchi / Kolkata / Delhi / Bhubaneshwar
3. Airbus A320-214 aircraft upto weekly inspection at Delhi
2.8.4 36 Inclusion of Sub-para I, j, k, l
5.2.1 (c) 2 Sub-contractor List amendment– Deleted Trichy and Chennai line
stations
5.3.1(d) 3 Included Station – Hyderabad / Ranchi / Bhubaneshwar
5.3.1(d) 3 Deleted line stations Trichy, Chandigarh and Vizag
5.4.1 (e) 4 Inclusion of additional stations handled by AIESL
Page 3
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

1.3 Engineering management Management personnel – post holders
personnel
1.2.4.e Nil Training requirements, job description, duties, responsibilities
of non-post holders such as certifying staff, mid-level managers,
stores personnel, technicians etc are provided in engineering
procedures / training manuals.
1.5.1 Nil Management personnel write up added.
1.5.1 (i) Nil Training executive added in organization chart
1.6.2.e Nil The certifying staff list (AAI / MOE/ List / 01) will be maintained
in a separate file (145.A.70(a)(6)) and will be reviewed once in
three months or whenever there is a substantial change in the
certifying staff list. (more than 25% shortage in personnel)
1.6.5 Nil Expat (positioned in India / outside., if any) (145.A.30.(d))
1.6.6 Nil Contract certifying staff (if any) (AMC 145.A.30(d)
1.7.1 Nil Base maintenance / component maintenance
1.7.2 Nil Line maintenance
1.7.3 Nil Sub-contracted services
1.7.4 Nil Specialized activities (NDT, borescope, structural repair &
weighing)
1.7.5 Nil Hangar visit plan (AMC 145.A.25(a)(1); 30(d)(4)
1.7.6 Nil Manpower estimation (all areas)
1.7.7 Nil Policy on contract employees (AMC 145.A.30.(d)(1)
1.7.8 Nil Hiring procedures (inclusive of contract employees) (AMC
145.A.30(e)(2)
1.7.9 Nil Training policies (AMC 145.A.30(d)
1.7.10 Nil Procedures to assign independent job (AMC 145.A.30(e)(1)
1.8.1 Nil Base maintenance facilities
1.8.3 Nil Component maintenance facilities
1.8.5 Stores facility Stores facility - amended
1.9.2 Nil Approval seeking procedures (initial – renewal –variation)
1.9.3 Nil Revalidation procedures (invalid organization / scope)
(145.A.15)
1.9.4 Nil Summary of outsourcing (within and outside the country)
1.10.2 Nil Change of accountable manager (GM 145.A.70(a))
1.10.3 Nil Change of senior nominated post holder (145.A.85)
1.10.4 Nil Addition of line & base station (145.A.70(b))
1.10.5 Nil Changes of maintenance location (base & line) (145.A.70(b))
1.10.6 Nil Changes in scope of approval (145.A.15)
1.10.7 Nil Effectivity (after approval) of revised procedures
1.10.8 Nil Procedure for dissemination of MOE (GM 145.A.70(a))
1.10.9 Nil Organization approval – renewal
Page 4
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

1.11.2 Nil Person responsible for revision of MOE (GM 145.A.70(a)(6)
1.11.3 Nil amendment procedure
1.11.4 Nil Update procedures – controlled copies – hard copies –EDP
copies (145.A.70(a))
1.11.5 Nil Communication procedures (AMC 145.A.70(a))
1.11.6 Nil Indicating (issue /rev) and marking vertical line procedure
1.11.7 Nil Temporary amendment procedure
1.11.8 Nil Periodic revisions of exposition
2.1.2 Nil Procedure for evaluation and selection (145.A.70)
2.1.3 Nil Supplier and sub-contractor auditing policy
2.1.4 Nil Approved scope and contract / sub-contract policy (AMC
145.A.75(b)(3.3))
2.1.5 Nil Car-145 approved sub-contract (AMC 145.A.75(b)3)
2.1.6 Nil Organization without car 145 approval (AMC 145.A.75(b)(3.1.b))
2.1.7 Nil DGCA acceptance (AMC 145.A.75.(b)(3.4))
2.2.1.1 Nil Components removed from serviceable aircraft (para 2.6 of
AMC no.2 to 145.A.50(d))
2.2.1.2 Nil Components removed from aircraft withdrawn from service
(AMC 145.A.50(d)(2.7)
2.2.1.3 Nil Components received from an unapproved organization (AMC
145.A.50(d)(2.8)
2.2.1.4 Nil Components removed from accident aircraft (AMC
145.A.50.(d)(2.9)
2.2.1.5 Nil Components received from workshop (AMC 145.A.50.(d))
2.2.1.6 Nil Components released under pre-21 approval from workshop
(AMC 145.A.50.(d))
2.2.1.7 Nil Components from base to line – policy
2.2.1.8 Nil Components from line to base – policy
2.2.2.1 Nil Acceptance of aviation products
2.2.2.2 Nil Acceptance of components (AMC M.A.501(a))
2.2.2.3 Nil Acceptance of equivalent document (AMC M.A.501(a)(5)
2.2.2.8 Nil Segregation and quarantine (CAR 145.A.42(a))
2.3.4.2 Nil Form-1 & acceptance tag system
2.4.11 Nil Tools box / personal tools policy (145.A.40(a))
2.5.7 Nil Calibration / inspection / service / load test – due dates (AMC
145. A. 40(b))
2.5.8 Nil Accountability of tools calibration and maintenance
2.6.1 Nil Tools planning in base maintenance
2.6.2 Nil Tool planning in line maintenance
2.6.3 Nil Training on new equipment / special tools
2.6.4 Nil Use of tools & equipment (including GSE) by AMEs
2.6.5 Nil Marking unserviceable tools (AMC 145.A.40(b))
2.6.6 Nil Intimate defective / missing tools
Page 5
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

2.6.7 Nil Use of alternate tools (145.A.40(a))
2.7.3 Nil Hangar cleanliness system – component protection
2.7.4 Nil Line station – cleanliness procedures (M.A.402(c))
2.7.5 Nil Workshop house keeping procedures (car m – appendix-ii, 5(1))
2.7.6 Nil Shop (avionics) cleanliness standards
2.7.7 Nil Waste disposal procedures
2.7.7.1 Nil Liquid (fuel /oil) waste
2.7.7.2 Nil Solid waste
2.7.8 Nil Birds control
2.7.9 Nil Accountability of cleanliness
2.8.3 Nil Types of ACMD (documents) (car 145.A.45(b))
2.8.5 Nil Updating register (including it system) (AMC 145.A.45(g))
2.8.6.1 Nil Base documents
2.8.6.2 Nil Line station documents (AMC 145.A.45(b)(5)
2.8.6.3 Nil Customer supplied documents (145.A.45(g))
2.8.6.4 Nil Component maintenance manual (AMC 145.A.45(b)(3)&(4)
2.8.6.5 Nil Availability at workplace (AMC 145.A.45(f))
2.8.7.1 Nil Centralized on-line system
2.8.7.2 Nil Off-line system (AMC 145.A.45(f)(2)
2.8.7.3 Nil Protection of it based ACMD (145.A.45(e))
2.8.8 Nil Policy on soft copy & hard copy in base / line station.
2.8.9 Nil Communication of revisions in ACMD (AMC 145.A.70(a))
2.8.10 Nil Policy on development of work package / schedules / NRC
(AMC 145.A.45(e)(1)
2.9.5.1 Nil MEL (Pilot / ) reported
2.9.5.2 Nil Carried forward repairs (DMR)
2.9.5.3 Nil Cabin defect clearance
2.9.6 Nil Minor repair outside the scope of ACMD
2.9.7 Nil Major repair outside the scope of ACMD
2.9.7.1 Nil Approval of repair by TC holder
2.9.7.2 Nil Approval of repair data by TC holder’s authority
2.9.7.3 Nil Approval of repair data by DGCA
2.10.3 Nil Work package acceptance and work planning (data, manpower,
tools & facility)
2.10.3 Nil Work allotment, support staff management and certification in
line maintenance
2.10.3 Nil HF consideration on amp compliance
2.11.3 Nil Updating of airworthiness directives
2.11.4 Nil AD analyse / decisions procedure
2.11.5 Nil Multi-part AD & repetitive AD
2.11.6 Nil Pre-flight procedures (M.A.606(h)(1))
2.11.7 Nil Pre-ad procedures (till terminating action)
2.11.8 Nil Post –AD procedures (revising ACMD change)
Page 6
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

2.11.9 Nil AD compliance including manpower, documents, tools, spares
etc. And record completion
2.11.10 Nil Compliance in components (AMC no. 2 to 145.A.50(d))
2.11.11 Nil Operational directives (M.A.708(5))
2.12.3 Nil Service bulletin – types & scope
2.12.4 Nil Procedure to update service bulletin
2.12.5 Nil Procedure to analyze service bulletin
2.12.6 Nil Decision on service bulletin compliance
2.12.7 Nil Pre-service bulletin procedures (before terminating action)
2.12.8 Nil Post service bulletin procedures (document revision)
2.12.9 Nil Service bulletins compliance – procedures on manpower,
documents, materials etc.
2.12.10 Nil Record completion procedure
2.13.3 Nil Preparation and verification of work package or work order
2.13.4 Nil Human factors consideration in preparation & allotment of
work cards
2.13.5 Nil Various maintenance documentation in use
2.13.6 Nil Maintenance documents completing procedures including
recording of values, test results and measurement
2.13.7 Nil Signing-off and stamping procedures
2.13.8 Nil Responsibility of certification authorization (CA) holders (B1, B2
& C), supporting technicians and second independent personnel
2.13.9 Nil NRC preparation, verification & completion
2.13.10 Nil Compiling, verification and issuing of CRS
2.14.3 Nil Definition & scope of various records (car 145.A.55 & M.A.614)
2.14.4 Nil Completion, control, storage, safety and retrieval of paper /
computer based record system (GM 145.A.55)
2.14.5 Nil Control of access to records of paper and /or computer based
records (GM 145.A.55.(a)(4))
2.14.6 Nil Format, approval completion of tech-logs, aircraft logs, task
cards and other continuing airworthiness records
2.14.7 Nil Maintenance history cards and engine module records
2.14.8 Nil Disposal & transfer of records including customer records
2.14.9 Nil Access & retention of records (145.A.55(c) and GM 145.A.55(a)
2.14.10 Nil Reconstruction of lost / destroyed records (GM 145.A.55(a)(3))
2.15.4 Nil Pre-maintenance survey and recording of defects
2.15.4 Nil Intimation & rectification of defect on customer aircraft (AMC
M.A.306(a)(1)
2.15.5 Nil Issuing of work order, schedules and NRC to rectify defects
(AMC 145.A.30(b)(3))
2.15.6 Nil Rectification of carried forward (DMR) defects
2.15.7 Nil Rectification of cabin defects (AMC M.A.306(a)
2.15.8 Nil Hazard analysis and deferment defect from major check
Page 7
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

2.15.9 Nil Defects data and reliability analysis
2.15.10 Nil Maintenance / serviceability check, test run and detection of
defect and rectification
2.16.5 Nil CRS after scheduled check – use of different CRS format for line
/ base, major replacement and minor work (tech. Log)
2.16.6 Nil CRS after replacement, defect rectification, AD /SB compliance
2.16.11 Nil Release of serviceable components removed from aircraft.
2.17.3 Nil Types of operator’s records
2.17.4 Nil Record processing and completion procedures
2.17.5 Nil Operators record keeping, segregation and control, retrieving
system including it based records
2.17.6 Nil Retention of operators maintenance records
2.18.3 Nil Defects, incidents, accidents & internal occurrence – internal
reporting
2.18.4 Nil Incident reporting to DGCA, manufacturer & operator
2.18.4.1 Nil Persons responsible for reporting
2.18.4.2 Nil Preliminary report format containing minimum information
2.18.4.3 Nil Final investigation report
2.18.5 Nil Internal occurrences / defects data collection & investigation;
MEL defect list and monthly reporting
2.18.6 Nil Defects reported by contractor & sub-contractor.
2.18.7 Nil Defect carried forward under MEL
2.19.3 Nil Identification and labeling of defective components (required
information)
2.19.4 Nil Protection, handling and movement of components
2.19.5 Nil Storage of defective components
2.19.6 Nil Components “on hold” (pending determination of serviceability
status)
2.19.7 Nil Segregation of customer components
2.20.3 Nil Control of defective component
2.20.4 Nil Dispatch of components for repair / overhaul / calibration
2.20.5 Nil Identification of required paper work
2.20.6 Nil Control of dispatch, location & return
2.21.3 Nil Software management & control.
2.21.4 Nil Suitability & adequacy (AMC 145.A.45(f))
2.21.5 Nil DGCA acceptance of computer based document & record
system (145.A.55(c)(3)
2.21.6 Nil Information retrieval.
2.21.7 Nil Data back up systems (145.A.55(c)(2))
2.21.8 Nil Power back up system
2.21.9 Nil Data protection, security and safeguard (AMC M.A.714(5))
2.21.10 Nil Second site storage
2.21.11 Nil Computer system maintenance
Page 8
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

2.22.3 Nil Company planning Vs actual man hour procedure (AMC
145.A.30(d)(8))
2.22.5 Nil Organization of shifts (AMC 145.A.47(c)).
2.22.6 Nil Human performance limitations (AMC 145.A.47(b))
2.22.7 Nil Aircraft hangar visit plan (AMC 145.A.30(d)(4))
2.22.8 Nil Three monthly review meeting (AMC 145.A.30(d)(7))
2.23.3 Nil Criteria to identify critical task (AMC 145.A.65(b)(3)(2))
2.23.4 Nil Flight safety sensitive maintenance tasks
2.23.7 Nil Marking of critical tasks (AMC 145.A.65(b)(3)(3))
2.23.9 Nil Critical maintenance tasks
2.23.10 Nil Critical task list
2.23.11 Nil Error capturing method
2.23.12 Nil Multiple error / repeat of errors
2.23.13 Nil Critical design configuration control limitations (CDCCL)
2.25.3 Nil Aims & objectives of error management system
2.25.5 Nil Analysis of data & measures (AMC 145.A.60(b))
2.26.4 Nil Aims and objectives of the shift handover.
2.26.5 Nil Training of personnel in shift / task hand over processes (GM
145.A.30(e)(7))
2.26.7 Nil Description of shift hand over process including shift overlap
(AMC 145.A.47(c))
2.27.3 Nil Definitions of maintenance data ambiguities
2.27.4 Nil Responsible person for co-ordination of reporting & remedial
actions.
2.27.5 Nil Method of internal reporting of maintenance data ambiguities
(CAR 145.A.45(d))
2.27.6 Nil Method of external reporting of maintenance data ambiguities
to the authors of that data.
2.27.7 Nil Feedback to staff and implementation of TC holder /
manufacturer corrections.
2.28.3 Nil Planning
2.28.4 Nil Role of planning
2.28.5 Nil Establishment of clear work order.
2.28.6 Nil Establishing all necessary resources before starting work.
2.28.7 Nil Organizing maintenance personnel and providing all necessary
support during maintenance.
2.28.8 Nil Consideration of human performance limitations.
2.28.9 Nil Critical maintenance tasks
2.28.11 Nil Error capturing method
2.29 Disciplinary policies Nil
L2.8 Nil Procedure for approval of Line Stations i.a.w AAC 3 of 2017
3.1.3 Nil Company audit policy
3.1.4 Nil Definition of the quality system
Page 9
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

2.1.4.1 Nil Independence and access to Accountable Manager.
3.1.4.2 Nil Composition of the group.
3.1.4.3 Nil Duties and responsibilities of managers, auditors & aircraft
inspectors.
3.1.4.4 Nil Quality department structure
3.1.4.5 Nil Annual quality review of maintenance.
3.1.5 Nil Audit programme
3.1.6 Nil Audit elements (planned audit, spot inspection, sample check
on scheduled & unscheduled maintenance)
3.1.8 Nil Team composition
3.1.10 Nil Coverage full scope of work using customized check list
3.1.11 Nil Audit of suppliers and sub-contractors
3.2.3 Nil Quality audit of aircraft – general
3.2.4 Nil Quality audit team composition and customized checklist
procedures
3.2.5 Nil Elements of product samples (aircraft and/or components)
3.2.6 Nil Aircraft audit plan
3.2.7 Nil Aircraft audit deficiency observation & extension of product
audit
3.3.3 Nil Quality audit report feedback system
3.3.4 Nil Accountable manager / senior management review meeting
3.3.5 Nil Setting of corrective action and timescale
3.3.6 Nil Preventive measures including training, role change, disciplinary
action etc.
3.3.7 Nil Deficiency form closure procedures
3.3.8 Nil Audit records
3.3.9 Nil DGCA audit co-ordination and closure of findings
3.4.4 Nil Competence & skill requirements description
3.4.5 Nil Competence & skill assessment procedure
3.4.6 Nil Training policy – initial training, recurrent training, HF training,
SMS training, special ops training (RVSM – EDTO – PB – CDCCL)
3.4.7 Nil New recruit training, assessment & job allotment
3.4.8 Nil Contracted employee training & job allotment
3.5.3 Nil List of certifying personnel (category a /B1 /B2)
3.5.4 Nil Minimum information to be kept in the file
3.5.5 Nil Responsibility to maintain and control personal records
3.5.6 Nil Access to staff records – authorized persons
3.5.7 Nil Procedures for access of records by DGCA officers or authorized
managers
3.5.8 Nil Retention of records
3.6.3 Nil Audit personal – general
3.6.4 Nil Qualification, experience & training
3.6.5 Nil Duties & responsibilities
Page 10
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

3.6.6 Nil Personnel to audit quality
3.6.7 Nil Manpower in quality audit section including outsourced
auditors
3.6.8 Nil Independence of quality audit personnel
3.7.3 Nil Inspectors – general duties & responsibilities
3.7.5 Nil Competence and skill requirements & assessment
3.7.6 Nil Contracted inspectors procedures
3.8.3 Nil Technicians – general
3.8.4 Nil Qualification, experience (duration & technical) and training
requirements
3.8.6 Nil Signatory responsibilities of technicians
3.8.7 Nil Approved Marshallers
3.8.8 Nil Contracted technicians procedures
3.9.3 Nil Task exemption – general
3.9.4 Nil Procedure to seek task exemption approval from DGCA.
3.9.5 Nil Hazard analysis & justification.
3.9.6 Nil Format for task exemption request
3.9.7 Nil Effectivity of task exemption.
3.9.8 Nil Record of task exemption
3.10.3 Nil Organization procedures for concession – general
3.10.4 Nil Concession criteria
3.10.5 Nil Request procedure
3.10.6 Nil Hazard analysis and justification.
3.10.7 Nil Format for concession request
3.10.8 Nil Effectivity of concession.
3.10.9 Nil Record of concession
3.11.5 Nil Contracted specialist service procedures.
3.12.3 Nil Source of work – authorization of personnel
3.12.4 Nil System for control of materials, working instructions and
procedures
3.12.5 Nil Control of documentation – drawings – modifications – repair
instructions.
3.12.6 Nil Certification – repair – replacement – modification – overhaul –
inspection.
3.12.7 Nil Environmental conditions
3.12.8 Nil Final certification by the company.
3.13.3 Nil Aims & objectives.
3.13.4 Nil Categories of staff to be trained.
3.13.5 Nil Type & duration.
3.13.6 Nil Requirements for trainers / training organization
3.13.7 Nil Training methods and syllabus
Page 11
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

3.13.8 Nil Continuation training
3.14.3 Nil List of personnel to be assessed within the organization and
outside or DGCA i.a.w CAR 145.A.30(e)
3.14.4 Nil Competency and skill matrix
3.14.5 Assessment procedures – training, qualifications, supervision, assessors. - Amended
3.14.6 Nil Management competence assessment.
3.14.7 Nil Qualification & assessment records.
Training Procedures For On-The Job Training As Per Section 6 Of Appendix-III To CAR 66. –
3.15
Amended and heading changed
Nil Procedure For The Issue Of The Recommendation To DGCA For
3.16
The Issues Of a CAR 66 License In Accordance With 66.B.105.
3.17 Safety Management System - para no. changed
3.18 Qualifying Internal Instructor - para no. changed
3.19 Regulatory Requirement For Course Approval And Syllabus – para no. changed
4.1.3 Scope Of Work Contracted With An Operator - Amended
5.1 Sample of Documents (Ref. CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12) - Amended
5.2 List Of Sub-Contractors As Per CAR 145.A.75 (B) - Amended
5.3 List Of Line Maintenance Locations As Per CAR 145.A.75(D) - Amended
5.4 List Of Contracted Organisations As Per CAR 145.A.75 (A)(16) - Amended
5.5 Nil Manpower projection list
5.6 MOE Associated Manuals / Circulars (technical , quality, stores circular) - Amended
5.7 Nil On The Job Training Task
Page 12
CHANGE NOTICE
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Page 13
Doc No AAI/ENG / MOE / 01
Maintenance Organisation Exposition Issue Date Oct 2017
Issue 03 Rev. 00
DISTRIBUTION LIST
Part 0
DISTRIBUTION LIST
CONTROL COPY
DISTRIBUTED TO FORMAT
NO.
Hard Copy
1 Dy. DG., DGCA, Bengaluru
Hard Copy (Master)
2 Quality Manager
3 Technical Publication Executive
4 Director of Airworthiness, DGCA Headquarters
5 Accountable Manager
6 Director of Flight Operations Soft Copy
7 Maintenance Manager (Intranet)
8 Continuing Airworthiness Manager
9 Technical Services Executive
10 Materials Executive
11 All Line Stations
Page 18
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART DESCRIPTION PAGE
0 General Organisation
0.1 Company Background 1–2
0.1.1 Organization Background 1–2
0.2 Business Objectives, Mission & Vision 3
0.3 Management Composition – Board Members 4
0.4 Address Of Corporate Office, Operation Base & Maintenance Base 5
0.5 Financial Resources 6
0.6 Business Plans and Expansion 7
0.7 Organization Policy on Human Resource Development 8
0.8 CAR-145 & MOE Cross Reference 9 - 10
1 Management
Corporate Commitment by the Accountable Manager 1
1.1
[GM 145.A.70(a)]
1.2 Safety & Quality Policy [AMC 145.A.65(a)] 2-3
1.2.1 Quality Policy Commitment 2
1.2.2 Safety Policy Commitment 2
1.2.3 Detailed Commitment of the Organization is to 3
1.3 Management Personnel 4–9
1.3.1 The Management consists of the following Post Holder 4
1.3.2 Nominating Procedures (145.A.30(b)(2)) 4
1.3.3 Accountable Manager - Requirements & Responsibilities 4,5
1.3.4 Following are the Nominated Management Personnel: 5
Qualification, Experience and Training Requirements of the Quality 6,7
1.3.5
Manager is Given Below (145.A.30.(b)(3):
Qualification, Experience and Training Requirements of the 8
1.3.6
Maintenance Manager is given below:
1.3.7 Deputation of Duties in case Of Lengthy Absence 9
1.4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Management Personnel 10 - 14
1.4.1 Accountable Manager 10

1.4.2 Quality Manager 11,12
1.4.3 Maintenance Manager 13,14
1.5 A. Main Responsibility
Management :
Organisation Chart 15,16
1.5.1 Management Personnel 15,16
List of Certifying Staff, Support Staff and Airworthiness Review Staff 17,18
1.6
[Ref: CAR 145.A.35 (h), 145.A.70(a)(6)]
1.6.1 Base Certifying Staff Records (‘C’ CA Holder) (145.A.30.(H)(1)) 17
1.6.2 Line Certifying Staff Records (145.A.30.(H)(1)(I)) 17
1.6.3 Component Certifying Staff Records (145.A.30 (F)) 17
Page 19
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

1.6.4 Specialist Staff Records ( NDT, Structure, Borescope) (145.A.30(F)) 18
1.6.5 EXPAT AME (Positioned In India / Outside., If Any) (145.A.30.(D)) 18
1.6.6 Contract Certifying Staff (If Any) (AMC 145.A.30(D) 18
1.6.7 Airworthiness Review Staff Records 18
1.7 Manpower Resources [AMC 145.A.30(d)] 19 – 22
1.7.1 Base Maintenance / Component Maintenance 19
1.7.2 Line Maintenance 19
1.7.3 Sub-Contracted Man Power 19
1.7.4 Specialized Activities (NDT, Borescope, Structural Repair & Weighing) 19,20
1.7.5 Hangar Visit Plan (AMC 145.A.25(A)(1); 30(D)(4) 20
1.7.6 Manpower Estimation (All Areas) 20
1.7.7 Policy On Contract Employees (AMC 145.A.30.(D)(1) 21
1.7.8 Hiring Procedures (Inclusive Of Contract Employees) (AMC 145.A.30(e)(2) 21
1.7.9 Training Policies (AMC 145.A.30(d) 21
1.7.10 Procedures To Assign Independent Job (AMC 145.A.30(e)(1) 21,22
1.7.11 Assessment Of Competence Of Personnel 22
1.7.12 Duty Time Limitation (DTL) 22
General Description Of The Facilities At Each Address Intended To Be 23 – 29
1.8
Approved
1.8.1 Base Maintenance Facilities 23
1.8.2 Line Maintenance Facilities 23
1.8.3 Component Maintenance Facilities 23
1.8.4 Facility As Per Scope Of Work (145.A.25(a)) 24,25
1.8.5 Stores Facility 26
1.8.6 Layout Of Premises 27, 28, 29
1.9 Organization’s Intended Scope Of Work 30 – 32
1.9.1 Scope Of Work 30
1.9.2 Approval Seeking Procedures (Initial – Renewal –Variation) 31
1.9.3 Revalidation Procedures (Invalid Organization / Scope) (145.A.15) 31,32
1.9.4 Summary Of Outsourcing (Within And Outside The Country 32
1.9.5 CAR-145 Approval 32
Notification Procedure To the DGCA Regarding Changes In Activities / 33 – 35
1.10
Approval /Location / Personnel
1.10.1 Purpose 33
1.10.2 Change Of Accountable Manager 33
1.10.3 Change Of Senior Nominated Post Holder 33
1.10.4 Addition Of Line & Base Station [145.A.70(b)] 34
1.10.5 Changes Of Maintenance Location (Base & Line) [145.A.70(b)] 34
1.10.6 Changes In Scope Of Approval [145.A.15] 34
1.10.7 Effectivity (After Approval) Of Revised Procedures 35
1.10.8 Procedure For Dissemination Of Moe [GM 145.A.70(a)] 35
1.10.9 Organization Approval – Renewal 35
Page 20
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

1.10.10 Procedure for Approval of Line Stations (Domestic) 35
1.11 Exposition Amendment Procedures 36 – 38
1.11.1 Purpose 36
1.11.2 Person Responsible For Revision Of Moe (GM 145.A.70(A)(6) 36
1.11.3 Amendment Procedure 36
Update Procedures – Controlled Copies – Hard Copies –EDP Copies 36
1.11.4
(145.A.70(A))
1.11.5 Communication Procedures (AMC 145.A.70(A)) 37
1.11.6 Indicating (Issue /Rev) And Marking Vertical Line Procedure 37
1.11.7 Indirect Approval 37
1.11.8 Periodic Revisions Of Exposition 38
1.11.9 Responsibilities 38
2 Maintenance Procedures
2.1 Supplier Evaluation And Sub-Contract Control Procedure 1-5
2.1.1 Procedure For Evaluation And Selection (145.A.70) 1
2.1.2 Supplier And Sub-Contractor Auditing Policy 1,2
Approved Scope And Contract / Sub-Contract Policy (Amc 2
2.1.3
145.A.75(B)(3.3))
2.1.4 Car-145 Approved Sub-Contract (AMC 145.A.75(B)3) 3
2.1.5 Organization Without Car 145 Approval (AMC 145.A.75(B)(3.1.B)) 3
2.1.6 DGCA Acceptance (AMC 145.A.75.(B)(3.4)) 3,4
2.1.7 Contract – Approval / Renewal Procedures 4
2.1.8 Vendor Rating System 4
2.1.9 Vendor Audit Frequency 4,5
2.1.10 Cautioning Of Vendor 5
2.1.11 Blacklisting Of Vendors 5
2.1.12 Sub-Contractor Renewal Procedure 5
Acceptance / Inspection Of Aircraft Components & Material From 6 - 15
2.2
Outside Contractors
2.2.1 Acceptance Of Component With In Organization 6,7,8,9,10
Components Removed From Serviceable Aircraft (Para 2.6 Of AMC 6,7
2.2.1.1
No.2 To 145.A.50(D))
Components Removed From Aircraft Withdrawn From Service (AMC 7
2.2.1.2
145.A.50(D)(2.7)
Components Received From An Unapproved Organization (AMC 7,8
2.2.1.3
145.A.50(D)(2.8)
2.2.1.4 Components Removed From Accident Aircraft (AMC 145.A.50.(D)(2.9) 8
2.2.1.5 Components Received From Workshop (AMC 145.A.50.(D)) 8
Components Released Under Pre-21 Approval From Workshop (AMC 8,9
2.2.1.6
145.A.50.(D))
2.2.1.7 Components From Base To Line – Policy 9
2.2.1.8 Components From Line To Base – Policy 9,10
Page 21
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.2.2 Acceptance Of Components From Outside Suppliers / Contractors 10 - 15
2.2.2.1 Acceptance Of Aviation Products 10
2.2.2.2 Acceptance Of Components (AMC M.A.501(A)) 10,11
2.2.2.3 Acceptance Of Equivalent Document (AMC M.A.501(A)(5) 11
2.2.2.4 Acceptance Of Materials – Raw Materials (Car M.A.501(D) 11
2.2.2.5 Acceptance Of Materials – Consumables 11
2.2.2.6 Acceptance Of Materials – Standard Parts (AMC M.A.501 ©(1-4) 12
2.2.2.7 Unsalvaging Procedures (AMC 145.A.42(D)) 12
2.2.2.8 Segregation And Quarantine (CAR 145.A.42(A)) 13
2.2.2.9 Dealing With Bogus Parts 14
2.2.2.10 Fabrication of Parts 14,15
Storage, Tagging And Release Of Aircraft Components And Material To 16 - 21
2.3
Aircraft Maintenance
2.3.1 Purpose 16
2.3.2 Policy 16,17,18,19
2.3.2.1 Stores Environmental Control 16
2.3.2.2 General Storage Procedures 17,18
2.3.2.3 Manufacturer Storage Procedures 18
2.3.2.4 Shelf Life Tracking And Control 18,19
2.3.2.5 Record And Inventory Management 19
2.3.3 Tagging Procedures 19 ,20
2.3.4 Release Procedures 20,21
2.3.4.1 Parts, Materials & Standard Parts – Procedures 20
2.3.4.2 Form-1 & Acceptance Tag System 21
2.3.4.3 Controlled Access To Storage Facilities 21
2.4 Acceptance Of Tools And Equipment 22 – 29
2.4.1 Purpose 22
2.4.2 Policy (145.A.40(2)) 22
2.4.3 Acceptance Procedure 22,23
2.4.4 Storage Procedure (145.A.40(B)) 23,24
2.4.5 General Tools 24
2.4.6 Special Tools (145.A.40(A)(1)) 24,25
2.4.7 Locally Fabricated / Alternate Tools (145.A.40(A)(1)) 25,26
2.4.8 Ground Support Equipment (145.A.40(A)(3)) 26
2.4.9 Borrowed & Lending Tools & Equipment. 26,27
2.4.10 Tools Issuing Procedures 27
2.4.11 Tools Box / Personal Tools Policy (145.A.40(A)) 27,28
2.4.12 Reporting Of Missing /Defective Tools And Equipment: 28,29
2.5 Calibration Of Tools And Equipment 30 – 33
2.5.1 Purpose 30
2.5.2 Policy 30
2.5.3 General Procedures 30,31
Page 22
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.5.3.1 Tools / Equipment Inventory List (AMC 145.A.40(A)) 30
2.5.3.2 Precision Equipment List (AMC 145.A.40(B)(1)) 30,31
2.5.3.3 Calibration Tracking System (Including IT System) – Line 31
2.5.4 Calibration Periods – Procedure 31,32
2.5.5 Maintenance Of Tools / Equipment (AMC 145.A.40(B)(2)) 32
2.5.6 Equipment / Tools History Card 32
Calibration / Inspection / Service / Load Test – Due Dates (AMC 145. 32,33
2.5.7
A. 40(B))
2.5.8 Accountability Of Tools Calibration And Maintenance 33
2.5.9 Procedures On Unserviceable Tools /Equipment 33
2.6 Use Of Tools And Equipment By Staff (Including Alternate Tools) 34 - 36
2.6.1 Tools Planning In Base Maintenance 34
2.6.2 Tool Planning In Line Maintenance 34
2.6.3 Training On New Equipment / Special Tools 35
2.6.4 Use Of Tools & Equipment (Including GSE) By AMEs 35
2.6.5 Marking Unserviceable Tools (AMC 145.A.40(B)) 35
2.6.6 Intimate Defective / Missing Tools 36
2.6.7 Use Of Alternate Tools (145.A.40(A)) 36
2.7 Cleanliness Standards Of Maintenance Facilities 37 – 39
2.7.1 Policy 37
2.7.2 Objective 37
2.7.3 Hangar Cleanliness System – Component Protection 37
2.7.4 Line Station – Cleanliness Procedures (M.A.402(C)) 37
2.7.5 Workshop House Keeping Procedures (CAR M – Appendix-Ii, 5(1)) 38
2.7.6 Shop (Avionics) Cleanliness Standards 38
2.7.7 Waste Disposal Procedures 38
2.7.1.1 Liquid (Fuel /Oil) Waste 38
2.7.1.2 Solid Waste 38
2.7.8 Birds Control 39
2.7.9 Accountability Of Cleanliness 39
Maintenance Instructions And Relationship To Aircraft / Aircraft 40 - 45
2.8 Component Manufacturer’s Instruction Including Updating And
Availability To Staff
2.8.1 Purpose 40
2.8.2 Objective 40
2.8.3 Types Of ACMD (Documents) (Car 145.A.45(B)) 40,41
2.8.4 Procedures For Ordering 41
2.8.5 Updating Register (Including IT System) (AMC 145.A.45(G)) 41
2.8.6 Procedures For Updating 41,42,43
2.8.6.1 Base Documents 42
2.8.6.2 Line Station Documents (AMC 145.A.45(B)(5) 42
2.8.6.3 Customer Supplied Documents (145.A.45(G)) 42
Page 23
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.8.6.4 Component Maintenance Manual [AMC 45.A.45(B)(3)&(4) 43
2.8.6.5 Availability At Workplace (AMC 145.A.45(F)) 43
2.8.7 System To Facilitate Availability Of ACMD (145.A.45(F)) 43,44
2.8.7.1 Centralized On-Line System 43
2.8.7.2 Off-Line System (AMC 145.A.45(F)(2) 43
2.8.7.3 Protection Of IT Based ACMD (145.A.45(E)) 43,44
2.8.8 Policy On Soft Copy & Hard Copy In Base / Line Station. 44
2.8.9 Communication Of Revisions In ACMD (AMC 145.A.70(A)) 44
Policy On Development Of Work Package / Schedules /
2.8.10 44
NRC (AMC 145.A.45(E)(1)
2.8.11 Preparation Of Work Cards / Work Package 44,45
2.9 Modification And Repair Procedure 46 - 53
2.9.1 Purpose 46
2.9.2 Policy 46
2.9.3 Scope Of Damage / Repair Assessment (Car M.A.304) 46,47
2.9.4 Repair Procedures With In The Scope Of ACMD 47,48
2.9.4.1 MEL (Pilot / AME) Reported 47
2.9.4.2 Carried Forward Repairs (DMR) 48
2.9.4.3 Cabin Defect Clearance 48
2.9.5 Minor Repair Outside The Scope Of ACMD 48
2.9.6 Major Repair Outside The Scope Of ACMD 48,49,50
2.9.6.1 Approval Of Repair By TC Holder 48,49
2.9.6.2 Approval Of Repair Data By TC Holder’s Authority 49
2.9.6.3 Approval Of Major Repair Data By DGCA 49,50
2.9.6.4 Procedure For Minor Repair 50
2.9.7 Development Of Procedures / Task Cards For Repair And Modification 50
2.9.8 Repair By Contracted Organization 50
2.9.9 Procedure To Carry Out Major Modification: 50,51
2.9.10 Modification/STC Approval By DGCA (AAC) 51
2.9.11 Procedure For Approval Of Modifications 51,52,53
2.9.12 Repair CRS Issuing Procedures [AMC M.A.306 (A) (V)] 53
2.9.13 Post Repair Documents – Procedures [AMC M.A.302] 53
2.9.14 Post Repair Record – Procedures [M.A.305 (H) (6)] 53
2.10 Aircraft Maintenance Programme Compliance 54 - 56
2.10.1 Purpose 54
2.10.2 Policy 54
Work Package Acceptance And Work Planning (Data, Manpower, 54,55
2.10.3
Tools & Facility)
Work Allotment, Support Staff Management And Certification In Line 55,56
2.10.4
Maintenance
2.10.5 HF Consideration On AMP Compliance 56
2.11 Airworthiness Directives Procedure 57 - 60
Page 24
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.11.1 Airworthiness Directives – Purpose 57
2.11.2 Policy 57
2.11.3 Updating Of Airworthiness Directives 57
2.11.4 AD Analyze / Decisions Procedure 57
2.11.5 Multi-Part AD & Repetitive AD 58
2.11.6 Pre-Flight Procedures (M.A.606(H)(1)) 58
2.11.7 Pre-AD Procedures (Till Terminating Action) 58
2.11.8 Post –AD Procedures (Revising ACMD Change) 58,59
AD Compliance Including Manpower, Documents, Tools, Spares Etc. 59
2.11.9
And Record Completion
2.11.10 Compliance In Components (AMC No. 2 TO 145.A.50(D)) 59,60
2.11.10.1 Operational Directives (M.A.708(5)) 60
2.12 Optional Modification Procedure 61 - 63
2.12.1 Purpose 61
2.12.2 Policy 61
2.12.3 Service Bulletin – Types & Scope 61
2.12.4 Procedure To Update Service Bulletin 61,62
2.12.5 Procedure To Analyze Service Bulletin 62
2.12.6 Decision On Service Bulletin Compliance 62
2.12.7 Pre-Service Bulletin Procedures (Before Terminating Action) 62
2.12.8 Post Service Bulletin Procedures (Document Revision) 62
Service Bulletins Compliance – Procedures On Manpower, 63
2.12.9
Documents, Materials Etc.,
2.12.10 Record Completion Procedure 63
2.13 Maintenance Documentation In Use And Its Completion 64 – 68
2.13.1 Purpose 64
2.13.2 Policy 64
2.13.3 Preparation And Verification Of Work Package Or Work Order 64
Human Factors Consideration In Preparation & Allotment Of Work 64
2.13.4
Cards
2.13.5 Various Maintenance Documentation In Use 64
Maintenance Documents Completing Procedures Including Recording 65
2.13.6
Of Values, Test Results And Measurement
2.13.7 Signing-Off And Stamping Procedures 66,67
Responsibility Of Certification Authorization (CA) Holders (B1, B2 & 67
2. 13.8
C), Supporting Technicians And Second Independent Personnel
2.13.9 NRC Preparation, Verification & Completion 67
2.13.10 Compiling, Verification And Issuing Of CRS 68
2.14 Technical Record Control (Car 145.A.55 And M.A.614) 69 - 73
2.14.1 Purpose 69
2.14.2 Policy 69
2.14.3 Definition & Scope Of Various Records (Car 145.A.55 & M.A.614) 69
Page 25
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

Completion, Control, Storage, Safety And Retrieval Of Paper / 70
2.14.4
Computer Based Record System (GM 145.A.55)
Control Of Access To Records Of Paper And /Or Computer Based 71
2.14.5
Records (GM 145.A.55.(A)(4))
Format, Approval Completion Of Tech-Logs, Aircraft Logs, Task Cards 72
2.14.6
And Other Continuing Airworthiness Records
2.14.7 Maintenance History Cards And Engine Module Records 72
2.14.8 Disposal & Transfer Of Records Including Customer Records 72
2.14.9 Access & Retention Of Records (145.A.55(C) And GM 145.A.55(A) 73
2.14.10 Reconstruction Of Lost / Destroyed Records (GM 145.A.55(A)(3)) 73
2.15 Rectification Of Defects Arising During Base Maintenance 74 – 75
2.15.1 Purpose 74
2.15.2 Policy 74
2.15.3 Pre-Maintenance Survey And Recording Of Defects 74
Intimation & Rectification Of Defect On Customer Aircraft (AMC 74
2.15.4
M.A.306(A)(1)
Issuing Of Work Order, Schedules and NRC To Rectify Defects (AMC 74
2.15.5
145.A.30(B)(3))
1.15.6 Rectification Of Carried Forward (DMR) Defects 74
2.15.7 Rectification Of Cabin Defects (AMC M.A.306(A) 75
2.15.8 Hazard Analysis And Deferment Defect From Major Check 75
2.15.9 Defects Data And Reliability Analysis 75
Maintenance / Serviceability Check, Test Run And Detection Of Defect 75
2.15.10
And Rectification
2.16 Release To Service Procedure 76 - 83
2.16.1 Purpose 76
2.16.2 Policy 76
2.16.3 Requirement For Issue Of CRS 76
2.16.4 Company Procedures On Issue Of CRS 76,77
CRS After Scheduled Check – Use Of Different CRS Format For Line / 77,78
2.16.5
Base, Major Replacement And Minor Work (Tech. Log)
2.16.6 CRS After Replacement, Defect Rectification, AD /SB Compliance 78
2.16.7 CRS With Task Deferment 78,79
2.16.8 One Off CRS At Outstation 79
2.16.9 One Off CRS By Flight Crew 80,81
2.16.10 CRS After Airworthiness Review 81
2.16.11 Release Of Serviceable Components Removed From Aircraft 81,82
2.16.12 Release To Service Statement 82,83
2.17 Records For The Operator 84
2.17.1 Purpose 84
2.17.2 Policy 84
2.17.3 Types Of Operator’s Re cords 84
Page 26
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.17.4 Record Processing And Completion Procedures 84
Operators Record Keeping, Segregation And Control, Retrieving 84
2.17.5
System Including IT Based Records
2.17.6 Retention Of Operators Maintenance Records 84
2.18 Reporting Of Defects To DGCA India / Operator / Manufacturer 85 – 87
2.18.1 Purpose 85
2.18.2 Policy 85
Defects, Incidents, Accidents & Internal Occurrence – Internal 85
2.18.3
Reporting
2.18.4 Incident Reporting To DGCA, Manufacturer & Operator 85,86
2.18.4.1 Persons Responsible For Reporting 86
2.18.4.2 Preliminary Report Format Containing Minimum Information 86
2.18.4.3 Final Investigation Report 86
Internal Occurrences / Defects Data Collection & Investigation; Mel 86,87
2.18.5
Defect List And Monthly Reporting
2.18.6 Defects Reported By Contractor & Sub-Contractor. 87
2.18.7 Defect Carried Forward Under MEL 87
2.19 Return Of Defective Aircraft Components To Store 88 – 90
2.19.1 Purpose 88
2.19.2 Policy 88
Identification And Labelling Of Defective Components (Required 88,89
2.19.3
Information)
2.19.4 Protection, Handling And Movement Of Components 89
2.19.5 Storage Of Defective Components 89,90
Components “On Hold” (Pending Determination Of Serviceability 90
2.19.6
Status)
2.19.7 Segregation Of Customer Components 90
2.20 Defective Components To Outside Contractors 91 – 92
2.20.1 Purpose 91
2.20.2 Policy 91
2.20.3 Control of Defective Component 91
2.20.4 Dispatch of Components for Repair / Overhaul/ Calibration 91
2.20.5 Identification of Required Paper Work 91, 92
2.20.6 Control of Dispatch, Location and Return 92
2.20.7 Defect Investigation Report 92
2.21 Control Of Computer Maintenance Record System 93 – 95
2.21.1 Purpose 93
2.21.2 Policy 93
2.21.3 Software Management & Control 93
2.21.4 Suitability & Adequacy (AMC 145.A.45(F)) 93
DGCA Acceptance Of Computer Based Document & Record System 93
2.21.5
(145.A.55(C)(3)
Page 27
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.21.6 Information Retrieval. 94
2.21.7 Data Back Up Systems (145.A.55(C)(2)) 94
2.21.8 Power Back Up System 94
2.21.9 Data Protection, Security And Safeguard (AMC M.A.714(5)) 94
2.21.10 Second Site Storage 94
2.21.11 Computer System Maintenance 95
2.22 Control Of Man Hour Planning Versus Scheduled Maintenance Work 96 – 99
2.22.1 Purpose 96
2.22.2 Policy 96
2.22.3 Company Planning Vs Actual Manhour Procedure (AMC 45.A.30(D)(8)) 96
2.22.4 Manhour Planning (AMC 145.A.47(A)) 97
2.22.5 Organization Of Shifts (AMC 145.A.47(C)). 97
2.22.6 Human Performance Limitations (AMC 145.A.47(B)) 97,98
2.22.7 Aircraft Hangar Visit Plan (AMC 145.A.30(D)(4)) 98
2.22.8 Three Monthly Review Meeting (AMC 145.A.30(D)(7)) 99
2.23 Control Of Critical Maintenance Tasks And Error Capturing Methods 100 – 105
2.23.1 Purpose 100
2.23.2 Policy 100
2.23.3 Criteria To Identify Critical Task (AMC 145.A.65(B)(3)(2)) 100
2.23.4 Flight Safety Sensitive Maintenance Tasks 101
2.23.5 Work Package Preparation And Critical Task Identification 101
2.23.6 Critical Task Procedures And Control 101
2.23.7 Marking Of Critical Tasks (AMC 145.A.65(B)(3)(3) 101,102
2.23.8 Guidance For Performing Critical Task / Independent Inspection 102,103
2.23.8.1 Second Independent Inspection (AMC M.A.402(A)(4.3) 102,103
2.23.8.2 Circadian Rhythms And Choosing Timings (AMC 145.A.47(A)) 103
2.23.9 Critical Maintenance Tasks 103,104
2.23.10 Critical Task List 104
2.23.11 Error Capturing Method 104
2.23.12 Multiple Error / Repeat Of Errors 104,105
2.23.13 Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) 105
2.24 Specific Maintenance Procedures 106 - 110
2.24.1 Purpose 106
2.24.2 Policy 106
2.24.3 Engine Ground Running 106,107
2.24.4 Aircraft Pressure Run 107
2.24.5 Aircraft Towing 108,109
2.24.6 Aircraft Taxying 109
2.24.7 Aircraft Weighing 109,110
2.24.8 Compressor Wash 110
2.24.9 Bomb Threat And Anti-Sabotage Handling Procedure 110
2.25 Procedure To Detect And Rectify Maintenance Errors 111 - 115
Page 28
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.25.1 Purpose 111
2.25.2 Policy 111
2.25.3 Aims & Objectives Of Error Management System 111,112
2.25.4 Error Reporting & Investigation System 112,113
2.25.5 Analysis Of Data & Measures (AMC 145.A.60(B)) 113,114
2.25.6 Management Policies In Response To Occurrence Findings 114
2.25.7 Feedback And Training (GM 145.A.30(E)(3-4)) 114,115
2.26 Shift / Task Handover Procedure 116 – 119
2.26.1 Purpose 116
2.26.2 Policy 116
2.26.3 Aims And Objectives Of The Shift Handover. 116
2.26.4 Training Of Personnel In Shift / Task Hand Over Processes (GM 116
145.A.30(E)(7))
2.26.5 Recording Of Shift / Task Hand Over – Format 117
2.26.6 Description Of Shift Hand Over Process Including Shift Overlap (AMC 117,118,118
145.A.47(C))
2.26.6.1 Facility Status 118
2.26.6.2 Work Status 119
2.26.6.3 Manning Status 119
2.26.6.4 Tools & Equipment Status 119
2.26.6.5 Outstanding Issues 119
2.26.6.6 Document Status 119
2.26.6.7 Base & Outstation Status 119
2.26.6.8 Other Information 119
Procedures For Notification Of Maintenance Data Inaccuracies And 120 - 121
2.27
Ambiguities To The Type Certificate Holder(145.A.45(c))
2.27.1 Purpose 120
2.27.2 Policy 120
Responsible Person For Co-Ordination Of Reporting & Remedial 120
2.27.3
Actions.
Method Of Internal Reporting Of Maintenance Data Ambiguities (Car 120,121
2.27.4
145.A.45(D))
Method Of External Reporting Of Maintenance Data Ambiguities To 121
2.27.5
The Authors Of That Data.
Feedback To Staff And Implementation Of TC Holder / Manufacturer 121
2.27.6
Corrections.
2.28 Production Planning Procedures 122 - 125
2.28.1 Purpose 122
2.28.2 Policy 122
2.28.3 Planning 122,123
2.28.4 Role Of Planning 123
2.28.5 Establishment Of Clear Work Order. 123,124
Page 29
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

2.28.6 Establishing All Necessary Resources Before Starting Work. 124
2.28.7 Organizing Maintenance Personnel And Providing All Necessary 124
Support During Maintenance.
2.28.8 Consideration Of Human Performance Limitations. 124
2.28.9 Critical Maintenance Tasks 124,125
2.28.10 Planning Of Critical Tasks. 125
2.28.11 Error Capturing Method 125
L2 Additional Line Maintenance Procedures
Line Maintenance Control Of Aircraft Components, Tools, 1-2
L2.1
Equipment, Etc…
L2.1.1 Purpose 1
L2.1.2 Scope Of Application 1
L2.1.3 Policy 1,2
L2.1.4 Responsibilities 2
Line Maintenance Procedures Related To Servicing / Fuelling / De- 3-5
Icing Including Inspection For / Removal Of De-Icing / Anti-Icing
L2.2
Fluid Residues, Etc. (Ref. CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12, 15, CAR 145.A.75 (a),
(b), (c), (d)):
L2.2.1 Purpose 3
L2.2.2 Policy 3
L2.2.3 Procedure 3,4
Procedure To Carry Out De-Icing Of The Aircraft, Using De-Icing 4,5
L2.2.4
Fluid (Refer EPM Volume 2.10.1.22)
L2.3 Line Maintenance Control Of Defects And Repetitive Defects 6–7
L2.3.1 Purpose 6
L2.3.2 Policy 6
L2.4 Line Procedure For Completion Of Technical Log 8 – 10
L2.4.1 Purpose 8
L2.4.2 Policy 8
L2.4.4 Deferred Defect And Carried Forward Defects. 9,10
L2.4.5 Correction Of Typographical Errors 10
L2.4.6 Responsibility 10
L2.5 Line Procedures For Pooled Parts And Loan Parts 11 -12
L2.5.1 Purpose 11
L2.5.2 Policy 11
Page 30
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

L2.5.4 Responsibility 12
Line Procedures For Return Of Defective Parts Removed From 13 – 15
L2.6
Aircraft
L2.6.1 Purpose 13
L2.6.1 Policy 13
L2.6.1 Procedure For Tagging Of Removed Components 13
L2.6.1 Storing Of Removed Components 13,14
L2.6.1 Sending Of Components To The Main Base 14,15
Line Procedure For Control Of Critical Maintenance Tasks And Error 16 - 19
L2.7
Capturing Methods (Ref: CAR 145.A.65 (b) 3, 145.A.70 (a) 12, 15)
L2.7.1 Purpose 16
L2.7.2 Critical Task Identification 16
L2.7.3 Role Of Planners 17
L2.7.4 Independent Inspection Procedure: (Refer Moe 2.23) 18,19
L2.8 Procedure for approval of Line Stations i.a.w AAC 3 of 2017 20 – 23
L2.8.1 Purpose 20
L2.8.2 Policy 20
L2.8.3 Procedure 20
L2.8.4 Privilege of the Organisation 21
L2.8.5 Requirement - Pre-Flight (Transit) / Line Stations 21,22,23
3 Quality System Procedures – Subparts To Be Arranged As Per CAR 145
3.1 Quality Audit Of Organisation Procedures 1–6
3.1.1 Purpose 1
3.1.2 Policy 1
3.1.3 Company Audit Policy 1
3.1.4 Quality System 1,2
3.1.4.1 Independence And Access To Accountable Manager. 1
3.1.4.2 Composition Of The Group. 2
Duties And Responsibilities Of Managers, Auditors & Aircraft 2
3.1.4.3
Inspectors.
3.1.4.4 Quality Department Structure 2
3.1.4.5 Annual Quality Review Of Maintenance. 2
3.1.5 Audit Programme 2,3
Audit Elements (Planned Audit, Spot Inspection, Sample Check On 3
3.1.6
Scheduled & Unscheduled Maintenance)
3.1.7 Audit Plan (Months & Area Of Audit) (Moe 5.9) 3,4
3.1.8 Team Composition 4
3.1.9 Coverage Full Scope Of Work Using Customized Check List 4
Page 31
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

3.1.10 Non-Conformance Form Procedures 4,5,6
3.1.11 Audit Of Suppliers And Sub-Contractors 6
3.2 Quality Audit Of Aircraft 7–8
3.2.1 Purpose 7
3.2.2 Policy 7
3.2.3 Quality Audit Of Aircraft – General 7
Quality Audit Team Composition And Customized Checklist 7,8
3.2.4
Procedures
3.2.5 Elements Of Product Samples (Aircraft And / Or Components 8
3.2.6 Aircraft Audit Plan 8
3.2.7 Aircraft Audit Deficiency Observation & Extension Of Product Audit 8
3.3 Quality Audit Remedial Action Procedure 9 – 11
3.3.1 Purpose 9
3.3.2 Policy 9
3.3.3 Quality Audit Report Feedback System 9
3.3.4 Accountable Manager / Senior Management Review Meeting 9
3.3.5 Setting Of Corrective Action And Timescale 10
Preventive Measures Including Training, Role Change, Disciplinary 10
3.3.6
Action Etc.
3.3.7 Deficiency Form Closure Procedures 10
3.3.8 Audit Records 10
3.3.9 DGCA Audit Co-Ordination And Closure Of Findings 10,11
Certifying Staff And Support Staff Qualification And Training 12 – 21
3.4
Procedures
3.4.1 Purpose 12
3.4.2 Policy 12
3.4.3 Certifying Staff Qualification, Experience & Training. 12,13,14,15,16,17
3.4.4 Competence & Skill Requirements Description 17
3.4.5 Competence & Skill Assessment Procedure 17
Training Policy – Initial Training, Recurrent Training, HF Training, 17,18
3.4.6
SMS Training, Special Ops Training (RVSM – EDTO – PBN – CDCCL)
3.4.7 New Recruit Training, Assessment & Job Allotment 18
3.4.8 Contracted Employee Training & Job Allotment 18
3.4.9 Certification Authorization Renewal Procedures 18,19
One-Off Certification Authorization Procedures – Maintenance 19
3.4.10
Personnel
One-Off Certification Authorization Procedures – At Non-Operating 19,20
3.4.11
Stations
3.4.12 Re-Issue Of Authorization 20
One-Off Certification Authorization Procedures - Flight Crew 21
3.4.13
Limited Certification Procedures
Page 32
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

3.5 Certifying Staff And Support Staff Records 22,23
3.5.1 Purpose 22
3.5.2 Policy 22
3.5.3 List Of Certifying Personnel (Category A /B1 /B2) 22
3.5.4 Minimum Information To Be Kept In The File 22
3.5.5 Responsibility To Maintain And Control Personal Records 22,23
3.5.6 Access To Staff Records – Authorized Persons 23
Procedures For Access Of Records By DGCA Officers Or Authorized 23
3.5.7
Managers
3.5.8 Retention Of Records 23
3.6 Quality Audit Personnel 24 – 25
3.6.1 Purpose 24
3.6.2 Policy 24
3.6.3 Audit Personal – General 24
3.6.4 Qualification, Experience & Training 24
3.6.5 Duties & Responsibilities 25
3.6.6 Personnel To Audit Quality 25
3.6.7 Manpower In Quality Audit Section Including Outsourced Auditor 25
3.6.8 Independence Of Quality Audit Personnel 25
3.7 Qualifying Inspectors 26 – 27
3.7.1 Purpose 26
3.7.2 Policy 26
3.7.3 Inspectors – General Duties & Responsibilities 26
Qualification, Experience (Duration & Technical) And Training 27
3.7.4
Requirements
3.7.5 Competence And Skill Requirements & Assessment 27
3.7.6 Contracted Inspectors Procedure 27
3.8 Qualifying Mechanics 28 – 30
3.8.1 Purpose 28
3.8.2 Policy 28
3.8.3 Technicians – General 28
Qualification, Experience (Duration & Technical) And Training 28,29
3.8.4
Requirements
3.8.6 Signatory Responsibilities Of Technicians 29
3.8.7 Approved Marshallers 30
3.8.9 Contracted Technicians Procedures 30
Aircraft Or Aircraft Component Maintenance Task Exemption 31 – 32
3.9
Process Control
3.9.1 Purpose 31
3.9.2 Policy 31
Page 33
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

3.9.3 Task Exemption – General 31
3.9.4 Procedure To Seek Task Exemption Approval From DGCA 31,32
3.9.5 Hazard Analysis & Justification. 32
3.9.5 Format For Task Exemption Request 32
3.9.6 Effectivity Of Task Exemption. 32
3.9.7 Record Of Task Exemption 32
3.10 Concession Control For Deviation From Organization’s Procedures 33 – 34
3.10.1 Purpose 33
3.10.2 Policy 33
3.10.3 Organization Procedures For Concession – General 33
3.10.4 Concession Criteria 33
3.10.5 Request Procedure 34
3.10.6 Hazard Analysis And Justification 34
3.10.7 Format For Concession Request 34
3.10.8 Effectivity Of Concession. 34
3.10.9 Record Of Concession 34
Qualification Procedure For Specialized Activities Such As NDT, 35 – 37
3.11
Welding Etc…
3.11.1 Purpose 35
3.11.2 Policy 35
Qualification, Experience (Duration & Technical) And Training 35,36
3.11.3
Requirements
3.11.5 Contracted Specialist Service Procedures. 36,37
3.11.6 Retention Of NDT Staff Records 37
3.12 Control Of Manufacturers’ & Other Maintenance Working Teams 38 – 39
3.12.1 Purpose 38
3.12.2 Policy 38
3.12.3 Source Of Work – Authorization Of Personnel 38
System For Control Of Materials, Working Instructions And 39
3.12.4
Procedures
Control Of Documentation – Drawings – Modifications – Repair 39
3.12.5
Instructions.
Certification – Repair – Replacement – Modification – Overhaul – 39
3.12.6
Inspection.
3.12.7 Environmental Conditions 39
3.12.8 Final Certification By The Company. 39
3.13 Human Factors Training Procedure 40 – 42
3.13.1 Purpose 40
3.13.2 Policy 40
3.13.3 Aims & Objectives 40, 41
Page 34
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

3.13.4 Categories Of Staff To Be Trained. 41
3.13.5 Type & Duration. 41
3.13.6 Requirements For Trainers / Training Organization 41,42
3.13.7 Training Methods And Syllabus 42
3.13.8 Continuation Training 42
3.14 Competence Assessment Of Personnel 43 – 45
3.14.1 Purpose 43
3.14.2 Policy 43
List Of Personnel To Be Assessed With In The Organization And 43,44
3.14.3
Outside Or DGCA i.a.w CAR 145.A.30(E)
3.14.4 Competency And Skill Matrix 44
Assessment Procedures – Training, Qualifications, Supervision, 44,45
3.14.5
Assessors.
3.14.6 Competence Assessment Of Management Personnel 45
3.14.7 Qualification & Assessment Records 45
3.15 Training Procedures For On-The Job Training As Per Section 6 Of 46 - 48
Appendix-III To CAR 66.
3.15.1 Purpose 46
3.15.2 Policy 46
3.15.3 On Job Training Procedure 46,47
3.15.4 Day To Day Supervision 47,48
3.15.5 Nomination Of Designated Assessor And Supervisor 48
3.16 Procedure For The Issue Of The Recommendation To DGCA For The 49,50
Issues Of a CAR 66 License In Accordance With 66.B.105.
3.16.1 Assessment Of On Job Training 49
3.16.2 Recommendation To DGCA 50
3.17 Safety Management System 51 – 52
3.17.1 Purpose 51
3.17.2 Scope Of Application 51
3.17.3 Policy 52
3.17.4 Procedure 52
3.18 Qualifying Internal Instructor 53 – 54
3.18.1 Purpose 53
3.18.3 Procedure 53,54
3.19 Regulatory Requirement For Course Approval And Syllabus 55 – 63
3.19.1 Regulatory Approved Course 55,56,57
3.19.2 Non Regulatory In House Training 58,
3.19.3 AME Refresher (Continuation) + HF Recurrent Training 58,59,60,61,62,63
Page 35
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

4 Contracted Air Operator
4.1 Contracted Operators 1
4.1.1 Purpose 1
4.1.2 Policy 1
4.1.3 Scope Of Work Contracted With An Operator 1
4.2 Air Operator Procedures And Paper Work 2–3
4.2.1 Purpose 2
4.2.3 Procedure 2
4.3 Air Operator Records Completion 4
4.3.1 Purpose 4
4.3.3 Procedure 4
5 Appendices
5.1 Sample Of Documents (Ref. CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12) 1–5
5.1.1 Purpose 1
5.1.2 Introduction 1,2,3,4,5
5.2 List Of Sub-Contractors As Per CAR 145.A.75 (B) 6
5.2.1 Scope 6
5.3 List Of Line Maintenance Locations As Per CAR 145.A.75(D) 7
5.3.1 Scope 7
5.4 List Of Contracted Organisations As Per CAR 145.A.75 (A)(16) 8
5.4.1 Scope 8
5.5 Manpower Projection List 9 – 10
5.5.1 Department Wise Man Power 9
5.5.2 Total Man Hour Required Vs Total Man Hour Available 9,10
MOE Associated Manuals / Circulars (technical , quality, stores 11
5.6
circular)
5.7 On The Job Training Task 12 - 31
5.8 Details of authorised OJT Supervisors and Assessors 32
6 Maintenance Procedures – Air Operator
6.1 Maintenance Procedures – Air Operator 1-4
Aircraft Technical Log Utilisation And MEL Application (Ref: CAME 1
6.1.1
1.1)
6.1.2 Minimum Equipment List (MEL) Application - Purpose 1
6.1.4 General 1
6.1.5 Procedure 1,2
6.1.6 Revoking MEL Items 3
6.1.7 Procedures Enforced For MEL Repair Interval 3
Page 36
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

6.1.8 Configuration Deviation list (CDL) Application 4
6.2 Pre-Flight Inspection 5–6
6.2.1 Purpose 5
6.2.2 Scope 5
6.2.3 Procedure 5,6
6.3 Aircraft Weighing 7–8
6.3.1 Purpose 7
6.3.3 Procedure 7,8
6.4 Documents To Be Carried Onboard 9 – 10
6.4.1 Purpose 9
6.4.2 References 9
6.4.3 List of Documents (In Original Or Attested Copies) 9,10
6.4.4 Responsibility 10
Reduced Vertical Separation Minimums Operations – Maintenance 11
6.5
Requirements (Ref: CAR Section 2, Series O, Part XI)
6.5.1 Purpose 11
6.5.2 Scope And Responsibility 11
6.5.3 Procedure 11
6.6 Carry Forward Items 12 – 13
6.6.1 Purpose 12
6.6.3 Procedure 12
6.7 Flight Test Procedures (CAME 1.13) 14 – 15
6.7.1 Purpose 14
6.7.3 Certificate Of Fitness (C Of F) For Flight 15
6.8 Control Of Software 16 – 18
6.8.1 Purpose 16
6.8.3 Procedure NAV Data Update 17
6.8.4 Procedure For Avionics LRU Software 17,18
6.8.5 Replication Of ABAS 18
6.9 Acceptance To Proceed (ATP) 19 – 20
6.9.1 Purpose 19
Page 37
Issue 03 Rev. 00
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part 0

6.10 Ferry Flight Permit (FFP) 21 – 23
6.10.1 Purpose 21
6.11 Removal Of Parts From Serviceable Aircraft 24 – 25
6.11.1 Purpose 24
6.11.3 Procedure 24
6.11.4 Responsibilities 24,25
6.12 Flight Data Recorder (FDR & CVR) 26 - 27
6.12.1 Purpose 26
6.12.3 Procedure 26
Page 38
Maintenance Organisation Exposition Issue Date
Issue 03
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part

Issue 03 Rev. 00
ABBREVIATION AND DEFINITIONS
Part 0
ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
AAC Airworthiness Advisory Circular

AACE Asian Aviation Centre of Excellence
AAI AirAsia India
ABAS Aircraft On-Board Application Software
ACMD Approved Current Maintenance Data
AD Airworthiness Directive
AFM Airplane Flight Manual
AH Approval Holder
AIC Aeronautical Information Circular
AIRNAV Aircraft Navigation
AMC Approved Means of Compliance
AME Aircraft Maintenance Engineer
AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual
AMO Approved Maintenance Organisation
AMOS Aircraft Maintenance and Engineering System
AMP Approved Maintenance Programme
AOC Air Operator Certificate
AOG Aircraft On Ground
AOP Air Operator Permit
AOT Air Operator Telex
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
AR Authorized Representative
ARC Airworthiness Review Certificate
ARM Audit Review Meeting
ASEAN Association of Southeast Asian Nations
ATA Air Transport Association
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATP Acceptance To Proceed
ATPL Air Transport Pilot License
BDDS Bomb Detection and Disposal Squad
C OF A Certificate of Airworthiness
CAM Continuing Airworthiness Manager
CAME Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition
CAMO Continuing Airworthiness Management Organisation
CAR Civil Aviation Requirement
CASA Civil Aviation Safety Authority (Australia)
CAT II ,CATIII Category II, Category III
Page 38
Issue 03 Rev. 00
Part 0
CCL Cockpit Checklist

CDCCL Critical Design Configuration Control limitation
CDL Cabin Defect Log
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CFI Carry Forward Items
CFM Commercial Fan Moteur
CFO Chief Financial Officer
CMM Component Maintenance Manual
CPCP Corrosion Preventive and Control Programme
CPL Commercial Pilot License
CRS Certificate of Release to Service
CVR Cockpit Voice Recorder
DAR Document Assessment Report
DER Designated Engineering Representative
DFDR Digital Flight Data Recorder
DG Dangerous Goods
DGCA Directorate General Civil Aviation
DGR Dangerous Goods Requirement
DMC Daily Maintenance Callout
DOA Design Organization Approval
DTL Duty Time Limitations
EASA European Aviation Safety Agency
EDTO Extended Diversion Time Operation
EDP Electronic Data Processing
EI Engineering Instructions
EMM Engine Maintenance Manual
EO Engineering Order
EPM Engineering Procedures Manual
ESDS Electro Static Discharge Sensitive
ESEL Emergency and Safety Equipment layout
ETOPS Extended Operations
EWIS Electrical Wiring Interconnect System
EXPAT Expatriate
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FAL Fuel Airworthiness Limitation
FC Flight Cycle
FDR Flight Data Recorder
FFP Ferry Flight Permit
FH Flight Hour
Page 39
Issue 03 Rev. 00
Part 0
FLS Forward Looking Sonar

FOD Foreign Object Debris
FTS Flight Test Schedule
GHA Ground Handling Agencies
GM Guidance Material
HF Human Factor
i.a.w In Accordance With
IATA International Air Transport Association
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
ICT Information and Communication Technology
IPC Illustrated Parts Catalogue
JAA Joint Airworthiness Administration
LEP List of Effective Pages
LOPA Layout of Passenger Arrangement
LRU Line Replacement Unit
LSAP Loadable Software Airplane Parts
MBBS Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery
MCD Magnetic Chip Detector
MD Material Department
MEDA Maintenance Error Decision Aid
MEL Minimum Equipment List
MEMS Maintenance Error Management System
MLG Main Landing Gear
MM Maintenance Manager
MMEL Master Minimum Equipment List
MO Months
MOC Maintenance and Operation Co-ordinator
MOD Modification
MOE Maintenance Organisation Exposition
MOR Mandatory Occurrence Report
MPD Maintenance Planning Document
MR1 Maintenance Report 1 (Technical Log)
MR2 Maintenance Report 2 (Deferred Defect)
MRO Maintenance and Repair Organization
MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet
National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration
NABL Laboratories
NAS National Aviation Services
NCR Non Compliance Report
Page 40
Issue 03 Rev. 00
Part 0
NDT Non Destructive Testing

NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology
NLG Nose Landing Gear
NPL National Physical Laboratory
NTC Notice To Crew
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OIT Operator Information Telex
OJT On Job Training
PBN Performance Based Navigation
PIREPS Pilot Reports
POL Petroleum Oil Lubricant
QA Quality Assurance
QM Quality Manager
RAO Regional Airworthiness Office
RDAS Repair Design Approval Sheet
RDR Repair and Deviation Record
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minima
SB Service Bulletin
SFAR Special Federal Aviation Regulation
ISI In Service Information
SMI Scheduled Maintenance Inspection
SMS Safety Management System
SRM Structural Repair Manual
SRT Single Running Task card
SSI Structural Significant Item
STC Supplemental Type Certificate
TAH Technician Approval Holder
TC Type Certificate
TCAA Tanzania Civil Aviation Authority
TDE Technical Document Evaluation
TGL Temporary Guidance Leaflet
TIN Tax information
TLB Technical Log Book
TNA Training Need Analysis
TR Temporary Revision
TSE Technical Services Executive
TSM Trouble Shooting Manual
UKAS United Kingdom Accreditation Service
USA United State Of India
Page 41
Issue 03 Rev. 00
Part 0
UTC Coordinated Universal Time

UV Ultra Violet
WDM Wiring Diagram Manual
YE Year
Page 42
Issue 03 Rev. 00
Part 0
DEFINITIONS
S/N Terms Definitions

Means the authorization issued to certifying staff by the organization and
Certification which specifies the fact that they may sign certificates of release to service
1
authorization with in the limitations stated in such authorization on behalf of the approved
organization
Means personnel responsible for the release of an Aircraft or a
component after maintenance. Such certifying staffs are issued with
2 Certifying Staff
Certification Authorization by Quality Manager after ensuring qualification,
experience and competence
(1) An aeroplane:
(i) Above 5700 Kg MTOM, or
(ii) Certificated for more than 19 seated passengers, or
(iii) Certificated for operation with at least 2 pilots, or
(iv) Equipped with turbojet engine(s) or more than 1 turboprop engine.
3 Complex motor
(2) A helicopter:
(i) Above 3175 Kg MTOM, or
(ii) Certificated for more than 9 seated passengers, or
(iii) Certificated for operation with at least 2 pilots, or
(3) A tilt rotor aircraft.
4 Component Means any engine, propeller, part or appliance
Defined as a measurable skill or standard of performance, knowledge and
5 Competence
understanding, taking into consideration attitude and behaviour.
Consumable Means material which is only used once, such as lubricants, cements,
6
material compounds, paints, chemicals dyes and sealants etc.
Means it is a DGCA/ EASA/ FAA / any competent authority approved
7 Contractor
organization, acceptable to DGCA.
A system by which the flight path, attitude, or propulsive force of an
8 Control System aircraft is changed, including the flight, engine and propeller controls, the
related system controls and the associated operating mechanism.
A maintenance task involving some element of disassembly / reassembly
of several aircraft components of the same type fitted to more than one
9 Critical Task
system on the same aircraft during a particular maintenance check (AMC
145.A.65(b)(3)
Means any instances where safe operation could not be assured or which
could lead to an unsafe condition. It typically includes, but is not limited to,
Endangers the flight significant cracking, deformation, corrosion or failure of primary structure, any
10
safety evidence of burning, electrical arcing, significant hydraulic fluid or fuel leakage
and any emergency system or total system failure. An airworthiness directive
overdue for compliance is also considered a hazard to flight safety.
Page 43
Issue 03 Rev. 00
Part 0

Means principles which apply to aeronautical design, certification, training,
operations and maintenance and which seek interface between the human
11 Human Factors
and other system components by proper consideration of human
performance.
Human Means human capabilities and limitations which have an impact on the safety
12
Performance and efficiency of aeronautical operations
Defined as the same task (repair, replacement, disassembly, reassembly, post
Identical
13 installation inspection) being performed on more than one similar system
maintenance
during a single line maintenance activity on the same aircraft
14 Large Aircraft Means an aircraft, classified as an aeroplane with a maximum take-off mass of
more than 5700 kg, or a multi engined helicopter.
Means any one or combination of overhaul, repair, inspection,
15 Maintenance replacement, modification or defect rectification of an aircraft or component,
with the exception of pre-flight inspection
Incomplete, inaccurate or ambiguous information in the maintenance data,
Maintenance Data
16 provided by the manufacturer/given in the manuals is known as maintenance
Ambiguities
data ambiguities.
Maintenance Means the document or documents that contain the material specifying the
17 Organization scope of work deemed to constitute approval and showing how the
Exposition organization intends to comply with the CAR-145 requirements.
In respect of an aeronautical product for which a type certificate has been
issued, a change in the type design that has an appreciable effect, or other
than a negligible effect, on the mass and balance limits, structural strength,
18 Major Modification
engine operation, flight characteristics, reliability, operational characteristics,
or other characteristics or qualities affecting the airworthiness or
environmental characteristics of an aeronautical product
Any repair of an aeronautical product that might appreciably affect the
19 Major repair structural strength, performance, engine operation, flight characteristics or
other qualities affecting airworthiness or environmental characteristics
Minor Modification
20
/ Repair Any modification / repair, not classified as major, will be considered as minor
Minor scheduled Means any minor scheduled inspection/check up to and including a weekly
21
line maintenance check specified in the operators approved aircraft maintenance programme
Any station other than the main base which is designated by the operator as a
22 Night Halt Stations base for originating flights and which normally is equipped to undertake lay
over checks/night halt checks and rectification of minor defects
Means a natural person, a legal person or part of a legal person. Such an
23 Organisation
organisation may hold more than one CAR 145 approval
Parent Base/ Main The station where the type aircraft is based and which is equipped to
24
Base undertake its maintenance including overhaul, repair and modification
Any station other than the main base through which the aircraft operates and
Pre-flight (Transit)/
25 which normally is equipped to undertake Pre-flight (Transit) checks and
Line Stations
rectification of minor defects.
Page 44
Issue 03 Rev. 00
Part 0

Pre-Flight Pre-flight inspection’ means the inspection carried out before flight to ensure
26
Inspection that the aircraft is fit for the intended flight.
27 Quality System The system for monitoring aviation equipment, programs, and procedures to
ensure that the DGCA and other foreign body quality standards are being met.
28 Raw material Is any material that requires further work to make it into a component
part of the aircraft such as metals, plastics, wood, fabric etc.
Relevant aircraft Means those aircraft or components specified in the particular certification
29
and/or components authorization.
Second An inspection originally performed and certified by a member of the certifying
30 Independent staff and subsequently made and certified by a second member of the
inspection certifying staff.
Agencies engaged in maintenance, repair, overhaul, bench check, calibration,
31 Service Agencies
testing, ground servicing.
32 Services Maintenance/ repair/ overhaul/ bench check/ testing/ Calibration /ground

servicing of aircraft/ engine/ components.
A method of organization of working time in which workers succeed one
33 Shift another at the workplace so that the establishment can operate longer than
the hours of work of individual workers.
Means parts that are manufactured in complete compliance with an
established industry, or other Government specification which includes
34 Standard parts
design, manufacturing, test and acceptance criteria, and uniform
identification requirements.
Means an organization which can provide services under AirAsia (India)
35 Sub-Contractor
Quality System Monitoring. This organization need not hold DGCA approval.
Means those DGCA licensed engineers / approval holders issued in accordance
with Rule 61 and approved by the organization to ensure that all relevant tasks
36 Support Staff or inspections in base / shop environment, have been carried out to the
required standard and does not hold necessary release to service certification
privileges.
Is a unit of work performed or to be performed by the maintenance
personnel necessary for the purpose of ensuring that the aircraft is airworthy
and safe for flight including servicing of aircraft and all modifications,
37 Task
repairs, replacements, overhaul, process, treatment, tests, operations and
inspections of aircraft, aircraft, component and item of equipment required for
that purpose.
In this document refers to a stockist or distributor of new/ repaired/
38 Vendors/ Suppliers
overhauled aircraft parts/materials inclusive of contractor / sub-contractor
39 Vital Point Is an inspection item, which can cause an accident in case of non-functioning
or failure (engine fixture, engine components, primary flight controls).
Page 45
Maintenance Organization Exposition
Part 0 General Organisation
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – 0
GENERAL ORGANIZATION
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.1 COMPANY BACKGROUND
0.1.1 ORGANIZATION BACKGROUND
a. AirAsia (India) Ltd was incorporated on 28th March 2013 in India, to provide a scheduled
operation alongside many other carriers in India.
b. Organization was promoted as a Joint Venture between the parent company, AirAsia
Berhad, Tata Sons Ltd., and Telstra Trade Place Pvt. Ltd.
c. AirAsia (Berhad), the parent company received its first B737-300 in November 1996 and
took to the skies for its flight revenue flight on 18th Nov. 1996. Another B737-300 was added
in February 1997 to make a fleet of two B737-300s with a view to positioning AirAsia as
Malaysia’s second national airline.
d. On 5th Sept. 2001, DRB-HICOM entered into a sale and purchase agreement with TUNE AIR
Sdn Bhd for the disposal of its entire shareholding in AirAsia (Malaysia).
e. Tune Air was changed to AirAsia with a change in logo from bird head to the wording
“AirAsia” itself.
f. As part of AirAsia (Malaysia) being listed at Bursa Malaysia, effective June 2004 AirAsia Sdn
Bhd is officially known as AirAsia Berhad, a public company.
g. AirAsia Group, is now the leading and largest low-cost carrier in Asia, services the most
extensive network with 150 routes. Within 10 years of operations, AirAsia Group has
carried over 200 million guests and grown its fleet from just 2 aircraft to approximately 184.
h. The airline today is proud to be a truly ASEAN (Association of Southeast Asian Nations)
airline with established operations based in Malaysia, Thailand, Indonesia, Philippines and
Japan servicing a network stretching across all ASEAN countries such as China, India &
SriLanka.
i. AirAsia was named the World’s Best Low Cost Airline in the Annual World Airline Survey by
Skytrax for the Nineth consecutive year since 2009
j. AirAsia (India) obtained a DGCA Air Operators Permit no. S-26, CAR-M Sub-Part G approval
and CAR-145 approval with Chennai as its main base of operation. During Sept. 2015, Main
Base of Operation, CAMO & AMO was changed from Chennai to Bangalore.
k. On 8th Sept. 2015, status of the company was changed from Private Limited to Public Limited
vide Certificate of Incorporation issued by Registrar of Companies, Mumbai.
Page 1
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
l. During Dec. 2015, AirAsia obtained Maintenance Organization approval for its Bangalore
base.
m. During March. 2016, Telstra Trade place exited from the organization with Tata Sons
increasing the stake in the organization.
n. During June 2016, AirAsia obtained Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization

approval for its Bangalore base.
Page 2
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.2 BUSINESS OBJECTIVES, MISSION & VISION
OUR VISION
 To be the largest low cost airline in Asia and serving the 3 billion people who are
currently underserved with poor connectivity and high fares.
OUR MISSION
 To be the best company to work for whereby employees are treated as part of big
family.
 Create globally recognised ASEAN brand.
 To attain the lowest cost so that everyone can fly with AirAsia.
 Maintain the highest quality product, embracing technology to reduce cost and enhance
service levels.
OUR VALUES
 Safety Conscious
 Caring
 Passionate
 Full of Integrity
 Hardworking
 Fun
Page 3
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.3 MANAGEMENT COMPOSITION – BOARD MEMBERS
a. The Board of Directors of AirAsia (India) Ltd are:
Chairman : Mr. S. Rama Dorai, Indian
Director : Mr. Prashant Kumar Ghose, Indian
Director : Mr. Venkatraman Ramachandran, Indian
Director : Mr. Anthony Fernandes, Malaysian
Director : Mr. Tharumalingam Kanagalingam. Malaysian
Page 4
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.4 ADDRESS OF CORPORATE OFFICE, OPERATION BASE & MAINTENANCE BASE
a. The Company’s Registered and Corporate Office is located at Bengaluru at the following
addresses:
Registered Office & Corporate Office
AirAsia (India) Ltd,

Ground Floor, Alpha -3 Building.
Kempegowda International Airport,
Bengaluru, Karnataka – 560300`
Email id : amarabrol@airasia.com
Line Station Engineering Office - Bengaluru

First Floor, Airside Engineering Office,
Kempegowda International Airport,
Bengaluru, Karnataka - 560300
Email ID : ramanujamvedam@airasia.com; tnnagesh@airasia.com
Line Station Engineering Office – Delhi

Near Bay D-47,
Indira Gandhi International Airport T3 Terminal,
New Delhi – 110037
E-mail ID - sachinvashishtha@airasia.com
Page 5
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.5 FINANCIAL RESOURCES
a. Maintenance Organization is established as a division by AirAsia (India) Ltd to support its

in-house maintenance requirements of the fleet of aircraft operated under its AOC.
b. Financial resources for establishing and running the maintenance organization shall be
provided / generated by the organization (AirAsia) under equity and debt respectively.
Page 6
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.6 BUSINESS PLANS AND EXPANSION
a. Maintenance organization is currently established by the organization to provide up to

Line Maintenance activities for its fleet of aircraft operated under its AOC.
b. As the fleet size increases, organization shall plan to increase its line maintenance
facilities across India & at International locations to meet the requirements.
c. Organization may also provide such line maintenance services to other operators, if
approached for better utilization of the established facilities and for providing cost
effective services and solutions to its passengers and customers.
Page 7
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.7 ORGANIZATION POLICY ON HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
a. AirAsia shall recruit qualified manpower for supporting the aircraft maintenance
requirements.
b. Personnel recruited shall be provided with required and sufficient amount of training to
enable them to deliver to the best of the ability so as to ensure safe operation of
aircraft.
c. Maintenance organization personnel shall be provided with required continuation

training to keep them up to date with current trends in their respective field of
activities, regulations, organizations policies, procedures, practices etc.
Page 8
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
0.8 CAR-145 & MOE CROSS REFERENCE
CAR 145 REF. MOE REF. CAR 145 REF. MOE REF.
AMC 145.1 Infomatory CAR 145.A.35 j MOE 3.5
145.A.05 Infomatory CAR 145.A.35 k MOE 3.5.6(a)
145.A.10 MOE 1.9 CAR 145.A.35 l MOE 3.5.6(b)
CAR 145.A.15 MOE 1.9.2 CAR 145.A.35 m MOE 3.4.2(b)
CAR 145.A.20 MOE 1.9.1 CAR 145.A.35 n MOE 3.4.3(b)
CAR 145.A.25 a MOE 1.8, 2.7 CAR 145.A.35 o MOE 3.4.3(c )
CAR 145.A.25 b MOE 1.8.4b CAR 145.A.36 Not Applicable
CAR 145.A.25 c MOE 1.8.4 (d – i) CAR 145.A.40 a MOE 2.4
CAR 145.A.25 d MOE 1.8.4 (n,o,q) CAR 145.A.40 b MOE 2.5
CAR 145.A.30 a MOE 1.3.2, 1.3.3 CAR 145.A.42 a MOE 2.2
CAR 145.A.30 b MOE 1.3.3g CAR 145.A.42 b MOE 2.3.4
CAR 145.A.30 c MOE 1.3.3g CAR 145.A.42 c MOE 2.2.2.10
CAR 145.A.30 d MOE 2.22 CAR 145.A.42 d MOE 2.2.7
CAR 145.A.30 e MOE 3.14 CAR 145.A.42 e Not Applicable
CAR 145.A.30 f MOE 3.11 CAR 145.A.45 a MOE 2.8
CAR 145.A.30 g MOE 3.4.3 CAR 145.A.45 b MOE 2.8.3
CAR 145.A.30 h Not Applicable CAR 145.A.45 c MOE 2.2.7
CAR 145.A.30 i Not Applicable CAR 145.A.45 d MOE 2.8.11(e )
CAR 145.A.30 j Not Applicable CAR 145.A.45 e MOE 2.8.11(c )
CAR 145.A.35 a MOE 3.4.3 CAR 145.A.45 f MOE 2.8.8
CAR 145.A.35 b MOE 3.4.3 CAR 145.A.45 g MOE 2.8.6
CAR 145.A.35 c MOE 3.4.9 CAR 145.A.48 a MOE 2.13.10(b)
CAR 145.A.35 d MOE 3.4.9(v) CAR 145.A.48 b MOE 2.23.11
CAR 145.A.35 e MOE 3.4.9(v) CAR 145.A.48 c MOE 2.2.3
CAR 145.A.35 f MOE 3.4.3 to 3.4.9 CAR 145.A.48 d MOE 2.9
CAR 145.A.35 g MOE 3.4.2(c ) CAR 145.A.50 a MOE 2.16.4(a)
CAR 145.A.35 h MOE 3.4.2(c ) CAR 145.A.50 b MOE 2.16.2
CAR 145.A.35 i MOE 3.4.2(c ) CAR 145.A.50 c MOE 2.16.7
Page 9
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
CAR 145 REF. MOE REF. CAR 145 REF. MOE REF.
CAR 145.A.50 d Not Applicable CAR 145.A.70 b MOE 1.11
CAR 145.A.50 e MOE 2.16.7 CAR 145.A.70 c MOE 1.11.7
CAR 145.A.50 f Not Applicable CAR 145.A.70 d MOE 3.17
CAR 145.A.55 a MOE 2.13, 2.14 CAR 145.A.70 e Distribution List
CAR 145.A.55 b MOE 2.16.5 CAR 145.A.75 a MOE 1.9
CAR 145.A.55 c MOE 2.14 CAR 145.A.75 b Not Applicable
CAR 145.A.60 a MOE 2.18 CAR 145.A.75 c MOE L2.3
CAR 145.A.60 b MOE 2.18.3 CAR 145.A.75 d MOE L2.8.4
CAR 145.A.60 c MOE 2.18.4.2 CAR 145.A.75 e MOE 2.16
CAR 145.A.60 d Not Applicable CAR 145.A.80 MOE 1.9
CAR 145.A.60 e MOE 2.18.4(a) CAR 145.A.85 MOE 1.10
CAR 145.A.65 a MOE 1.2 CAR 145.A.90 a MOE 1.9.5
CAR 145.A.65 b MOE Part 2 CAR 145.A.90 b MOE 1.9.5
CAR 145.A.65 c MOE Part 3 CAR 145.A.95 a MOE 3.1.10
CAR 145.A.65 d MOE 3.17 CAR 145.A.95 b MOE 3.1.10
CAR 145.A.70 a MOE Part 1,2,3 CAR 145.A.95 c MOE 3.3.9
Page 10
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – 1
MANAGEMENT
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER [GM 145.A.70(a)]
This exposition and any associated referenced manuals define the organisation and procedures
upon which DGCA CAR -145 approval is based as required by CAR 145.A.70.
These procedures are approved by the undersigned and should be complied with, as applicable,
when work/orders are being progressed under the terms of the CAR-145 approval.
It is accepted that these procedures do not override the necessity of complying with any new or
amended regulation published by DGCA from time to time where these new or amended
regulations are in conflict with these procedures.
It is understood that DGCA will approve this organisation whilst DGCA is satisfied that the
procedures are being followed and work standards maintained.
It is further understood that DGCA reserves the right to suspend, limit or revoke the approval of
the organisation if DGCA has evidence that procedures are not followed or standards not upheld.
The MOE and any associated procedure manuals define the organisation compliance with CAR
145 and will be complied with at all times.
For and on Behalf of AirAsia (India) Ltd.
Signed: _____________________________
Date : 14 Dec 2017
Name: Amar Abrol
Accountable Manager
(Chief Executive Officer)
Page 1
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.2 SAFETY & QUALITY POLICY [AMC 145.A.65(a)]
1.2.1 QUALITY POLICY COMMITMENT
a. This exposition defines the organization and procedures upon which all requirements of
CAR 145, CAR section 2; Airworthiness shall be met and complied with.
b. AirAsia (India) Ltd Engineering & Maintenance is committed to provide products and
services to meet the regulatory requirements of DGCA, and service demands of the
customers.
c. To support the above policy:
i. The management is committed to provide all the necessary resources, training and
suitable environment in developing a skilled, motivated and responsible workforce and
recognizes safety as a prime consideration at all times.
ii. The management shall apply Human Factors principles, prior to assigning duties or tasks to
the personnel.
iii. Every employee shall cooperate with the Quality Auditors, while their function area is
being audited.
iv. Every employee shall strive to continuously maintain and improve safety and quality
standards and be a respected provider of services.
v. Every employee shall recognize that compliance with procedures, quality standards, safety
standards and regulations is the duty of all personnel.
vi. Every employee is responsible to do the right things right, the first time all the time.
vii. Every employee will undergo training on Human factors and Safety Management System.
viii. Management will encourage every employee to report each maintenance related errors /
incidents, safety related issues, through the internal voluntary reporting system.
1.2.2 SAFETY POLICY COMMITMENT
a. Safety shall be the first priority in all of our activities. We are committed to developing,
implementing, maintaining, and improving safety strategy, management systems, and
processes to ensure that all our aviation activities are undertaken with balanced resource
allocation, aimed at achieving the highest level of safety performance and meeting
the highest international safety standards.
b. All levels of management are accountable for the delivery of this highest level of safety
performance, starting with the Accountable Manager.
Page 2
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.2.3 DETAILED COMMITMENT OF THE ORGANIZATION IS TO;
a. Develop and embed a safety culture in all our aviation activities that recognizes the
importance and value of effective aviation safety management and acknowledges at all
times that safety is paramount.
b. Clearly define for all personnel their accountabilities and responsibilities for the
development and delivery of aviation safety strategy and performance.
c. Ensure that all personnel are provided with adequate and appropriate aviation safety
information and training, are competent in safety matters and are only allocated tasks
commensurate with their skills.
d. Establish and implement a hazard identification and risk management process to

minimize the risks associated with aircraft operations to a point that is as low as
reasonably practicable/achievable, and conduct safety reviews to ensure that relevant
action is taken.
e. Ensure that sufficient skilled and trained manpower resources are always available to
implement safety strategy, policy and processes.
f. Establish and measure our safety performance against realistic objectives and/or targets.
g. Ensure that the externally supplied systems and services that impacts upon the
safety of our operations meet appropriate safety standards.
h. Actively develop and improve our safety processes to conform to world class
standards and comply with and, wherever possible, exceed legislative and regulatory
requirements and standards.
i. To foster and encourage the maximum level of reporting and transparency with non-
punitive safety/hazard reporting and having a just culture in the airline.
Signed: _____________________________
Date : 14 Dec 2017
Name: Amar Abrol
Accountable Manager
(Chief Executive Officer)
Page 3
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
1.3.1 THE MANAGEMENT CONSISTS OF THE FOLLOWING POST HOLDERS:
a. Accountable Manager
b. Quality Manager
c. Maintenance Manager
1.3.2 NOMINATING PROCEDURES (145.A.30(b)(2))
a. The Accountable Manager shall be nominated by the Board of Directors.
b. In case of change of Accountable Manager, nomination document signed by the Chairman

of the Board / Board of Director shall be submitted to Regional Airworthiness Office,
Bengaluru by the Quality Manager. Quality Manager shall also liaise for organizing an
interaction between the Accountable Manager and the Regional Airworthiness Office,
Bengaluru.
c. The Accountable Manager shall nominate the management personnel by means of

writing to DGCA for their acceptance in CA Form 4 along with necessary documents as per
CAR 145 [145.A.30(a)].
1.3.3 ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER - REQUIREMENTS & RESPONSIBILITIES
a. Mr. Amar Abrol, the CEO, is the Accountable Manager.
b. The Accountable Manager is the Chief Executive officer (CEO) of AirAsia (India) Ltd and
has overall responsibility (including in particular, financial) for running the organisation.
c. The Accountable Manager is responsible to DGCA, for ensuring that all the requirements
of DGCA are met through effective management and supervision of those requirements in
conjunction with the Airlines (AirAsia as a Scheduled Airline) policy and strategy and this
Maintenance Organization Exposition.
d. The Accountable Manager has corporate authority to ensure that all maintenance
required by the operator (customer airline) are financed and carried out to the standard
required by CAR-145. [145.A.30(a)].
e. Accountable Manager shall ensure that all necessary resources including but not limited
to Human Resources, Facility, Tools & Equipments etc are available to accomplish
maintenance in accordance with 145.A.65(b) to support the organization’s scope of
approval.
Page 4
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
f. The accountable manager shall:
i. Ensure that all necessary resources are available to accomplish maintenance in

accordance with 145.A.65 (b) to support the organisation approval. .[145.A.30(a)(1)].
ii. Establish and promote the safety and quality policy specified in 145.A.65(a).
[145.A.30(a)(2)].
iii. Demonstrate a basic understanding of CAR 145. .[145.A.30(a)(3)].
g. The Accountable Manager is also responsible for the appointment of the nominated
Management Personnel (Post Holders). The nominated management personnel shall
ultimately be responsible to Accountable Manager.
Note: Accountable Manager is not required to be necessarily knowledgeable on technical

matters as the maintenance organization exposition defines the maintenance standards.
1.3.4 FOLLOWING ARE THE NOMINATED MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL:
a. Mr. T.N.Nagesh ‐ Quality Manager (Post Holder - Quality)
b. Mr. Vedam Ramanujam Dhananjay ‐ Maintenance Manager (Post Holder -

Maintenance)
c. The titles used in the MOE as per CAR 145, differ from the ones used by AirAsia (India)
Ltd.
d. The titles used in the MOE against the titles given by AirAsia (India) Ltd are given below.
Title as per MOE Title as per AirAsia (India) Name
Accountable Manager CEO & MD Amar Abrol
Quality Manager Quality Director T.N. Nagesh
Maintenance Manager
1 Ensu Maintenance Manager Vedam Ramanujam Dhananjay
re
that
e. Training requirements, Job description, Duties, Responsibilities of non-post holders such
all
as Certifying staff, Support staff, Stores personnel, Technicians etc are provided in
nece
Engineering Procedure Manual.
ssary
reso
urce
s are
avail
able Page 5
to
acco
mplis
h
main
tena
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.3.5 QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS OF THE QUALITY MANAGER IS

GIVEN BELOW (145.A.30.(b)(3):
a. QUALIFICATION
i. Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s Licence or Type Trained on Airbus A320 aircraft or similar
type of Aircraft.
b. EXPERIENCE
i. Minimum 10 years of aviation experience out of which 03 years should be on Quality

functions.
ii. Professional and technical knowledge, skills and experience appropriate to the area of
responsibility.
c. TRAINING AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
i. Training appropriate to his area of responsibility. For details, refer EPM Vol 6, Training
Manual.
ii. He / She shall have a good back ground in the management of the operations in the area
of responsibility.
iii. Shall have a reputation of professional integrity.
iv. Have an understanding of the factors that influence human performance in the work
place.
v. Shall have working knowledge of CAR 145.
vi. Shall meet any other requirements specified by AirAsia India People Department.
vii. Shall possess knowledge on Quality Systems.
viii. Shall have thorough knowledge with the Organizations’ Maintenance Organization
Exposition and Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition.
ix. Shall have knowledge of Airbus A320 aircraft operated by AirAsia (India), gained through a
formalised training course.
x. Shall have a comprehensive knowledge of:
Page 6
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1. Applicable operational requirements and procedures, related to Quality functions;

2. The AOP holder's Operations Specifications when applicable;
3. The need for, and content of, the relevant parts of the AOP holder's Operations Manual
when applicable;
xi. Shall have practical experience and expertise in the application of aviation safety
standards and safe operating practices.
xii. Should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge, background and satisfactory

experience related to aircraft or component maintenance and demonstrate a working
knowledge of CAR 145, CAR Section 2 – Airworthiness.
Page 7
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.3.6 QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS OF THE MAINTENANCE

MANAGER IS GIVEN BELOW:
a. QUALIFICATION
i. Aircraft Maintenance Engineer’s License on Airbus A320 aircraft or similar type of aircraft.
b. EXPERIENCE
i. Minimum 10 years of aviation experience out of which 03 years should be on supervisory

functions.
ii. Professional and technical knowledge, skills and experience appropriate to the area of
responsibility.
c. TRAINING AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
i. Appropriate to his area of responsibility. For details, refer EPM Vol 6, Training Manual.
ii. A reputation of professional integrity.
iii. An understanding of the factors that influence human performance in the work place.
iv. Any other requirements specified by AirAsia (India) People Department.
v. Should be able to demonstrate relevant knowledge, background and satisfactory

experience related to aircraft or component maintenance and demonstrate a working
knowledge of CAR 145.
vi. Thorough knowledge with the Organisation's Maintenance Organization Exposition and
interactive knowledge of Continuing Airworthiness Management Exposition.
vii. Practical experience and expertise in the application of aviation safety standards and safe
operating practices.
Page 8
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.3.7 DEPUTIZATION OF DUTIES INCASE OF LENGTHY ABSENCE
a. The Post Holders (Maintenance & Quality) shall be responsible for ensuring that AirAsia
(India) Ltd. remains in compliance with CAR‐145 and DGCA requirements for the approval
of maintenance organization and that all maintenance is performed in accordance with
those requirements.
b. Whenever a post holder is away from regular base for an extended time period (more
than 07 days), his duties and responsibilities will be carried out by alternate nominated
personnel, as given below. In addition, the same shall be informed to Regional
Airworthiness Office.
c. Intimation to DGCA will be provided indicating the same, along with the details of the
person assuming the duties and responsibilities of the nominated person.
d. In the absence of the above Post Holders, the following alternate personnel will be
officiating ;
No. Management Personnel Alternate

1. Accountable Manager Quality Manager
2. Quality Manager Quality Inspector

3. Maintenance Manager The senior most AME shall be
officiating in the absence of
Maintenance Manager.
Page 9
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
1.4.1 ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER
a. Duties & Responsibilities;
i. Holds entire responsibility of the organisation for the satisfactory function in the areas of
aircraft maintenance, quality management and safety system.
ii. Implement effective Safety Management System (SMS) programs which are periodically
evaluated in terms of effectivity and adequacy.
iii. He will chair the Engineering Quality review Meeting once every six months and ensure
that the minutes of the meetings are recorded and actioned upon.
iv. Establish and promote the safety and quality policy as defined in CAR 145.A.65 and to
implement the established safety and quality policies.
v. Ensure necessary resources such as finance, facilities, tools, equipment, manpower and
the literature are available to support the Maintenance organization.
vi. Nominate a person (Maintenance Manager) or group of person whose responsibilities

include ensuring that the organization complies with CAR-145
vii. Nominate senior persons for monitoring the quality system. A Quality System is
established and conducted in respect of CAR 145.A.65 / organization requirement / TC
holders / Regulator Requirement and for ensuring that it is effective in achieving good
maintenance practices and airworthy aircraft.
viii. Ensure that the work is carried out in legal, safe and commercially viable manner.
ix. Ensure that all statutory charges as prescribed by the DGCA are paid as and when they are
levied.
x. Ensure that the competence of all personnel including management personnel has been
assessed.
xi. Notifying the Regional Airworthiness Office:
1. About the changes in the employment status of the post holder.

2. System lapses which may include item such as compliance with the rules, CARs and
instructions as issued from time to time, availability of manpower, equipment, tools,
facility etc.
Page 10
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.4.2 QUALITY MANAGER
a. Main Responsibilities ;
i. Quality Manager directly monitors the quality of maintenance / technical services and
planning. This activity includes various elements such as quality assurance, maintenance
quality monitoring and coordinating with other departments such as occurrence
investigations, PIB, etc.
ii. Administer an independent quality system through quality auditors to ensure that
planned audits are conducted to verify compliance of procedures given in the MOE.
iii. Quality management system to ensure aircraft maintenance / technical services and
planning is carried out in accordance with the organizations MOE, TC holder / regulatory
requirements, follow-up for corrective action and feed back to the Accountable Manager.
iv. Responsible to Accountable Manager on quality and safety matters and also has direct
access to the Accountable Manager in the event of any reported discrepancy not
addressed adequately.
b. Specific Job Functions ;
i. By Quality Monitoring will ensure compliance with CAR 145 requirements through
Scheduled audits and report to the Accountable Manager.
ii. Quality Monitoring may be classified as spot check, surprise inspections and planned
maintenance production inspection.
iii. Monitor all contracted organization for compliance with contractual agreement.
iv. Monitor compliance with the regulatory requirements and take corrective actions
wherever necessary.
v. Prepare and submit the yearly audit plan (AAI/MOE LIST/03) for approval to Accountable
Manager and a copy submitted to the RAO for information. The plan shall include audit of
the engineering organization including all line stations facilities / stores / training facilities
/ vendors /contractors / sub-contractors (if any) and ensure implementation of the same.
vi. Monitor technical investigation of incidents / accident in liaison with the company Air
Safety department and regulatory authorities.
Page 11
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vii. Monitor maintenance of traceable technical records of all relevant work accomplished on
the fleet of aircraft.
viii. Delegation of duties to personnel in Quality department.
ix. Monitor adequacy of the procedures in MOE.
x. Ensure the organization carry out work within the scope of approval.
xi. Ensure through audits that the personnel who carry out the job hold appropriate and
valid certification authorization.
xii. Issue and renewal of certification authorizations to certifying staff and support personnel
and maintain the records in accordance with CAR 145.A.35 (i) & (j).
xiii. To provide certifying staff with the copy of authorization issued to them through
electronic and hard copy format.
xiv. Ensure adequacy of personnel strength; skill levels; and training for personnel in quality
department.
xv. Reporting of all occurrences as per CAR 145.A.60.
xvi. All findings resulting from the independent quality audits of the organization are properly
investigated and ensure corrective action taken in a timely manner. Inform Accountable
Manager of any safety issues.
xvii. To establish a Defect Investigation and Delay monitoring team and to monitor the
adequacy of the rectification action taken on day to day basis by conducting
meeting/conference.
xviii. Notifying the Regional Airworthiness Office about the changes in the following:
1. Name of the Organization

2. Location of the organization (Includes additional locations)
3. The Accountable Manager
4. Facilities, equipment, Tools, material, procedures and certifying staff that could affect
the maintenance approval.
Page 12
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.4.3 MAINTENANCE MANAGER
a. Main Responsibility :
i. Overall responsibility of production activities which includes various maintenance

activities carried out on the aircraft as per set standard and procedures.
ii. To ensure that all maintenance management activities are carried out such that AirAsia
(India) remains in compliance with the requirements of CAR 145.
b. Specific Job Function :
i. Maintenance Manager is required to directly monitor the activities of aircraft

maintenance.
ii. To ensure that the necessary manpower resources and facilities are available to enable
the maintenance of aircraft is performed as required.
iii. To ensure proper working environment in order to maintain the health and safety of all
personnel.
iv. To liaise with other organizations on matters related to aircraft maintenance. To

administer, co-ordinate and control company’s fleet activities as applicable to engineering
line maintenance activities at main base, line Stations and all pre-flight inspection
stations.
v. To ensure adequate manpower is available for safe and efficient operation. Monitor
compliance of training requirements for personnel.
vi. To ensure that the Maintenance personnel are in possession of appropriate skills, and are
given adequate training. All personnel working under him are up to date on latest
methods, procedures and requirements.
vii. To ensure that the maintenance procedures required by CAR145.A.65(b) pertaining to the
activities of areas under his control, are continually amended and updated to reflect
current practice and take account of any new airworthiness requirements.
viii. He will liaise with the Shift in-charges / Stores / Planning to ensure both operational and
maintenance requirements can be met in the most effective manner.
Page 13
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ix. Support of the network stations in order to affect a speedy and safe return to service of
any aircraft suffering an AOG situation, and offering technical advice to crews via
telephonic communication.
x. To ensure that all incidents and occurrences are recorded and reported to the Quality
Manager.
xi. To ensure that all relevant details regarding deferred defects are made available during
planned maintenance groundings.
xii. To ensure efficient and safe aircraft operation, Liaise with other departments (Quality,
Continuing Airworthiness etc.).
xiii. Responsible to implement necessary corrective and preventive action resulting from the
quality compliance monitoring and audit program in accordance with CAR 145.A.65 (c) 2.
xiv. To plan for future growth and training needs of line maintenance personnel.
xv. To ensure timely remedial action of all internal and external audit findings related to
maintenance activities.
xvi. In the absence of maintenance engineer, the maintenance manager will be exercising the
privileges of his licence.
Page 14
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.5 MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART
1.5.1 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
a. Approved Maintenance Organization is divided into two departments namely,

Maintenance & Quality.
b. Maintenance Department is headed by Form-4 Post Holder – Maintenance

(Maintenance Manager).
c. Quality Department is headed by Form-4 Post Holder - Quality (Quality Manager).
d. Post Holder – Maintenance (Maintenance Manager) is responsible for implementation

of all maintenance and materials related procedures with in the scope of approval and
the MOE, including corrective / preventive action for any non-compliances issued by the
Quality Department / DGCA.
e. Post Holder – Quality (Quality Manager) is responsible for monitoring the quality
system, including the associated feedback system (to Accountable Manager) i.a.w
145.A.65 (c) and review of corrective / preventive action taken by the Maintenance
Manager for any non-compliances issued by DGCA and forward the same to RAO,
Bengaluru.
f. Quality Manager shall have direct access to the Accountable Manager to ensure that
the Accountable Manager is kept properly informed on quality and compliance matters.
g. Quality Manager shall ensure that independent audits are carried out in order to
monitor compliance with the required aircraft standards and adequacy of the
procedures to ensure that such procedures invoke good maintenance practices and
airworthy aircraft.
h. Quality Manager shall provide feedback to the Maintenance Manager and ultimately to
the Accountable Manager so that proper and timely corrective action is taken in
response to reports resulting from the independent audit. (145.A.65 (c)(1) & (2)
Page 15
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Organization chart is given below ;
CEO &
ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER
QUALITY MANAGER MAINTENANCE MANAGER
BASE IN-CHARGE
QUALITY ASSURANCE
INSPECTOR
SHIFT IN-CHARGE TECHNICIAN

QUALITY ASSURANCE MOC IN-CHARGE
(CERTIFYING STAFF)
AUDITOR
STORES INSPECTOR SHIFT CO-

CERTIFYING STAFF
ORDINATOR
TECHNICIANS
Note: Duties and Responsibilities of personnel other than post holders are provided in respective
procedure manual.
Page 16
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF , SUPPORT STAFF AND AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW STAFF
[Ref: CAR 145.A.35 (h), 145.A.70(a)(6)]
1.6.1 BASE CERTIFYING STAFF RECORDS (CAT ‘C’ LICENCE HOLDER) (145.A.30.(h)(1))
a. AirAsia currently doesn’t carry out base maintenance activities. Policies and procedures
pertaining to base certifying staff shall be defined when the organization establishes
base maintenance facilities.
1.6.2 LINE CERTIFYING STAFF RECORDS (145.A.30.(h)(1)(ii))
a. Quality Manager shall issue company authorization to eligible line maintenance personnel
of AirAsia (India).
b. Digitalised record of each certifying staff issued with company authorization shall be
maintained which consist of minimum of the information as given in MOE Part 3 Para
3.5.4 and AMC 145.A.35 (j).
c. It is also the responsibility of the certifying personnel to take care of all necessary actions
to ensure that both the authorisation and AME licence remain compliant with each other
(AAC 5 of 2014).
d. Records of all certifying staff (inclusive of certifying staffs located at various line stations)
issued with company authorization will be maintained and retained in the office of the
Quality Manager along with the individual’s file. The record of issued company
authorization stamps and candidate’s sample signature will also be maintained and
retained in the individual’s file. No files shall be maintained at other line stations.
e. The Certifying staff list (AAI/MOE LIST/01) will be maintained in a separate file
(145.A.70(a)(6)) and will be reviewed once in three months or whenever there is a
substantial change in the certifying staff list. (More than 25% shortage in personnel).
f. Certifying staff list shall provide information such as Name, Licence No., Category (A&C,
Avionics, NDT (145.A.30(f), Borescope, Structural Repair), Station, Company Authorization
No., Expat AME (145.30(j)(1)), Contract staff (AMC 145.A.30(d)(1).
1.6.3 COMPONENT CERTIFYING STAFF RECORDS (145.A.30 (f))
a. AirAsia currently doesn’t carry out component maintenance activities. Policies and
procedures pertaining to component certifying staff shall be defined when the
organization establishes base maintenance facilities.
Page 17
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.6.4 SPECIALIST STAFF RECORDS ( NDT, STRUCTURE, BORESCOPE) (145.A.30(f))
a. Records pertaining to specialist staff shall be maintained as explained in MOE 1.6.2,

3.5.4 and as part of Certifying staff list (AAI/MOE LIST/01).
1.6.5 EXPAT AME (POSITIONED IN India / Outside., if any) (145.A.30.(d))
a. AirAsia currently doesn’t employ any EXPAT AME in India / outside for certification of
aircraft. Policies and procedures pertaining to EXPAT AME shall be defined when the
organization employs EXPAT AME.
1.6.6 CONTRACT CERTIFYING STAFF (If any) (AMC 145.A.30(d)
a. AirAsia may utilize contract certifying staff to meet the operational requirements. In
such case, contract staff shall be subjected to all necessary training due before
conducting competency examination and issue of company authorization.
b. Records pertaining to contract staff shall be maintained as explained in MOE 1.6.2 and
as part of Certifying staff list (AAI/MOE LIST/01).
1.6.7 AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW STAFF RECORDS
a. Records pertaining to airworthiness review staff shall be maintained as explained in CAME

4.1.6 as the airworthiness review staff is employed in the CAMO organization.
Page 18
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.7 MANPOWER RESOURCES (AMC 145.A.30(d))
1.7.1. BASE MAINTENANCE / COMPONENT MAINTENANCE
a. AirAsia currently doesn’t carry out base maintenance activities. Policies and procedures
pertaining to base maintenance manpower resources shall be defined when the
1.7.2. LINE MAINTENANCE
a. Maintenance Manager shall ensure that sufficient and competent manpower are
available to support the work being carried out under the terms of approval granted to
the organization, including management of stores.
b. AirAsia shall utilise Category A licensed and appropriately task trained certifying staff for
carrying out scheduled line maintenance (upto weekly inspection as defined in Approved
AMP) and simple defect rectification apart from the B1 / B2 certifying staff to carryout
complex maintenance activities.
c. Quality Manager shall ensure that sufficient and competent manpower are available for
carrying out quality assurance and airworthiness review activities.
d. Department wise required and available manpower shall be maintained in MOE 5.6
controlled by the Maintenance Manager and reviewed by the Quality Manager.
1.7.3. SUB-CONTRACTED MAN POWER
a. AirAsia currently doesn’t sub-contract manpower from any third party organisation.
Policies and procedures pertaining to sub-contract of manpower from third party
organisation shall be defined when the organization intends to hire manpower under sub-
contract.
1.7.4. SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES (NDT, BORESCOPE, STRUCTURAL REPAIR & WEIGHING)
a. Maintenance Manager shall ensure that the personnel proposed to carry out ;
i. Non-Destructive Test of aircraft are appropriately qualified for the particular non-
destructive test i.a.w DGCA specified standard or equivalent standard (NAS 410)
recognized by DGCA. (145.A.30(f)).
Page 19
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ii. Borescope inspections on engines, Structural repair and Weighing of aircraft are
appropriately trained, experienced and developed necessary skills for carrying out the
specialized activities before being proposed to DGCA for issue of authorization.
1.7.5. HANGAR VISIT PLAN (AMC 145.A.25(a)(1); 30(d)(4)
a. AirAsia (India) AMO doesn’t carry out any base maintenance and has contracted Hangar
facilities. Hangar visit plan for scheduled or unscheduled maintenance of aircraft operated
by AirAsia (India) is a function of Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization and
controlled by C A Manager as per procedure specified in CAME.
1.7.6. MANPOWER ESTIMATION (ALL AREAS)
a. Manpower requirements for the AirAsia (India) is maintained considering the Fleet
strength, Maintenance requirements, number of Line stations, Leave, Duty Time
Limitations, Human factor issues, potential expansion of the fleet etc.
b. As per CAR 145.A.30 the manpower availability shall be reviewed every three (03) months
by the Maintenance Manager and Quality Manager.
c. Actual (Available) man hour must not fall short of the projected man hour by 25%. Any
deviations (shortage) above 25% shall be reported by the Maintenance Manager to the
Quality Manager and the Accountable Manager for review and corrective action shall be
taken to increase the man power.
d. Manpower availability will be reviewed every three months, based on demand between
Engineering, Operational and Commercial requirements.
e. Manpower requirements will be based on actual requirements for manual tasks and
certification needs.
f. Manpower planning shall consist of ;
i. For short term requirement, suitably qualified temporary personnel may be hired.
ii. For long term requirement, permanent and contract personnel may be hired.
iii. Alternatively, as per AirAsia (India) policy stated in the MOE, some of the
maintenance work may be contracted out in part or in full, to another organisation
approved by DGCA India.
g. AirAsia (India) Ltd. Quality Assurance personnel shall oversee / supervise all contracted
/ sub-contracted maintenance tasks.
Page 20
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.7.7. POLICY ON CONTRACT EMPLOYEES (AMC 145.A.30.(d)(1)
a. AAI shall normally employ maintenance personnel on a full time basis.
b. However, AAI may utilize the services of contracted personnel for day to day maintenance
activities, if such need arises. Under such circumstances it shall be ensured that number
of contracted personnel shall not exceed more than 50% of the total man power
requirement of individual departments.
c. Aircraft exterior cleaning and cabin cleaning are outsourced to a third party.
1.7.8. HIRING PROCEDURS (INCLUSIVE OF CONTRACT EMPLOYEES) (AMC 145.A.30(e)(2)
a. Manpower recruitment shall be carried out thru People Department after following the
established company’s people department procedures for recruitment.
1.7.9. TRAINING POLICIES (AMC 145.A.30(d)
a. All personnel employed by AirAsia shall be trained and their training requirements shall
be monitored and controlled by their respective department managers who will ensure
that performance standards of the personnel reporting to them shall meet all
requirements of AirAsia (India) Ltd policies.
b. Training Need Analysis (TNA), Gap Analysis and detailed training procedures are
defined in Chapter-1 of EPM Vol. 6 - Training manual
1.7.10. PROCEDURES TO ASSIGN INDEPENDENT JOB (AMC 145.A.30(e)(1)
a. Newly recruited maintenance personnel in the organization as Trainee Technicians shall

be provided On the Job training (OJT) for a maximum period of 6 months.
b. On completion of OJT, maintenance manager shall conduct review of the competency of

such personnel in carrying out the line maintenance activities.
c. On satisfactory performance, such personnel shall be upgraded as Technician and

permitted to work independently under the supervision of the certifying staff.
Page 21
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
d. Experienced Support / Certifying staff recruited in the organization shall be assessed for
competence and capability related to intended certifying duties under the supervision of
either another certifying person or quality inspector.
e. When the person is recruited from another approved maintenance organization and was
a certifying person in that organization, then Quality Manager shall accept a written
experience certificate / logbook entries certified by the Quality Department personnel of
the previous organization.
1.7.11. ASSESSMENT OF COMPETENCE OF PERSONNEL
a. All personnel recruited in AAI approved CAR 145 organization will be assessed depending
upon their job allotment for the technical qualification, knowledge, skills, experience etc.,
by QM / MM.
b. Each individual personnel of AAI will be issued with their specific job allotment letter. The
maintenance personnel will be then monitored by Maintenance Manager / Quality
Manager to ensure that their technical knowledge, skills and experience is of high
standards and individual can perform the maintenance activities independently on our
aircraft fleet.
c. Recommendation on the prescribed forms (QD/QA/20 or QD/QA/20A) duly filled and

signed by Maintenance Manager will be forwarded to Quality Department for the grant of
company authorizations as per the laid procedure for issue / upgrading of the company
authorizations.
d. The examination board will examine the candidate and grant company authorization to
successful candidates. The examination board will consist of Quality Manager,
Maintenance Manager, appropriately type rated AME.
e. Refer MOE Part 3.14, for detailed procedures for the assessment of competence of
personnel.
1.7.12. DUTY TIME LIMITATION (DTL)
a. AAI follows Duty time limitations as per the guidelines mentioned in DGCA Airworthiness
Advisory Circular 01 of 2012. Refer MOE Part 2.22, for detailed procedures on maintaining
Duty time limitations.
Page 22
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES AT EACH ADDRESS INTENDED TO BE APPROVED
1.8.1 BASE MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
a. AirAsia currently doesn’t carry out any base maintenance activities. Policies and
procedures pertaining to base maintenance facilities shall be defined when the
1.8.2 LINE MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
a. The Engineering Office is located at the following address:
Bengaluru New Delhi

AirAsia (India) Ltd, AirAsia (India) Ltd,
1st Floor Airside Building, DA-10, Near Bay D-47,
Kempegowda International Airport IGI Airport T3 Terminal,
Bengaluru – 560300, Karnataka, India New Delhi – 110037, India
Phone : +91 - 80 - 47406852 Phone: +91 - 11 - 49639285
Email id : ramanujamvedam@airasia.com E-mail Id: sachinvashishtha@airasia.com
b. Following departments are located in the Headquarters:
i. Line Maintenance Department

ii. Quality Assurance Department.
iii. CAMO (Engineering Support Services Department)
iv. Engineering Stores
c. These facilities enable the following functions to be accomplished:
i. Maintenance Operations and control

ii. Quality Management.
iii. Administration of Regulatory Requirements.
iv. Administration of Engineering Contracts Discussion and Meeting
1.8.3 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
a. AirAsia currently doesn’t carry out any component maintenance activities. Policies and
procedures pertaining to component maintenance facilities shall be defined when the
organization establishes component maintenance facilities.
Page 23
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.8.4 FACILITIES AS PER SCOPE OF WORK [145.A.25(a) (c)]
a. Facilities are provided appropriate for all planned work, (sufficient workstations equipped
with computers, printers, Internet connection and storage space for working documents),
ensuring in particular, and protection from the weather elements.
b. Office accommodation is provided for the management of the planned work so that they
can carry out their designated tasks in a manner that contributes to good aircraft
maintenance standards. (145.A.25(b))
c. The working environment including aircraft hangars requirement, (if applicable), and
office accommodation is appropriate for the task carried out.
d. Temperature is maintained so that personnel can carry out required tasks without undue
discomfort. (145.A.25.(c)(1))
e. Dust and other airborne contamination are kept to minimum.(145.A.25(c)(2))
f. Lighting is such as to ensure each continuing airworthiness task can be carried out in an
effective manner. (145.A.25.(c)(3))
g. Noise shall not distract personnel from carrying out his / her tasks, by means of having
sound proof walls and windows. (145.A.25.(c)(4))
h. If a specific maintenance task requires application of specific environmental conditions as

identified in maintenance data that is different to the normal environment, then such
conditions shall be observed. If it is impractical, such activities shall be outsourced to
other approved organization having such facilities. (145.A.25.(c)(5))
i. The line maintenance activities in ramp would be carried out during such times that the
particular maintenance or inspection task can be carried out without undue distraction. If
the working environment deteriorates to an unacceptable level in respect of
temperature, moisture, hail, ice, snow, wind, light, dust / other airborne contamination,
the particular maintenance or inspection tasks shall be suspended until satisfactory
conditions are re-established (145.A.25.(c)(6)).
j. Maintenance personnel shall walk around and inspect the ramp area before receiving an
aircraft at the bay to ensure all FOD items are removed from the ramp area so as to avoid
any FOD damage on tires, engines etc.
k. Safety barrier shall be positioned around the engine intake areas to avoid movement of
personnel not involved in activities around the aircraft to ensure safe operation of
aircraft.
l. Sufficient space is available for storage of technical publications and conference rooms for
document discussion.
Page 24
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
m. Maintenance organization personnel shall be provided with access to maintenance data

which may be in the form of online access or access to the printed versions of
maintenance data as maintained in the organization.
n. Secure storage facilities are provided for record preservation, and components,
equipment, tools and material.
o. Stores area shall have clear marking of bonded stores, quarantine stores, scrap stores, on-
hold stores, POL stores, DG Stores (oxygen cylinders, fire extinguishers, squibs etc) etc
p. At all office facilities, access to electrical power main switch shall be marked in clear sign
so to provide a quick access to personnel for switching off the electrical mains in case of
fire.
q. Office & Stores facilities shall be clearly marked with signs such as “Exit”, “Electrical Main
Switch”, “Fire Extinguisher” so as to attract the attention of the personnel requiring
access to such area / equipment in case of an emergency.
r. Personnel observing any risk, safety hazard are advised to report the same through the
“SAFETY NET”. “SAFETY NET” is a link in the intra-net web portal accessible to all
employees using their employee log in ID and password. It also has an option to report
any observation anonymously by clicking a check box provided for the purpose. Such
reports shall be processed by the Safety Manager as per procedure laid down in SMS
Manual.
s. Proof of tenancy of office facility / hangar shall be available with the respective
administrative department and made available during audits on demand.
t. For contracted base maintenance of aircraft, aircraft hangars will be both available and
large enough to accommodate aircraft on planned base maintenance. (Prior to
contracting base maintenance).
u. For component maintenance, component workshops will be large enough to

accommodate the components on planned maintenance. (Prior to contracting component
maintenance).
v. Any other additional requirements, as specified in CAR 145.A.25.
Page 25
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.8.5 STORES FACILITY
a. The main store is located within the engineering office (Airside) building, with an access
to airside.
b. It consists of the following independent sections: (145.A.25(d)).

i. Store Administration area
ii. Receiving Inspection area
iii. Dispatch to Maintenance section area.
iv. Hold item area
v. Quarantine store
vi. Bonded store
vii. ESDS Store
viii. Petroleum Oil and Lubricant store (POL)
ix. Unserviceable items store
x. Unsalvageable items store.
c. Access to the stores shall be restricted and controlled by the materials executive.
(145.A.25(d)).
d. Manufacturer recommended storage conditions shall be maintained for storage of

materials. (145.A.25(d)).
e. Storage conditions shall ensure segregation of serviceable components and material from
Un- serviceable aircraft components, material, equipment and tools. (145.A.25(d)).
f. Temperature in the Stores shall be maintained between 50ºF to 70ºF (10ºC to 21ºC)and
humidity around 65%. (AMC 145.A.25(d)(1))
g. Appropriate size of racks, bins, temperature conditioned storage facilities for such items
etc shall be made available for proper storage of materials. (AMC 145.A.25(d)(2))
h. Storage facilities shall be maintained clean and well ventilated. (AMC 145.A.25(d)(1))
i. All aircraft components, wherever practicable, shall be packaged in protective material to

minimize damage and corrosion during storage. (AMC 145.A.25(d)(3))
Page 26
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.8.6 LAYOUT OF PREMISES
A pictorial diagram of the facilities (Bengaluru Engineering Office) has been depicted below:

First Floor, Airside Building, Kempegowda International Airport,
Bengaluru – 560300, Karnataka,
India Line : +91-80-46676731 Fax: +91-80-46676710
Email id: ramanujamvedam@airasia.com
Page 27
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
A pictorial diagram of the facilities (Bengaluru Stores) has been depicted below:

Engineering Stores - Bengaluru
Kempegowda International Airport (Air Side)
Bengaluru – 560300, Karnataka, India
Page 28
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
A pictorial diagram of the facilities (Delhi Engineering Office) has been depicted below:
Engineering Office
near bay D-47
Indira Gandhi International Airport T- 3
New Delhi -110037
AIRASIA (INDIA) LTD, IGI AIRPORT T- 3 (DELHI)
Page 29
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.9 ORGANISATIONS INTENDED SCOPE OF WORK

(Ref. CAR 145.A.10, 145.A.15, 145.A.20, 145.A.70 (a) (9), 145.A.75 (a), (b), (c),(d), (e), 145.A.80,
145.A.90 (a), (b), 145.A.95 (a),(b), (c)):
1.9.1 SCOPE OF WORK
a. Line Maintenance and certification of Airbus A320 -216 / 214 (CFM56-5B) aircraft and
systems fitted on the aircraft, under the scope of CAR 145 AMO approval granted by
DGCA.
b. List of scheduled maintenance tasks that are covered by the approval granted to AirAsia
(India) AMO by DGCA under Line Maintenance Approval are listed in Annexure -1 to
MOE and maintained as part of the MOE.
c. The approval granted to AirAsia (India) also cover reported defect rectification tasks and
subject to the organisation ensuring availability of necessary resources in terms of
facility / tools / equipment, qualified manpower, up to date literature and spares.
d. Scope of work (granted by DGCA), is given below:
CLASS RATING LIMITATIONS BASE LINE
A1
A320-216 / 214 AIRCRAFT
AIRCRAFT Aeroplanes X
FITTED WITH CFM56-5B ----
above 5700 kg
ENGINES
e. Location wise limitations are given below;
Location Limitation
Bangalore Approval is limited to the scheduled tasks listed in MOE Annexure -
1 (Issue-1, Rev. – 0 dated April 2017), approved by DGCA
Delhi Upto and Including Weekly Inspection.
f. Scope of Work approved to be carried out by following the procedures given in AAC 3 of 2017 and
detailed in L2.9 of MOE ;
Location Limitation
Cochin, Kolkata, Goa, Jaipur,
Pune, Guwahati, Imphal, Transit Inspection
Hyderabad, Ranchi &
Bhubaneshwar
Page 30
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.9.2 APPROVAL SEEKING PROCEDURES (INITIAL – RENEWAL –VARIATION)
a. Maintenance Organization approval shall be sought from the Regional Airworthiness

Office – Bengaluru after duly ensuring the availability of facilities, manpower, literature
etc.
b. For initial approval, a meeting shall held between Accountable Manager / proposed
Accountable Manager & the Head of the RAO and the following shall be submitted by
the Quality Manager:-
i. CA Form -2 signed by Accountable Manager along with appropriate fees.

ii. CA Form -4 along with details of post holders.
iii. Draft MOE and Associated procedure manuals.
iv. Internal audit report.
v. Cover letter duly signed by the proposed Accountable Manager / CEO.
vi. Parawise Compliance
c. For Renewal of existing approval, the following shall be submitted by the Quality
Manager;
i. CA Form-2 signed by Accountable Manager along with appropriate fees.
ii. Internal audit report.
iii. Cover letter signed by the Accountable Manager.
iv. Parawise Compliance
d. For Variation of existing approval, the following shall be submitted by the Quality
Manager;
i. CA Form-2 signed by Accountable Manager along with appropriate fees.
ii. Draft amendment to MOE detailing change in procedures, scope, facilities etc.
iii. Internal audit report.
iv. Cover letter signed by the Accountable Manager.
v. Parawise Compliance
e. Post holders for Quality / Maintenance shall liaise with Regional Airworthiness Office
(Bengaluru / Other regions) to enable audit of the facility by DGCA for grant, renewal or
variation of the scope of approval.
f. Post holders for Quality / Maintenance shall take necessary corrective / preventive
action for any non-compliances identified and communicated by DGCA.
1.9.3 REVALIDATION PROCEDURES (INVALID ORGANIZATION / SCOPE) (145.A.15)
a. Maintenance Organization approval validity is reflected in the Validity Sheet issued by

DGCA.
Page 31
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Following documents shall be submitted to the Regional Airworthiness Office –

Bengaluru, for re-validation of invalid organization’s scope of approval;
i. Cover letter by the Accountable Manager.

ii. CA Form-2 with appropriate fees.
iii. Internal audit report by the Quality Manager.
c. Above procedure shall be applicable for maintenance approval held by the organization
above Pre-flight (Transit) inspections.
d. Pre-Flight (Transit) stations may remain in-active for any length of period due
cancellation of scheduled services to such station.
e. Following procedure shall be followed for re-activation of Pre-flight (Transit) station that
was in-active due cancellation of flight services :
i. Positioning of man-power, tooling and literature by maintenance manager.

ii. Internal audit of the Pre-flight (Transit) facility by the Quality auditor and submission of
report to Quality Manager.
iii. Quality Manager shall send a communication to the Maintenance manager permitting
re-activation of Pre-flight (Transit) station.
1.9.4 SUMMARY OF OUTSOURCING (WITHIN AND OUTSIDE THE COUNTRY)
a. AAI is currently approved for Line Maintenance activities up to A-9 Check at Bangalore
and up to and including weekly inspection at Delhi airport.
b. Personnel employed by AAI are approved by DGCA to carry out Borescope inspection.
c. Any activities beyond the above such as NDT inspection, Base Maintenance, Component
maintenance, Structural repairs etc are outsourced to other approved maintenance
organization by the CAMO organization under the purview of CAR-M, Subpart G
approval.
1.9.5 CAR-145 APPROVAL
a. CAR-145 organisation approval validity shall be as per the validity mentioned in the
approval certificate issued by DGCA.
b. Approval certificate shall be returned to DGCA upon surrender or revocation.
Page 32
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE DGCA REGARDING CHANGES IN ACTIVITIES / APPROVAL /

LOCATION / PERSONNEL (CAR 145.A.85)
1.10.1 PURPOSE:
a. Organization may undergo certain changes over a period of time to meet the
requirements arising from the changes in fleet size, type of fleet, regulatory
requirements, etc. The changes may be in key personnel controlling the activity or the
activity itself. Such significant changes are to be notified to the regulatory authorities.
b. AAI shall notify DGCA of any proposal to carry out any of the following changes before
such changes take place so as to enable DGCA to determine continued compliance with
CAR 145 and amend, if necessary, the Approval certificate, except that in case of
proposed changes in personnel not known to the management beforehand, these
changes shall be notified at the earliest.
c. Significant changes include the following :
i. Name of the Organization

ii. Location of the organization (Includes additional locations)
iii. The Accountable Manager
iv. Any of the Post Holders as specified in this sub part and in CAR 145.A.30(b)
v. Facilities, equipment, Tools, material, procedures and certifying staff that could affect the
maintenance approval.
vi. The notification shall be made to the office of Regional Airworthiness Office, Bengaluru of
any significant changes as soon as possible via E-Mail, Fax or vide a letter whichever is
convenient.
NOTE:
AAI will not incorporate such changes as detailed above until the change has been
communicated and accepted by DGCA.
1.10.2 CHANGE OF ACCOUNTBLE MANAGER (GM 145.A.70(a))
a. Procedure for intimation of change in Accountable Manager is specified in MOE 1.3.2.b.
1.10.3 CHANGE OF NOMINATED POST HOLDER (145.A.85)
a. Procedure for intimation of change in Nominated Post holder (Quality & Maintenance) is
specified in MOE 1.3.2.c.
Page 33
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.10.4 ADDITION OF LINE & BASE STATION (145.A.70(b))
a. The Maintenance Manager will review the establishment in terms of the following:
i. Suitable building / space is available.

ii. Availability of appropriately licensed AMEs, and their license coverage with respect to
aircraft to be maintained.
iii. Availability of adequate skilled technician / personnel.
iv. Availability of the required updated inspection schedules and documents with respect to
the appropriate checks / schedules to be carried out.
v. Availability of necessary tools / special tools to carry out appropriate checks /schedules.
vi. Availability of wheel change equipment, including spare wheels, Tire pressure gauge,
wheel charging facility (if applicable).
vii. Availability of Nitrogen cylinders from approved source.
viii. Availability of calibrated tools and equipment.
ix. Availability of Ground Power Unit.
x. Availability of trestles, ladders for the appropriate checks / schedules.
xi. Availability of appropriate aircraft spares commensurate with the Checks / schedules to
be carried out.
xii. Availability of proper storage for spares and that the spares have proper release note /
serviceable tags / CA Form 1 etc. as applicable.
xiii. Availability of environmentally controlled stores (if applicable).
b. The QA Auditor will audit the facilities, equipment and capability and submit the report to
the Quality Manager.
c. The audit report shall be forwarded to the Regional Airworthiness Office, Bengaluru,
along with duly filled CA Form 2, requisite fees, and necessary amendments to the MOE,
for grant / variation of approval.
1.10.5 CHANGES OF MAINTENANCE LOCATION (BASE & LINE) (145.A.70(b))
a. Procedure stated in MOE 1.10.4 shall be followed
1.10.6 CHANGES IN SCOPE OF APPROVAL (145.A.15)
a. Procedure stated in MOE 1.10.4 shall be followed
Page 34
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.10.7 EFFECTIVITY (AFTER APPROVAL) OF REVISED PROCEDURES
a. All policies and procedures that are part of the MOE shall become effective from the
date of approval of MOE, unless otherwise permitted by Regional Airworthiness Office –
Bengaluru in writing.
1.10.8 PROCEDURE FOR DISSEMINATION OF MOE (GM 145.A.70(a))
a. The Quality Manager of AAI shall remain responsible to keep the Accountable Manager
briefed about the changes to MOE before submitting it to the DGCA of any significant
changes in the organization.
b. Technical Officer – Publication shall circulate the revised / re-issued MOE to all
maintenance organization personnel by publishing the revised content in the server and
circulating an e-mail to all maintenance organization personnel informing the uploading
of the revised content in the server for reading and acknowledging the changes
incorporated in the MOE.
c. Technical Officer – Publication shall circulate the hard copies of revised pages of the MOE
to those personnel for whom hard (controlled) copy is already issued i.a.w the
distribution list.
1.10.9 ORGANIZATION APPROVAL – RENEWAL
a. In case of renewal of Organization Approval for CAR-145, the Quality Inspector or Quality
Auditor will conduct separate audits of the facilities, equipment and submit the report to
QM.
b. Quality Manager after scrutiny shall forward the application for renewal of Organization
approval to the Regional Airworthiness Office- Bengaluru, along with duly filled with CA
Form 2 and applicable fees.
c. CA Form-2 shall be signed by the Accountable Manager only.
1.10.10 Procedure for Approval of Line Stations (DOMESTIC):
Minor scheduled line maintenance means any minor scheduled inspection / check up to and
including a weekly check specified in the approved aircraft maintenance programme. Any inspection
above weekly check shall require prior approval of DGCA. For approval of line stations to carry out
inspections upto and including weekly check , the procedure given in L2.9 shall be followed.
Page 35
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.11 EXPOSITION AMENDMENT PROCEDURES
1.11.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide a procedure for the administration and control of amendments or changes to

the MOE, Engineering Procedures Manual [EPM (s)] and other SOP Manual.
b. This procedure applies to amendment or changes to the MOE, EPM and various
other SOP manuals to be evolved in the future.
1.11.2 PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR REVISION OF MOE (GM 145.A.70(a)(6)
a. The procedures detailed in the MOE shall be prepared by the Maintenance Manager,
Materials Executive and the QA Inspector and reviewed by the Quality Manager.
b. Quality Manager is responsible for revision of the MOE.
c. AirAsia (India) MOE shall be prepared / revised in accordance with the requirements
of CAR 145, CAR Section 2 – Airworthiness, and any other CAR or AAC affecting the
contents of this manual. MOE and its subsequent amendments will be approved by
DGCA.
1.11.3 AMENDMENT PROCEDURE
a. Amendment to this exposition may be initiated as given below (but not limited to) ;
i Due change in aircraft rules, CAR, issue of DGCA circulars etc
ii Due change request (QD/QA/43) based on feedback from the organization personnel.
iii Due observation of policies / procedures in contradiction to the regulations in force.
iv Due observations from internal and external audits.
b. Amendment may be initiated by personnel concerned and shall be reviewed by

Maintenance Manager and Quality Manager before submitting to DGCA for approval.
1.11.4 UPDATE PROCEDURES – CONTROLLED COPIES – HARD COPIES –EDP COPIES (145.A.70(a))
a. The Quality Department shall dispatch the approved revision pages of the MOE to the
Technical Publications Executive, who shall be responsible for ensuring the distribution of
the approved revisions to all holders of the MOE, as mentioned in the distribution list.
b. Holders of MOE are further responsible for incorporating such revisions and forwarding
acknowledgement of receipt, and confirmation of incorporation of the revisions, via
email. The Technical Publication Executive shall maintain soft copy record of all such
acknowledgements.
Page 36
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.11.5 COMMUNICATION PROCEDURES (AMC 145.A.70(a))
a. Any question/ remarks/ suggestions concerning the MOE may be addressed to the Maintenance
Manager, using the Document Ambiguity Report form- QD/TS/06. (Refer MOE 2.27).
1.11.6 INDICATING (ISSUE /REV) AND MARKING VERTICAL LINE PROCEDURE
a. Every revision to the MOE will be identified by a Revision Number entered at the top right
hand side of the relevant page.
b. Any amended text will be indicated by a vertical line in the left hand side margin adjacent
to each change.
1.11.7 INDIRECT APPROVAL
a. Occasion may arise when a temporary revision (TR) to exposition is necessary pending
regular issue approval by DGCA.
b. Following scope of amendments are authorized to be effected by the Quality Manager

under Indirect Approval :
i. Typographical errors
ii. Formatting.
iii. Numbering subparts.
iv. Adding / amending references.
v. Changing any procedures that is not related to regulatory requirements.
c. Whenever a temporary revision is required to be issued, same shall be issued in following

format;
i. Header shall have TR number specified in place of regular revision number.

ii.Contents of TR shall be circulated with a watermark stating ‘Temporary Revision’.
iii.
TR shall be issued along with TR change notice and TR List of Effective pages (LEP) .
iv.Hard copy manual holder shall cross the superseded (revised) page while inserting the
temporary revision page.
v. Hard copy manual holder shall remove the crossed page and TR page while inserting the
regular revision page as and when regular revision is issued.
d. TR shall be initiated by Maintenance Manager and approved by the Quality Manager
Page 37
Part 1 Management
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1.11.8 PERIODIC REVISIONS OF EXPOSITION
a. Required revisions may be initiated by the Maintenance Manager, Materials Executive

and the Quality Department and reviewed by the QM :
i. Twice in a year, during the first week of January and July or whenever necessary, as a
result of changes in the company policy, management personnel, procedures, address
and equipment, internal or external audit findings or as a result of operating experience.
ii. Whenever there is a change in regulations which affect the policy, procedures, and
maintenance practices as mentioned in the MOE.
b. Proposed amendments to the manual shall be submitted to the Regional

Airworthiness Office, Bengaluru for Approval, by the Quality Manager.
1.11.9 RESPONSIBILITIES
a. Administration & control of MOE : Quality Manager

b. Administration & control of EPM : Department Managers
Page 38
Part 2 Maintenance Procedures
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – 2
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.1 SUPPLIER EVALUATION AND SUB-CONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE
2.1.1 PROCEDURE FOR EVALUATION AND SELECTION (CAR 145.A.70) (Refer EPM Vol 5, 2.5.2)
a) Request for vendor evaluation shall be initiated by the Materials Executive and
forwarded to the Quality Manager. The completed QA Vendor Evaluation /
Questionnaire (QD/QA/16) shall be provided together with the request.
b) On receipt of the completed Vendor Evaluation / Questionnaire (QD/QA/16) and other

requested documents, the Quality Inspector or Quality Auditor shall review and assess
the contents before making recommendations to the Quality Manager on the necessity
for an on-site audit at the vendor’s premises.
c) The Quality Manager’s review of the completed Vendor Evaluation / Questionnaire

(QD/QA/16) and other available documents include the following:
i. Past performance of vendor.

ii. Quality system approval / certification of the Vendor.
iii. Product reliability.
iv. Complexity / Nature of the product
v. Geographical location of vendor’s premises.
d) Upon approval or rejection, as whatever the case may be, the Quality Manager shall
endorse the Vendor Evaluation / Questionnaire (QD/QA/16) as such and return the
questionnaire to the Materials Executive.
e) If the vendor is approved, the Quality Inspector or Quality Auditor shall update to
include the vendor into the AirAsia (India) “Approved Vendors List” and a copy of the
Vendor Evaluation / Questionnaire shall be kept in the approved vendors file.
f) All vendors that are approved by the Quality Manager shall be registered in the
approved Vendor List.
2.1.2 SUPPLIER AND SUB-CONTRACTOR AUDITING POLICY
a) Suppliers of new / serviceable / overhauled parts shall normally subjected to desk top
audit of their OEM representation / distributorship certificate, agreement, company
registration and tax information (TIN) certificate etc. Physical audit is normally not
required for such suppliers as they don’t come under regulatory approvals.
b) Contractors (DGCA approved CAR-145 AMO) located within India shall be subjected to
initial and continuation (once in 2 years) audit. Contractors located outside India shall
be subjected to desk top audit of their credentials before enlisting them as vendors and
shall be subjected to repeat desk top audit every year to continue them as approved
vendors.
Page 1
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c) Sub-Contractors (approved under AirAsia Quality system by Quality Manager) shall be

subjected to physical audit before enlisting them as approved sub-contractors and
followed by audits once in 2 years.
2.1.3 APPROVED SCOPE AND CONTRACT / SUB-CONTRACT POLICY

(AMC 145.A.75(b)(3.3))
a. AirAsia shall establish facilities for majority of maintenance activities that form part of
the scope of the approval that it wishes to obtain from DGCA.
b. Occasionally, it may sub-contract a specialized maintenance activity such as but not

limited to, plating, heat treatment, plasma spray, fabrication of specified parts for
minor repairs / modifications, etc when it becomes commercially and procedurally
unviable to maintain such facilities when those activities are rarely carried out.
c. In such cases, AirAsia will develop its own expertise to determine whether the sub-
contractor meets the necessary standards.
Page 2
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.1.4 CAR-145 APPROVED SUB-CONTRACT (AMC 145.A.75(b)3)
a. Following procedures shall be followed before approving a sub-contractor under

AirAsia’s Quality system;
i. Establishment of working procedure with the prospective sub-contractor for use

of AirAsia’s approved maintenance data, paper work, materials /spare parts etc.
and use of sub-contractor’s tools, equipment and personnel as long as they
meet the requirement of CAR-145.
ii. Establishment of procedure to supervise the inspection of completed product

before release from sub-contractor facility.
iii. Issue of CRS by staff belonging to CAR-145 AMO / sub-contractor issued with
certification authorization under MOE Part 3.4.
iv. Pre-audit of the prospective sub-contractor i.a.w MOE Part-3.1.
v. Verification of corrective and preventive action.
b. On approval of a sub-contractor by the Quality Manager, Maintenance Manager shall

initiate contract signing off between AirAsia (India) and the sub-contractor.
c. Such sub-contract shall have a provision for DGCA official’s right to visit the sub-
contractor facility for audit.
2.1.5 ORGANIZATION WITHOUT CAR 145 APPROVAL (AMC 145.A.75(b)(3.1.b))
a. CAR 145.A.75.b.3.1(b) permits use of sub-contracting aircraft maintenance activities up

to but not including base maintenance check to organizations not approved under CAR-
145, when it is unrealistic to expect such organization to hold CAR-145 approval.
b. Currently, AirAsia doesn’t have a requirement to sub-contract maintenance of an

aircraft to an organization not approved under CAR-145.
c. Procedure for such sub-contract shall be provided in detail if such necessity arises later.
2.1.6 DGCA ACCEPTANCE (AMC 145.A.75.(b)(3.4))
a. AirAsia may enlist a sub-contractor after following procedures given in MOE 2.1.4 to
2.1.6 if requirement arises to sub-contract specialized maintenance services.
Page 3
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. In such cases, completion of the following activities deem to have the DGCA acceptance
for enlisting a sub-contractor;
i. Pre-audit of sub-contractor.
ii. Signing of contract with sub-contractor.
iii. Amendment of MOE Part 5.2 listing the details of sub-contractor
2.1.7 CONTRACT – APPROVAL / RENEWAL PROCEDURES
a. Contracts between AirAsia and Contractors / Sub-contractors are prepared by the team
consisting of Legal, Financial and Engineering personnel and reviewed by the
Maintenance Manager
b. Contract shall be signed off (approved) by the CEO / CFO or any authorized personnel.
c. Contracts falling due for renewal shall be initiated 90days in advance by the
Maintenance Manager for further renewal and sign off as in (b) above.
2.1.8 VENDOR RATING SYSTEM (Refer EPM Vol. 5, 2.17)
a) The performance of all approved Vendors or sub-contractors shall be continuously

monitored by the Store Inspector, particularly to fulfil Purchase Order requirements.
b) The criteria governing the value of ratings awarded shall be the rejection percentage of
the delivered products quarterly (3 months), i.e.
Rejection % = Quantity Rejected 3 months X 100

Quantity Received
c) The thresholds and action required for the vendor shall be dependent on the Vendors’
rejection percentage as follows:
Above 1% Rejection Percentage within 6 months

Above 3% Rejection Percentage within 6 months
2.1.9 VENDOR AUDIT FREQUENCY
a) For new suppliers, it will be decided as part of the Authorization of New procedures
whether an audit is necessary.
b) For existing suppliers, a large proportion of new parts are procured directly from OEM’s
and a large proportion of repairs are carried out by contractors that are already DGCA /
EASA / FAA approved.
Page 4
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c) For this reason, Existing suppliers will normally only be audited if there are significant
problems with the goods and/or services they provide. The performance of suppliers
will be closely monitored by AirAsia (India) Materials, planning and quality
departments. Vendor Audit Checklist (QD/QA/03) shall be used for auditing the
vendors.
2.1.10 CAUTIONING OF VENDOR
a) The Rejection Percentage shall be updated and maintained by Materials Department.
b) Any vendor’s Rejection Percentage increases above 1% shall be cautioned by Materials

Executive. Any vendor’s Rejection Percentage increases above 3 % shall be suspended
and Materials Executive shall notify Quality Manager for reassessment of the vendor.
c) No purchase may be carried out from vendors who are suspended, until QA’s
revalidation of the vendor approval is issued.
2.1.11 BLACKLISTING OF VENDORS
a) The Vendor will be black listed under the following circumstances:

i. Willful or intentional violation of regulation.
ii. Supply of unapproved parts.
iii. Altered / tampered documents.
iv. Supply of parts not conforming to specification.
v. Supply of spurious parts or military surplus items.
vi. Parts processed through illegal source.
2.1.12 SUB-CONTRACTOR RENEWAL PROCEDURE
a) Quality Manager shall approve the successful agency initially for a period of two years.
Subsequent renewal will be based on the satisfactory audit report.
b) Quality Department must maintain list of such agencies. The Sub contractor will be
under AirAsia Quality Assurance System.
c) Sub-Contractors must be monitored for its performance and capability using

audits, audit reports, past performance, records etc.
d) Approval of sub-contractor not meeting the quality requirements shall be withdrawn.
Page 5
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.2 ACCEPTANCE / INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS & MATERIAL FROM OUTSIDE

CONTRACTORS
2.2.1 ACCEPTANCE OF COMPONENT WITH IN ORGANIZATION
2.2.1.1 COMPONENTS REMOVED FROM SERVICEABLE AIRCRAFT (Para 2.6 of AMC No.2 to
145.A.50(d))
a. Serviceable components / parts removed from a serviceable Indian registered aircraft

shall be accepted into bonded stores if following conditions are met;
i. Issue of CA Form 1 by an appropriately rated certifying staff on behalf of an

appropriately rated organization (CAR-145 approval rating).
ii. Component deemed serviceable if the last flight operation with the component fitted
revealed no faults on that component / related system.
iii. Component inspected for satisfactory condition including in particular damage,

corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional manufacturer’s maintenance
instructions – For example: This shall be stated in CA Form-1 as “Inspected” in Block 11
or 12.
iv. Aircraft should not have been subjected to unusual events such as involvement in
accidents, incidents, heavy landings or lightning strikes, extreme of stresses,
temperature or immersion – Certificate to this effect shall be obtained from the
organization issuing the Authorized Release Certificate (CA Form-1).
v. Availability of original maintenance history record for all used serialized component
(Example – History card).
vi. Compliance with known modifications and repairs are established.
vii. Flight hours / cycles / landings as applicable of any service life limited parts including
time since overhaul are established.
viii. Compliance with known airworthiness directives is established.
b. Components removed from a non-Indian registered aircraft shall be accepted only if the
component is issued with a CA Form-1 by a CAR-145 maintenance organization after
ensuring the following and if the organization agrees to the share the following
information ;
i. When the last maintenance was carried out and by whom.
Page 6
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ii. When the component was manufactured and by whom with a cross reference to any
original documentation which should be included with the CA Form-1.
iii. List of all airworthiness directives, repairs and modifications known to have been
incorporated. If no airworthiness directives or repairs or modifications are known to be
incorporated then the same should be stated in CA Form-1.
iv. Details of life used for service life limited parts being any combination of fatigue,
overhaul or storage life.
v. For any aircraft component having its own maintenance history record, reference to the
particular maintenance history record (equivalent information that is normally found in
block 12 of CA Form 1.
vi. Maintenance history record and acceptance test report or statement, if applicable
should be supplied along with CA Form 1.
2.2.1.2 COMPONENTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT WITHDRAWN FROM SERVICE (AMC

145.A.50(d)(2.7)
a. Serviceable components / parts removed from an Indian registered aircraft withdrawn

from service shall be accepted into bonded stores if following conditions are met;
i. Issue of CA Form 1 by an appropriately rated maintenance organization (CAR-145

approval rating) following satisfactory assessment that conditions specified in MOE
2.2.1.1 are met.
ii. Components were removed and stored in i.a.w manufacturer recommendations and
standards required by CAR-145 by the organization issuing CA Form 1.
iii. Ensure and certify that no defects were recorded on the aircraft maintenance records
pertaining to the subject component / system.
2.2.1.3 COMPONENTS RECEIVED FROM AN UNAPPORVED ORGANIZATION (AMC 145.A.50(d)(2.8)
a. Components maintained or received by organizations not approved i.a.w CAR-145 shall

be accepted into bonded stores if following conditions are met;
i. Issue of CA Form -1 i.a.w 145.A.50 by an appropriately rated CAR-145 approved

maintenance organization.
ii. Dismantling of the component for sufficient inspection i.a.w appropriate maintenance
data and certification of the same in CA Form-1.
Page 7
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. Replacing of all service life limited components, if no satisfactory evidence of life used is
available and /or components were in unsatisfactory condition.
iv. Reassembly / Testing, as necessary to ensure airworthiness of the component.
2.2.1.4 COMPONENTS REMOVED FROM ACCIDENT AIRCRAFT (AMC 145.A.50.(d)(2.9)
a. Used aircraft components removed from an aircraft involved in an accident or incident

shall be accepted into bonded stores, if following conditions are met;
i. Issue of CA Form-1 by an appropriately rated CAR-145 maintenance organization after

ensuring that a specific work order is issued to comply with the following ;
1. Recommendations from TC holder or Original manufacturer is sought to arrive

at the scope of work required for releasing the component to service.
2. All necessary tests and inspections made necessary by the accident / incident
are complied on the component.
3. Requirements specified in MOE para 2.2.1.2 are complied
4. Above activities are referenced in block 12 of CA Form-1
2.2.1.5 COMPONENTS RECEIVED FROM WORKSHOP (AMC 145.A.50.(d))
a. Any component sent for maintenance and received from an external workshop
approved under CAR-145 shall be accompanied with CA Form-1.
b. If a component is maintained by AirAsia under its approval rating and released to service
for internal use, CA Form-1 is not necessary and the component shall be issued with
serviceable tag for installation on the aircraft.
2.2.1.6 COMPONENTS RELEASED UNDER PRE-21 APPROVAL FROM WORKSHOP (AMC 145.A.50.(d))
a. A component released under Pre CAR-21 regulation before CAR-21 came in to force may
be accepted into bonded stores, if the following conditions are met;
i. Issue of CA Form-1 by an appropriately rated maintenance organization.
ii. Acceptance test report or statement should be available for all used or unused aircraft
components that are subjected to acceptance testing after manufacturing or
maintenance as appropriate.
Page 8
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. Component should have been inspected for compliance with the manufacturer’s
instructions and limitations for storage and condition including any requirement for
limited storage life, inhibitors, controlled climate and special storage containers. In the
absence of specific storage instructions the aircraft component should have been
inspected for damage, corrosion and leakage to ensure good condition.
iv. Storage life used of any storage life limited parts should be stated in CA Form-1
b. If criteria specified in para (a) above could not be established, then the component
should have been dis-assembled by an appropriately rated CAR-145 maintenance
organization and subjected to the following :
i. Inspection / Test i.a.w manufacturer’s maintenance instruction to establish satisfactory
condition.
ii. Replacement of all seals, lubricants and life limited parts (if relevant).
iii. Check for compliance of modification, airworthiness directives and repairs, as
applicable.
2.2.1.7 COMPONENTS FROM BASE TO LINE – POLICY
a. Components / Parts may have to be removed from an aircraft undergoing base

maintenance to support an operating aircraft. In such cases, the following procedure
shall be followed;
i. Base maintenance organization shall issue serviceable tag / CA Form -1 based on the
procedure specified in their MOE.
ii. Item shall be routed thru stores facility in AirAsia (India).
iii. If the item is issued with a serviceable tag by the Base maintenance organization, then
stores inspector shall issue CA Form-1(QD/QA/21) based on the strength of the
incoming serviceable tag and release the unit to line maintenance for installation on the
aircraft.
iv. If the item is issued with CA Form-1 by the base maintenance organization, same shall
be released along with the component for installation on the aircraft.
2.2.1.8 COMPONENTS FROM LINE TO BASE – POLICY
a. Components / Parts may have to be removed from an operating aircraft to support an

aircraft undergoing base maintenance. In such cases, the following procedure shall be
followed;
Page 9
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Certifying staff removing a component / part from an operating aircraft shall issue CA
Form-1 and hand over the component to stores facility in AirAsia (India).
ii. Removed component issued with CA Form-1 shall be released by the stores personnel to
the aircraft undergoing base maintenance for installation on the aircraft.
2.2.2 ACCEPTANCE OF COMPONENTS FROM OUTSIDE SUPPLIERS / CONTRACTORS (Refer EPM Vol 5,
2.9.2)
2.2.2.1 ACCEPTANCE OF AVIATION PRODUCTS
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to accept aircraft components and materials with valid CA Form1
/ EASA Form 1 / FAA Form 8130 or equivalent .The same shall be inspected and verified
before accepting those components in our stock.
b. The Stores Inspector is responsible for performing the Receipt Inspection &
Acceptance function and issue the serviceable tag.
2.2.2.2 ACCEPTANCE OF COMPONENTS (AMC M.A.501(a))
a. The stores inspector shall:
i. Verify the incoming documents for availability of original authorized release certificates
(ARC) such as:
1. For New / Used Components / Life Limited Parts – CA Form 1/ EASA Form 1 /
FAA 8130 tags.
2. For Time Controlled components ‐ CA Form 1 / EASA Form 1 /FAA 8130 or

equivalent along with hours, cycles and/ or days since the last overhaul and the
record of work accomplished.
ii. Verify the general condition of components and their packaging in relation to damages
that could affect the integrity of the components;
iii. Verify that the shelf life of the component has not expired;
iv. Verify that items are received in the appropriate package in respect of the type of
Component: e.g. correct ATA 300 or electrostatic sensitive devices packaging, when
necessary;
v. Verify that component has all plugs and caps appropriately installed to prevent damage
or internal contamination.
Page 10
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vi. Verify the status of compliance of AD / Mandatory Instructions / CDCC limitations.
b. Any item in storage without a CA Form 1 or equivalent shall not be installed on aircraft
unless an ARC is issued for such item by an appropriately approved maintenance
Organisation in accordance with CAR 145.
2.2.2.3 ACCEPTANCE OF EQUIVALENT DOCUMENT (AMC M.A.501(a)(5)
a. CA Form-1 is used to release components;

i. After manufacture by CAR-21 production organization.
ii. After maintenance work carried out by CAR-145 maintenance organization.
iii. Removed from one aircraft / component to be fitted to another aircraft / component.
b. Document considered equivalent to CA Form -1 is a release document issued by an

organization under the terms of bilateral agreement signed by DGCA such as;
i. EASA Form -1
ii. FAA Form 8130
iii. Any other form acceptable to DGCA such as those release documents issued by
organization approved by competent authorities of Canada, Singapore, United Kingdom,
Australia, Brazil, Switzerland, Malaysia etc.
2.2.2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS - RAW MATERIALS (CAR M.A.501(d)
a. Raw material shall be accompanied by Statement of Conformity to the specification in

addition to manufacturing and Vendor source, Material Test Report for
composition, hardness, UTS and percentage elongation, special conditions for storage.
b. However, the material may be retested if any doubt arises about the quality or the
items are procured form new/unapproved Vendors until credentials of the Vendor are
established.
2.2.2.5 ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS – CONSUMABLES
a. Consumables received from sources indicated by the aircraft / Engine

manufacturer in their maintenance manual will be accepted with Certificate of
Conformity and test report plus both the manufacturing and Vendor source for the
batch as it is subject to the containers of the product clearly indicating the specification.
Some material is subject to special conditions such as storage condition or life limitation
etc. and this should be included on the documentation and / or material packaging
(MSDS).
Page 11
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.2.2.6 ACCEPTANCE OF MATERIALS - STANDARD PARTS (AMC M.A.501 (c)(1-4)
a. Standard parts must be received with a Certificate of Conformity plus both

manufacturing and Vendor. The information written on this document must prove that
the component or part is airworthy.
2.2.2.7 UNSALVAGING PROCEDURES (AMC 145.A.42(d))
a. Unsalvageable components are identified as below (AMC145.A.42 (d) (1)):
i. Components with non-repairable defects, whether visible or not to the naked eye;
ii. Components that do not meet design specifications, and cannot be brought into
conformity with such specifications;
iii. Components subjected to unacceptable modification or rework that is irreversible.
iv. Certified life-limited parts that have reached or exceeded their certified life limits, or
have missing or incomplete records;
v. Components that cannot be returned to airworthy condition due to exposure to

extreme forces, heat or adverse environment.
vi. Components for which conformity with an applicable airworthiness directive cannot be
accomplished; Components for which maintenance records and/or traceability to the
manufacturer cannot be retrieved.
b. Any Unsalvageable parts shall not be permitted to re-enter the Component
Supply System unless certified life limits have been extended or a repair solution has
been approved by OEM and Manufacturer. (CAR 145.A.42 (d)).
c. Unsalvageable non-conforming components shall not re-enter in to the parts

inventories.
d. All such parts shall be scrapped by AirAsia (India) and shall not be disposed by selling,
discarding or transferring to any party other than training institutions in writing.
e. The Materials executive is responsible for the disposal of scrapped items by permanent
mutilation as mentioned in CAR. M. 504 (d) & (e). Before disposal he shall consult with
Quality Manager and Maintenance Manager. (Ref EPM 3.6 Volume 5).
Page 12
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.2.2.8 SEGREGATION AND QUARANTINE (CAR 145.A.42(a))
a). All components will be classified and appropriately segregated into the following
categories:
i. Accepted Components – Components obtained by the organization, released on CA

Form-1 / EASA Form-1 / FAA Form-8130-3 or 4 or equivalent authorized release
certificate (Equivalent means a release document issued by an organization acceptable
to DGCA or by an organization approved under the terms of a DGCA maintenance
bilateral agreement), inspected by stores inspector for satisfactory condition as per the
acceptance criteria ( MOE 2.2.2) and issued with parts acceptance tag for storage in
Bonded stores are called Accepted ( airworthy) components.
ii. Serviceable Components: Components removed from the aircraft by the certifying staff
in airworthy condition and tagged with Serviceable tag / CA Form-1, with relevant
details as required are called serviceable components.
iii. Unserviceable Components: Components which are declared / doubted to be

unserviceable by the maintenance personnel or found damaged during incoming
inspection by stores personnel are called Unserviceable components.
iv. Unsalvageable Components : Components which have reached their certified life limit or
contain a non-repairable defect, or assessed to be beyond economical repair are
classified as Unsalvageable (Scrap) and will not be permitted to re-enter the component
supply system unless the manufacturer has extended the service life limits or repair
solution is found and approved by the manufacturer (CAR 145.A.42.d refers)
v. Standard Parts used on aircraft, engine, propeller or other aircraft component when
specified in the manufacturer’s /vendor’s illustrated parts catalogue and /or the
maintenance data (Technical publications) and supported by proper release documents
such as Certificate of conformity, Form One / FAA 8130-3 or equivalent.
vi. Material both raw and consumable used in the course of maintenance when it is
satisfied that the material meets the required specification and has appropriate
traceability. All material procured will be accompanied by documentation (appropriate
documentation such as certificate of conformity, test certificate, etc) clearly relating to
the particular material and containing a conformity to specification statement plus both
the manufacturing and supplier source.(CAR 145.A.42.a.5 refers)
b). Serviceable Components and Materials segregated as explained above will be subjected
to acceptance inspection before storing them in the bonded stores.
Page 13
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.2.2.9 DEALING WITH BOGUS PARTS
a. All items received from outside sources to AirAsia (India) shall be carefully checked by
Stores Inspectors. Vigilance for bogus parts shall be maintained.
b. Following shall be verified / considered for ascertaining a part to be bogus:
i. Unexpected abundance of a part in the market place from sources other than OEM,
ii. Lack or absence of documentation
iii. Unusual documentation
iv. Suspect, altered or missing data plates
v. Unusual packaging (unusual colors or designs)
vi. Lack of or incorrect markings (incorrect or missing stamps, incorrect etching, etc.),
incorrectly riveted data plates, etc.
vii. Unusual failures (examine parts that have failed for evidence of unapproved
repairs)
viii. Rejection rate (investigate items with high fail on fitment rate)
ix. If the part is found physically damaged, unapproved part or bogus part, store
inspector will raise a rejection note.
c. Any bogus part identified, or suspected, by Stores Inspector shall be reported by

rejection note and Rejection note is sent to Quality manager and Stores. Where a
bogus part has been identified, Quality manager shall carry out the necessary reporting
using the Bogus Part Identification form.
d. The form should contain minimum details such as Part Number, Designation, Assembly
Details, Name of Manufacturer/Production unit and Vendor, details for ascertaining
geniality and date of discovery.
e. The form should be made triplicate and submitted to Originator, Manufacturer’s State
of Authority and Regional Airworthiness Office – Bengaluru.
2.2.2.10 FABRICATION OF PARTS
a. AirAsia (India) Ltd., may fabricate a restricted range of parts for use during maintenance,
modification, or repair of aircraft undergoing work within the facility. Fabrication will be
undertaken only if the fabrication /assembly, inspection and testing are clearly within the
technical and procedural capability of the organization.
b. All necessary data to fabricate the part will be submitted either to Type Certificate (TC) Holder or
supplemental type certificate (STC) holder for approval. Any fabrication for internal use of such
fabricated parts will be initiated after obtaining approval / permission from any of the above
authority.
Page 14
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. Fabrication of parts will be undertaken after an engineering drawing (which includes any
necessary fabrication processes) is procured from the TC / STC holder and acceptance to the
same is obtained from Regional Airworthiness Office, Bengaluru in writing.
d. Maintenance Manager will designate two independent qualified and competent person to be
responsible for the fabrication and inspection process respectively. Quality manager will conduct
a competent assessment examination and if found competent, will issue authorization for
fabrication & inspection.
e. Fabricated parts will be subjected to an inspection stage before, separately and preferably
independently from, any inspection of its installation.
f. Inspection procedure will be established in such a way that full compliance with the relevant
manufacturing data and the part will be unambiguously identified as fit for use by stating
conformity to the approved data.
g. Person authorized for fabrication of the part shall document various fabrication processes such
as heat treatment, machining etc in the appropriate procedure sheet prepared for controlling
the fabrication.
h. Person authorized for fabrication will ensure that all parts, except those having not enough
space, is etched / marked with part number that clearly relates it to the manufacturing /
inspection data.
i. In addition to the part number, the organization’s identity (AAI) will be marked on the part for
traceability purpose.
j. Fabricated parts will be issued Fabricated Part Tag and the same will be signed by both person
who were authorized for fabrication and inspection. Fabricated parts will not be issued with CA
Form-1 or any form of CRS.
k. Fabricated parts will be routed to the stores for acceptance inspection (i.a.w MOE 2.2.2.2) with
relevant document pertaining to fabrication. After acceptance of the part, by the stores
inspector, the fabricated parts will be issued with serviceable tag and stored in bonded stores.
l. Permission /approval to fabricate do not constitute approval for manufacture and supply
externally and those parts will not qualify for certification on CA Form-1. In case of bulk transfer
of surplus inventory, such locally fabricated parts will be physically segregated and excluded
from sale /delivery.
m. Fabrication of parts, modification kits etc for onward supply and/or sale will not be undertaken.
Page 15
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.3 STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS & MATERIAL TO AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE
2.3.1 PURPOSE
a. To detail procedures on aircraft component and material storage as per requirements

of CAR-145, CAR Section 2 Series S Part I, guidelines of the respective Component
Maintenance Manuals, manufacturer recommendations. The detailed procedures for
storing are detailed in AirAsia (India) EPM Volume 5 part 3.1.
2.3.2 POLICY
a. Materials including parts, rotables, standard parts, consumables, raw material shall be
stored i.a.w OEM and Regulatory requirements so that airworthy items could be issued
for maintenance of aircraft.
b. Storage of all parts and materials shall be in accordance to the instructions of the
manufacturer and in the absence of such instructions, CAR AMC 145.A.25 and/or CAR
Section 2 Series S Part 1 and/or CAAIP Leaflet D-40 guidelines shall be observed.
2.3.2.1 STORES ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to have separate stores for aircraft parts, inflammable materials,
rejected items and quarantine items. Storage area shall be categorized into
environmentally and non-environmentally controlled areas.
b. Storage facilities shall be kept clean, well-ventilated and maintained at an even dry
temperature to minimize the effects of condensation.
c. It shall be ensured that there is no chance of rain water entry/seepage or any other
contamination.
d. It shall also be ensured that components are not exposed to direct sunlight inside the
stores. Electrical wiring in the stores shall be arranged in such a way that UV light
generating sources are away from rubberized items and critical items.
e. It shall be ensured that Manufacturer recommended storage conditions are followed

for all items under storage including those required to be stored with in manufacturer
specified temperature conditions.
Page 16
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.3.2.2 GENERAL STORAGE PROCEDURES
a. Some of the standard requirements are stated below:
(The list is not exhaustive. Additionally, all airworthiness requirements as given, and
respective CMM shall be followed).
b. Storage facility shall be demarcated as bonded store and quarantine stores.

Bonded stores shall be further segregated into engineering stores having aircraft parts,
commercial stores/ Ground equipment store. Sealants Paints, Oil & Grease shall be
stored in a separatre POL (Petroleum-Oil-Lubricant) store.
c. Environmental control shall be provided as required by Manufacturer or regulatory

requirements.
d. Aircraft parts shall be stored in a well-ventilated and clean room.
e. Items shall be properly packed/ covered to protect against dust, humidity and physical
damage, as required.
f. Racks and bins shall be so spaced to allow circulation of fresh air.
g. Temperature and humidity shall be monitored in environmentally controlled areas

and recorded at least once a shift.
h. Aircraft components which are vibration sensitive shall be packed and stored in an
approved ATA Specification container.
i. Items shall be identified with appropriate label.
j. Consumable/ parts like screws, nuts, etc., shall be identified by its part number, batch
number.
k. Rubber and plastic parts shall be protected against dirt, solvents, and fumes and
should not be exposed to direct sunlight.
l. Rubber items like seals and O-Rings shall be stored in freezers / storage units, as per
manufacturer’s recommendations.
m. All instruments shall be stored in proper container or cabinets on shelves, with

absorbent material to prevent impacts.
n. All ESDS items shall be handled with care and all precautions for handling and storage
should be adhered to. They shall be covered with ESDS protection and stored on ESDS
racks.(Refer EPM volume 5 para 3.1.3.21 ).
o. Storage of Engines, APU and landing gears and other large components shall be as per
the manufacturers' recommendation.
Page 17
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
p. Storage of cartridge shall be in locked steel cabinets.
q. Tires shall be stored vertically in racks having support tubes, so that each tire is
supported at two points on the tread. This support tubes should be close enough so
that major portion of the tires is above the tubes. The tires should be turned to a new
position every three months or so. A register with the rotation date of the tires has to
be maintained in the stores by the Store inspector.
r. Aircraft hoses and hose assemblies shall be stored uncoiled and supported so as to
release stresses.
s. Compressed gas cylinders shall be stored in Dangerous Goods Control Room. (Fire/
explosion proof area.)
t. Items having shelf life shall be clearly identified on the label and shall be monitored in
AMOS software. Life expired Items shall be removed from bonded store. (Detailed
procedure is mentioned in AirAsia (India) EPM Vol 5, 2.9).
u. Refer EPM Volume 5, para 3.1.3.21 & para 2.13.2 (b) for Electro Static Discharge
Sensitive components (ESDS) storage procedures.
2.3.2.3 MANUFACTURER STORAGE PROCEDURES
a. Aircraft components and materials shall be stored as per the relevant manufacturer’s
recommendations.
b. In case of no specific recommendation from the manufacturer, requirements of CAR-

145, CAR Section 2 Series S Part I, respective CMM , AirAsia MOE & EPM, Volume 5
procedures shall be followed.
2.3.2.4 SHELF LIFE TRACKING AND CONROL
a. Shelf life limits (for example: O-Rings, Rubber Parts, Consumables, Chemicals etc.) shall
be recorded by the Stores Inspector during Receiving Inspection Process. The expiry /
due dates of all shelf life items shall be written on the SERVICEABLE TAGs by the Stores
Inspector.
b. Materials Executive shall monitor the shelf life limits of items, from AMOS records and
shall prepare a list on the 20th - 25th of each month, enlisting all items, having shelf life
expiry within the next month, i.e. 20th-25th of the next month. Such a list shall be
provided to the Store man for removal of shelf life expiry items.
c. Materials executive shall ensure that all such enlisted items shall be issued to
Maintenance on a “First In-First Out” basis or shall be removed from the bonded
stores and sent for either re-certification (or) scrap as required by the shelf life code,
before the expiry date.
Page 18
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
d. Materials Executive shall ensure that none of the shelf life items are kept in the
bonded stores, upon expiry of the shelf life limit, as stated on their tag.
e. Materials Executive shall be responsible for procuring shelf life items in order to
maintain the minimum required stock level at all times.
2.3.2.5 RECORD AND INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
a. Materials executive shall be fully responsible for maintaining and updating of the
records of stock/inventory.
b. Inventory of all materials shall be managed using Inventory Management System

software - AMOS.
c. All the entries of various transactions shall be entered in the AMOS system and
monitored periodically.
d. Materials executive is also responsible for checking the stock inventory every quarter
and reporting discrepancies to the Maintenance Manager.
e. A random inventory analysis shall be carried out every three months by the Materials
executive to physically trace the spares in stock.
2.3.3 TAGGING PROCEDURES
a. Upon completion of incoming inspection, depending upon the eligibility of the

component, respective tag shall be attached. The formats of various tags are given in
EPM Vol. 5 part 4.
i. Acceptance / Installation / Serviceable tag (QD/MD/018)- Attached when the parts and
materials are accepted by Stores Inspector.
ii. Quarantine tag (QD/MD/13) – If parts not accepted it will move to

QUARANTINE Area.
iii. Disposal Authorisation Form(QD/QA/24) – Life expired items / items removed from
aircraft.
iv. Hold tag (QD/MD/07) – Items which are removed from aircraft as serviceable and are
on hold (Refer EPM Volume 5, for Hold policy)
v. Credit Back to Stores (QD/QA/22) – Items which are drawn from stores but not used
and the same is returned to stores as serviceable.
Page 19
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vi. Use the SERVICEABLE TAG and fill the column for drawn but not used before returning
to stores.
vii. Removal/Unserviceable Tag (QD/MD/20)-Items which are returned back to stores due
to removal or being unserviceable.
viii. Rejection report (QD/MD/05), for items rejected by the Stores Inspector.
b. Components/ parts shall be issued with a Acceptance / Installation / Serviceable tag by

Stores Inspector while accepting the item in the bonded store. The Serviceable Label
shall include part number, serial number (if applicable), batch number, and other
details to facilitate traceability.
c. All materials and parts used for the maintenance of aircraft and its equipment
shall be properly identified and traceable to its last shop visit, or installation on aircraft
or engine, equipment.
d. Items kept in quarantine store shall be identified by a tag with the reason.
e. All Removal / Unserviceable items shall have appropriate reasons (and will not be
accepted by stores personnel if the tag is incomplete).
All documentation will be stored as per CAR requirements.
2.3.4 RELEASE PROCEDURES
a. All Materials, Parts and standard parts intended for use on the aircraft / components
shall be released from bonded stores. Prior to installation of a component, Certifying
staff shall ensure that the particular component is eligible to be fitted when different
applicable modification and/or airworthiness directive standards is already complied.
Note: For detailed issue of spares and materials to maintenance – Refer EPM Vol 5, 3.2.
2.3.4.1 PARTS, MATERIALS & STANDARD PARTS – PROCEDURES
a. All materials issued shall be through material requisition raised through pick slips duly
filled and signed by the certifying staff. Pick slips (QD/MD/09) have control numbers
generated by AMOS.
b. Before issue, Store man shall ensure that the item is handed-over with the Acceptance
/ Installation / Serviceable tag, having all relevant details filled and signed by Stores
Inspector/ Certifying staff.
c. Store man shall be responsible for packaging and identification of all goods dispatched
to line stations.
Page 20
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.3.4.2 FORM-1 & ACCEPTANCE TAG SYSTEM
a. Original Form-1 received with the component shall be retained as part of stores record
(GRN- QD/MD/06 Records) on completion of incoming inspection.
b. Stores inspector shall generate Acceptance / Installation / Serviceable tag using AMOS
software and have it stamped and signed. Ink signed Tag shall remain stored with the
concerned part.
c. Store man issuing a part to maintenance shall issue the part against pick slip along with
the photocopy of the Form-1 and Acceptance tag. Original acceptance tag shall be
issued along with the last item of the respective batch /lot, instead of photocopy of the
tag.
2.3.4.3 CONTROLLED ACCESS TO STORAGE FACILITIES
a. A strict control of access to the Stores area is applied to personnel to ensure that the
procedure laid down for acceptance and issue of aeronautical parts is controlled. This is
achieved by restricting entry into Stores areas only to authorized staff.
b. Authorized staffs are:

 Maintenance Manager, Quality Manager and Quality Inspectors / Auditors
 Stores personnel on duty
 DGCA authorities during performance of their official duties
 For special cases, staff authorized by the Quality Manager / Maintenance
Manager
Page 21
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
2.4.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure tools and equipment intended for use on aircraft and/or its associated
components or systems in the normal course of maintenance shall be of good quality
and meets the required specification / requirements.
2.4.2 POLICY (145.A.40(2))
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to have all necessary special tools /equipment as specified by
manufacturer required for carrying out the scope of work approved.
b. At all outstation stations based on the requirement and frequency of operations

the tools /equipment shall be made available.
c. However if the tool is infrequently used or beyond economic benefit of purchase cost,
all such tools may be borrowed from other approved operators or manufacturer on
MOU basis as per borrowing procedure.
d. Tools are procured as per the Part Numbers and Vendors given in the illustrated tools
and equipment manual /Approved Manual/Industry standard - unless otherwise it is
mentioned as commercial.
2.4.3 ACCEPTANCE PROCEDURE
a. Materials executive is accountable for procuring all tools/equipment listed in the

AMM/CMM, from tool vendors, short listed by AirAsia. It is mandatory to carry out
receiving inspection process of all received new/repaired, tools/special tools and test
equipment. Tool & Equipment commissioning form (QD/MD/27) shall be used while
receiving the tools to check the condition and the hazard implications if any.
b. The Store Inspector shall ensure the following prior to acceptance:
i. Ensure that the tool and equipment confirm with the respective purchase/repair
order(QD/MD/11 or QD/MD/14). The Store Inspector will verify the nomenclature and
part number of the special tool and equipment as per QD/MD/11 (purchase order).
ii. Incoming physical inspection shall be carried out to check that the tools and equipment
are accompanied with relevant documents/Manuals and with the calibration certificate
or Certificate of Conformance as applicable.
Page 22
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. The calibration standard is required to be referenced to an Internationally Accepted

Calibration Standard.
iv. If equipment and special tools are technically complex in nature and not within
the scope of acceptance of Store Inspector, a request shall be made to the
Maintenance manager for an appropriately qualified AME to study and accept the item.
The AME will raise a Log card and the same will be raised in the AMOS system and the
stores personnel will monitor the same.
v. The Serviceable Tag will reflect the calibration done and due dates wherever
applicable.
c. Once the tools and equipment is accepted and classified (by maintenance personnel), a
necessary calibration Label will be prepared indicating the following details: (Label no.
QD/MD/21)
i Classification – Precision instrument, Precision tool, equipment, test rig, rig pin, jigs and
fixture, etc.
ii Accuracy standards and calibration reference standards.
iii Inspection requirement, calibration requirement, servicing requirement, bench check

requirement, Proof loading requirement or combination of any of the items mentioned
above are fed into computerized database for future maintenance purpose.
d. The Store Inspector shall affix Calibration label, indicating the following:
i Equipment nomenclature.
ii Tools/Equipment part no.
iii Equivalent part no.
iv Due date for Servicing / Maintenance / Proof loading / Physical Inspection or

combination of these inspection requirements / Error or Correction Data Sheet
2.4.4 STORAGE PROCEDURE (145.A.40(b))
a. All General Tools, Special Tools and Test Equipment’s, ground support equipment
will be stored separately.
Page 23
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Inventory details in the form of Electronic Register/AMOS are maintained by Materials

executive for each tools and test equipment, ground equipment received. In case of
any doubts during the incoming inspection the items will not be permitted to enter
Bonded Store. A copy of the Calibration Certificate, test reports and correction card is
to be available with the tools all the time.
c. Original calibration sheet and other relevant documents are retained in base stores for
record purpose. Whenever a tool / tester is returned by the user for storage after use,
maintenance personnel will ensure that the tool is serviceable and clean before
submitting it for storage.
d. Wet, oily and dirty tools are not to be accepted in stores. In case of broken / damaged /
unserviceable tool, a tag to that effect has to be issued by the Certifying staff/
Technician which will be attached to the Tool / Tester stored separately for pending
repair or disposal.
2.4.5 GENERAL TOOLS
a. Materials executive is accountable for procuring the General tools. It is mandatory to

carry out receiving inspection process of all received new/repaired tools as per
QD/MD/11.
b. The Store Inspector shall ensure the following prior to acceptance:
i. Ensure that the tools confirm with the respective purchase/repair order.
ii. Incoming physical inspection to be carried out and also check that the tools are
accompanied with relevant documents / Manuals (If applicable).
c. Upon acceptance, a unique number prefixing AAI (“AirAsia India”) is assigned to the
tool and the same shall be entered in the common access excel sheet maintained by
stores personnel.
2.4.6 SPECIAL TOOLS (145.A.40(a)(1))
a. Special tools and equipment required for maintenance, as listed in the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual / Engine Maintenance Manual / Component Maintenance
Manual shall be procured from manufacturers / vendors.
b. All Special tools and equipments referred to in AMM or any other manufacturer’s
document shall be used for maintenance purposes except in places where equivalent
tools are permitted.
Page 24
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. As part of acceptance procedure special tools shall be verified for correct part
number, calibration (if applicable) etc. Stores inspector shall also verify whether
operating / installation / service and applicable manuals are supplied along with the
special tools /equipment.
d. The Tool manufacturer / vendor are appropriately evaluated and approved by Quality
Department.
e. Refer Para 2.4.2 for additional procedure for acceptance of Special Tools.
2.4.7 LOCALLY FABRICATED / ALTERNATE TOOLS (145.A.40(a)(1))
a. There may arise an occasion wherein AirAsia (India) may not be in possession of
original tools and test equipment and test benches as per AMM, or it may not be
economically viable to procure such items from the manufacturer. In such cases, tools
may be locally fabricated (Alternate tools).
b. AirAsia (India) will adhere to the following procedures, for the acceptance of locally
fabricated (alternate) tools and equipment.
c. The alternate tools and equipment shall be manufactured as per the specification,
drawing, materials given by the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) or aircraft
manufacturer.
d. Use of alternate tools or equipment shall not be permitted unless such use is
authorized by the Maintenance Manager and the Quality Manager as follows:
i. Technical Services Executive shall evaluate the proposed alternate tool or

equipment and if acceptable as per manufacturer (OEM) standards, will forward all
details to the Maintenance Manager and Quality Manager for authorization.
ii. If OEM tool /equipment listed in the Aircraft manuals are not available, then an
alternate tool/equipment will be locally fabricated. The process shall be initiated by
tech service executive and approved by the Quality Manager. (QD/TS/03).
iii. Alternate tool /equipment shall be identified with an alternate part number, i.e. with
alphabets “ALT” suffixed to the original part number after a dash.
iv. Upon receipt, the Maintenance manager is responsible to inspect the alternate tools, to
ensure that the tools and equipment fulfil its intended function.
v. Store Inspector shall accept such tools and issue Serviceable Tags after receiving
inspection and approval by Quality inspector / manager.
Page 25
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vi. Any specific requirements / instructions for using the tool shall be attached with the
tool, or a procedure sheet / technical instruction as required shall be issued by the
Technical Services Executive to educate all concerned.
2.4.8 GROUND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (145.A.40(a)(3))
a. AirAsia shall provide frequently used Ground support equipment at main base.
Equipments that are used rarely shall be hired from Ground Handling agency at the
airport.
b. Maintenance of the ground support equipment shall be carried out in-house under the
guidance of the Shift in-charge & Maintenance Manager.
c. GSE commissioning form (QD/MD/28 or QD/MD/29) shall be used while receiving

motorized or non-motorised GSE to check the condition and the hazard implications if
any.
d. Ground support equipment shall be outsourced from external agencies at subbases /

Pre-flight (Transit) line stations. External agencies shall be audited by the Quality
personnel before signing off contracts with such agencies.
e. External agencies will be periodically audited to ensure good standard of maintaining

and upkeep of all ground support equipment for all the stations.
f. List of approved ground handling agencies shall be reflected in MOE 5.2 for all stations
where hiring of the ground support equipments has been outsourced.
2.4.9 BORROWED & LENDING TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
a. AirAsia (India) will have in possession all tools and equipments. However under
unavoidable circumstances, tools and equipments may be borrowed from other
organizations provided the following procedures are followed:
i. The borrowed tool must be of the same part number / alternate part number required.
ii. Necessary calibration / inspection / maintenance details will be verified for which
necessary acceptance tags including labels are affixed on the equipment. Error chart if
any shall also be obtained for reference.
iii. Operating instructions or any other procedures required for using the equipment shall
be collected from the borrower.
iv. For repeated borrowing, there shall be a contractual agreement between the operator
and the organization to borrow such tool.
Page 26
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
a. AirAsia (India) also may lend its tools and equipment to other organization on need
basis for one time or repeated borrowing. Lenders Request has to be made to the
Maintenance Manager.
b. Incoming inspection shall be carried out by the Stores inspector on receipt of the
lended tools / equipment.
c. On receipt of acceptance of charges levied by AirAsia ( India), Materials Executive

will give a concurrence to the stores man to issue the item to the borrower. Regular
issue and acceptance procedures will be followed.
2.4.10 TOOLS ISSUING PROCEDURES
a. A tool register shall be kept in Tool Store and all details of tool issue shall be recorded
in this register with following information;
i. Date of issue
ii. Description of tool,
iii. Location,
iv. Issued by,
v. Returned by,
vi. Received by,
vii. Employee number.
viii. Sign, date and time.
b. In the termination of each shift, staff shall ensure that they have returned the tools
back to stores.
c. It is the responsibility of tool stores personnel to keep track of all the tools drawn by
the maintenance personnel by entering details in Tool Issuing Register.
d. A tool shortage list will be published on a daily basis by the tools store personnel w.r.t
the tools reported lost by the maintenance personnel.
2.4.11 TOOLS BOX / PERSONAL TOOLS POLICY (145.A.40(a))
a. Each shift will have minimum of 3 toolboxes and will be increased to maintain as per the number
of night halts at that base + 1 which will be in the custody of the Shift Coordinator/MOC/Shift in-
charge.
Page 27
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. In the beginning of the shift, the Shift Coordinator/MOC/Shift in-charge will allocate each
toolbox to a technician and will maintain this data in a TOOLBOX REGISTER (Max 50 pages),
maintained in the custody of the Shift Coordinator/MOC/Shift in-charge for this purpose.
c. The technician who is taking custody of the toolbox should check the toolbox for the number
& type of tools and its general condition and sign his acceptance, if found in order, in the
TOOLBOX REGISTER.
d. At the end of the shift, all the technicians to whom the toolboxes were issued should verify the
number of tools and its general condition before signing the relevant column of the TOOLBOX
REGISTER signifying the return of the toolbox with all constituent tools to the custody of the
Shift Coordinator / MOC / Shift in-charge.
e. Once recieved, Shift Coordinator/MOC/Shift in-charge shall verify the tool box for the number
and its general condition and sign the toolbox register for acceptance.
f. Any tools missing/damaged should immediately be brought to the notice of the MOC and
Maintenance Manager. The holder of the toolbox should not leave the shift until the missing
tool is located. All damaged tools should be returned to stores with damage report and
unserviceable tag.
g. Once a month, an audit of all the toolboxes should be carried out by the shift before the 10th
day of each month and verified by the Shift in-charge/MOC of the shift. The signed copy of the
audit report should be laminated and kept in the respective toolbox itself. Copy of the toolbox
audit report should be mailed to Maintenance Mananger.
h. Random audits will be carried out by the Quality to ascertain the effectiveness of toolbox and
tools accountability procedure.
2.4.12 REPORTING OF MISSING /DEFECTIVE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
a. Whenever tools are not returned by the concerned person, Materials executive will
inform the Maintenance Manager by an email.
b. Maintenance manager shall ensure that tools are not left in the airplane after work. It
is the responsibility of the certifying staff to ensure that all tools and equipment are
returned to the stores when the maintenance activity gets completed.
c. Each individual drawing any tools and equipment’s from AirAsia (India) stores shall be
individually responsible till it is returned back to stores. The individual shall also be
individually responsible to check the quantity of tools and equipment’s that have been
issued from stores before returning it back prior to end of the shift. He will report
immediately of any missing tools to stores personnel and Shift in-charge.
Page 28
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
d. Technicians shall be issued with a general tool box. Refer MOE 2.6.4 for detailed
procedure. In case any personal tool is found missing from the individual tool box the
same shall be reported to the concerned Engineer and the area of work performed on
the aircraft shall be re-inspected.
e. In case where the loss of tools (or) equipment could affect implementation of any
planned maintenance it should be immediately brought to the attention of Maintenance
manager.
f. No further work would be under taken, unless the tool or equipment procured.
g. The tools and equipment shall be considered unserviceable, when;

i. Found Defective
ii. Non-conforming to specifications
iii. Found Obsolete
iv. Expiry of calibration date
v. Calibration tag missing or not legible.
vi. If any Tools or Equipment is found to be Defective /Unserviceable while Certifying Staff
(or) Non-certifying Staff was carrying out maintenance activity, such tools/equipment
shall be immediately returned back along with an Unserviceable Tag duly signed by
Certifying staff giving details of the defect and the same should be transferred to
quarantine area until necessary action taken.
Page 29
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT
2.5.1 PURPOSE
a. To outline the responsibilities for control, calibration and maintenance of measuring and
test equipment for use on aircraft and its associated components, parts and systems so
as to ensure that the accuracy and consistency are in conformance to the specification
and work process.
2.5.2 POLICY
a. All calibration of tools and equipment must be accomplished at a facility approved by

QM / DGCA / approved authority.
2.5.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES
a. This section establishes procedures to ensure control and calibration of all tools and
equipment, used for maintenance.
b. Precision tools are calibrated as per the periodicity stipulated by the

manufacturer.
c. A precision tool and equipment register (AMOS) will have details of accuracy
requirement and calibration reference standard for each precision equipment. (Format
will contain all details such as part number, serial number, type of maintenance, date
of calibration and next due, name of agency and accuracy standard).
d. Special tools and equipment are controlled by identification number and t racking
in AMOS database.
2.5.3.1 TOOLS / EQUIPMENT INVENTORY LIST (AMC 145.A.40(a))
a. An inventory of tools and equipment for each station shall be maintained in an

electronic format through AMOS. Stores department will have an updated list of tools
and equipment available at the Main Base.
2.5.3.2 PRECISION EQUIPMENT LIST (AMC 145.A.40(b)(1))
a. Certain precision measuring tools, that are not required to be maintained at outstations,
will be sent from the main base station, as and when required. An inventory of
precision equipment for each station shall be maintained in an electronic format
through AMOS.
Page 30
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. The stores inspector will monitor the calibration records every month and advice
the Materials executive about the equipment which are held at outstations and are
falling due for calibration, which will be then recalled by the Store man and
replacement will be provided.
2.5.3.3 CALIBRATION TRACKING SYSTEM (INCLUDING IT SYSTEM) - LINE
a. Tools and equipment accepted by the stores Inspector shall be enlisted in the AMOS
inventory list.
b. The Materials Executive will generate a list, on a monthly basis of all tools/ equipment
to be calibrated by 20th -25th of every month and calibrations will be completed when
due. Materials executive will forward the list to outstations, to collect equipment for
calibration at least 15 days before the calibration is due.
c. Once the calibration is completed the AMOS system shall be updated. Calibration
details pertaining to instruments, tools and equipment will be updated in the AMOS,
and original documents / records of calibration will be maintained at the main base, by
the Store Inspector. Calibration records shall be preserved for a period of 5 years.
2.5.4 CALIBRATION PERIODS – PROCEDURE
a. Calibration interval for a given tool / equipment is fixed as determined by the

manufacturer.
b. If manufacturer recommendations are not available, calibration interval shall be

determined on data, based on the frequency of use, accuracy required and usage
environment and the same shall be approved by the Quality manager in consultation
with RAO.
c. Calibration shall be carried out at agencies having DGCA approval or at an agency

meeting National Standards or at the OEM facility. The equipment used for calibration
must be traceable to international recognised standards such as National Inst. Of
Standards and Technology, USA (NIST), United Kingdom Accreditation Services (UKAS)
or OEM or NABL accredited Laboratory Testing Standard. Calibration of equipment will
be carried out as per NPL standard.
d. Materials executive shall intimate the engineer in charge at outstations, to dispatch the
tools / equipment that is due for calibration to the main base.
e. Respective user department head / Materials executive shall ensure that all tools and
equipment in their possession are monitored through AMOS on a regular basis and
ensure actions are taken accordingly.
Page 31
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
f. Stores Inspector shall issue a Calibration tag form no QD/MD/21, based on the original
calibration label, and attach the tag along with copies of other data such as accuracy
standard, correction factor, with all tools/equipment, including jacks, for ready
reference.
2.5.5 MAINTENANCE OF TOOLS / EQUIPMENT (AMC 145.A.40(b)(2))
a. An annual review shall be carried out by the store man/ station engineer for physical
condition and upkeep (lubrication/cleaning) and shall intimate the Materials executive
at the main base, for any discrepancies/ replacements. Records of such intimation shall
be maintained.
2.5.6 EQUIPMENT / TOOLS HISTORY CARD
a. Calibration data pertaining to instruments, tools and equipment will be maintained in

AMOS register, by the Materials executive for all tools available.
b. Calibration interval is fixed as determined by the manufacturer.
c. If manufacturer recommendations are not available, calibration interval shall be

determined based on the frequency of use, accuracy required and usage environment
and the same shall be approved by the Quality Manager. (A list of all such tools/
equipment is available in the EPM Volume 5, 2.10).
d. A decal will be pasted on all tools and equipment’s showing due dates for calibration,
inspection, servicing and load testing.
e. Requirements of multiple calibration intervals with a higher frequency, i.e. more than
six months shall be included in the tags attached with the tool / equipment, to display
all due dates.
f. Requirements of multiple calibration intervals with a lower frequency, i.e. less than six
months, shall be complied as per the approved maintenance program.
2.5.7 CALIBRATION / INSPECTION / SERVICE / LOAD TEST – DUE DATES (AMC 145. A. 40(b))
a. Calibration / Inspection / Service / Load test due dates are tracked for all instruments
/equipments requiring such inspection on AMOS software as specified in MOE 2.5.3.3.
b. Instruments / equipments past such due dates shall be removed from the tools stores
and stored in unserviceable stores.
Page 32
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. At no time, items due for calibration / inspection / servicing / load test shall be issued to
maintenance.
2.5.8 ACCOUNTABILITY OF TOOLS CALIBRATION AND MAINTENANCE
a. Accountability of calibration of tools / equipment stored in tools stores shall rest with
the Materials executive.
b. Maintenance Manager shall be responsible for maintenance of equipment other than

those kept in stores such as those listed as Ground support equipment.
2.5.9 PROCEDURES ON UNSERVICEABLE TOOLS /EQUIPMENT
a. The tools and equipment shall be considered unserviceable, when:
i. Found Defective
ii. Non-conforming to specifications
iii. Obsolete
iv. Expiry of calibration date
v. Calibration tag missing or not legible.
b. If any Tool or Equipment is found to be Defective / Unserviceable while Certifying Staff

(or) Non-certifying Staff was carrying out maintenance activity, such tools /
equipment shall be returned back along with an Unserviceable Tag, duly signed by
Certifying staff, giving details of the defect and the same shall be transferred to
the quarantine area by the Store man.
c. Such items shall be recalibrated / rectified of its defect for taking back in to the
inventory again.
Page 33
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.6 USE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF (INCLUDING ALTERNATE TOOLS)
2.6.1 TOOLS PLANNING IN BASE MAINTENANCE
a. AirAsia (India) doesn’t hold approval for Base Maintenance activities. All base
maintenance activities are outsourced to DGCA approved organization. By virtue of their
approval, such organizations hold necessary tools and equipment required to carry out
the maintenance with in their scope of approval.
b. Procedures in this section will be detailed when the organization intends to extend the
scope of approval to cover Base Maintenance.
2.6.2 TOOL PLANNING IN LINE MAINTENANCE
a. Planning Department is responsible to define tool requirements based on the

following;
i. Scope of maintenance held by the organization.

ii. Expected maintenance activity intended to be complied in line maintenance
environment.
iii. Intended modification, SB / AD compliance etc
b. Maintenance Manager shall be responsible for:
i. Identifying the need for new equipments in consultation with the planning department
and raising pick slip directly or thru the shift in-charge.
ii. Liaisioning with materials executive for processing the purchase of tools & equipments
c. For purpose of performing the task, two types of procedures are followed to ensure
that proper tools are used for carrying out the task.
i. Tools for work package

ii. Tools for unscheduled inspection
d. For major maintenance a work package is prepared. As a part of the work package, a
list of tools is prepared by planning department. The list of tools and equipments,
required for the various tasks are forwarded to stores to ensure that all the tools
required, are available for the major check. The list shall reach the stores, at least 15
days before the start of the work so that the stores can organize for any short fall. All
required tools shall be supplied to the Maintenance.
e. As and when any unscheduled inspection requires any tool, the individual Certification
Authorisation holder will issue a tool request. Alternately, work order will be prepared
by planning department and the tools also will be given to the Certification
Authorisation Holder.
Page 34
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.6.3 TRAINING ON NEW EQUIPMENT / SPECIAL TOOLS
a. Maintenance manager is responsible for identifying, arranging and providing necessary

training and instructions to certifying for use of special equipment / tools.
2.6.4 USE OF TOOLS & EQUIPMENTS (INCLUDING GSE) BY AMEs
a. All tools & equipment (including alternate tools) shall be kept in Stores and are
controlled through AMOS. The Stores man shall be responsible for issuance and receipt
of tools & equipments. All tools & equipments issued / returned shall be recorded by
the store man in the Register for records purpose.
b. Certifying Staff shall be responsible for use of correct and serviceable tools and
equipment as specified in Manufacturers documents such as Task cards/Service
Bulletins/ Aircraft Maintenance Manuals.
c. Before any tools & equipment are used for maintenance, the certifying staff shall
ensure that the item bears a valid calibration label and physically examine the item to
ensure its satisfactory condition. Certifying staff shall protect the tools in the good
conditions.
d. It is the responsibility of the certifying staff to ensure that all tools and equipments are
returned to the Stores when the work is completed.
e. Prior to commencement of maintenance, all maintenance personnel shall ensure that

trestles, access platforms and other ground equipments are available as required for
maintenance and they are fitted with proper support rubber pads, locking devices,
railings and anti-slippage flooring to prevent any hazards to the aircraft/ personnel.
2.6.5 MARKING UNSERVICEABLE TOOLS (AMC 145.a.40(b))
a. If any tools or equipment is found to be unserviceable, while performing maintenance,

such tools / equipments shall be returned by the certifying staff back to stores along
with unserviceable tag, giving details of the defect.
b. Store man is shall segregate and store the unserviceable tools in “Unserviceable store”.
c. Materials executive shall take necessary steps to have such unserviceable tools
/equipments repaired at OEM facilities or OEM approved service centers.
d. If tools /equipments are declared unrepairable / unsalvageable and beyond economic

repair, store man shall ensure that the tools is permanently etched as “SCRAP” and
move those items to scrap store for proper disposal.
Page 35
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.6.6 INTIMATE DEFECTIVE / MISSING TOOLS
a. Materials executive shall intimate the maintenance manager about defective tools,
when any tools / equipments issued in serviceable condition is received back in
unserviceable condition.
b. Maintenance manager shall take initial action to find the root cause and take corrective
action as necessary such as procurement of another tool, training to certifying staff for
use of tool /equipment, issue of circular to maintenance personnel advising to exercise
caution while using / transporting tools, equipment etc.
c. Procedure for reporting of missing tools /equipments are specified in MOE 2.4.12.
2.6.7 USE OF ALTERNATE TOOLS (145.A.40(a))
a. Procedure for control of alternate tool is specified in MOE 2.4.7
Page 36
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.7 CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
2.7.1 POLICY
a. Management will inculcate an awareness of the need for cleanliness on the part of all
staff and ensure that discipline in housekeeping and cleanliness is enforced.
b. All line facilities and the surrounding areas will be maintained clean.
c. Solid / Fluid wastages will be disposed off without causing environmental pollution.
2.7.2 OBJECTIVE
a. This chapter provides guidelines to keep the storage place, workshop and
maintenance work place to the cleanliness standards specified hereunder.
b. The working environment including the line maintenance and office accommodations
maintained so conducive to carry out appropriate work.
2.7.3 HANGAR CLEANLINESS SYSTEM – COMPONENT PROTECTION
a. AirAsia (India) doesn’t have any hangar facility. Procedure for ensuring hangar
cleanliness shall be specified on acquiring hangar facility.
2.7.4 LINE STATION – CLEANLINESS PROCEDURES (M.A.402(c))
a. Certifying staff and other support maintenance staff shall ensure the following :
i. Blanking of aircraft components, engines and accessories by using appropriate blanking.
ii. Maintain the working environment clean and appropriate for the type of work being
performed.
iii. Use proper trays for cleaning/ draining of fluids and proper procedures adopted
wherever necessary.
iv. Collect any fluid(s) to be drained off in proper containers.
v. Ensure cleanliness while handling oil, fluids and lubricant so as to prevent

contamination and health hazard for self and personnel working in the surrounding
environment.
Page 37
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.7.5 WORKSHOP HOUSE KEEPING PROCEDURES (CAR M – APPENDIX-II, 5(1))
a. AirAsia (India) doesn’t have any workshop facility. Procedure for ensuring workshop
cleanliness shall be specified on acquiring such facility.
2.7.6 SHOP (AVIONICS) CLEANLINESS STANDARDS
a. AirAsia (India) doesn’t have any workshop facility. Procedure for ensuring workshop
cleanliness shall be specified on acquiring such facility.
2.7.7 WASTE DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
a. All waste material generated during maintenance activity in line maintenance areas will
be identified as solid or fluid, isolated and disposed off in respective containers, by the
person who generates such waste material.
b. Airport administration keeps dedicated solid / liquid waste containers for disposal of
solid / liquid waste respectively.
c. Alternately, container for accumulating various types of waste such as solid (paper,
metal, fabric etc) and fluid (oil, grease, solvents etc) shall be kept in the store at
designated locations. Each bin shall be marked to identify the type of waste to be put
into it.
d. All such waste will be disposed off, without polluting the environment.
2.7.7.1 LIQUID (FUEL /OIL) WASTE
a. Liquid waste shall be collected in barrels till the required quantity of fluid is consolidated
for environmental friendly waste disposal as per the local regulations.
2.7.7.2 SOLID WASTE
a. Solid waste shall be collected in dust bin located in store and disposed off in an
environment friendly manner.
b. Solid waste shall never be disposed off in fire causing environmental pollution.
Page 38
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.7.8 BIRDS CONTROL
a. Currently organization doesn’t have hangar facilities. Procedure for birds control in the
hangar shall be detailed, when hangar facility is established.
2.7.9 ACCOUNTABILITY OF CLEANLINESS
a. Each Department Manager shall ensure that procedures are established to keep their
work place clean and tidy.
b. Efforts shall be made to inculcate a sense of cleanliness on the personnel working in

his / her area so that area is continuously maintained clean.
Page 39
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.8 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT / AIRCRAFT COMPONENT

MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS INLCUDING UPDATING AND AVAILABILITY TO STAFF
2.8.1 PURPOSE
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to hold all applicable current maintenance data of Fleet
aircraft for the purpose of carrying out maintenance activity.
b. All aircraft, engine and component manufacturer’s Technical Publications and

manuals, Airworthiness Directives, Regulatory requirements of EASA,FAA and DGCA,
publications issued by the organization, and revisions thereof, as applicable to Air Asia
Fleet, shall be controlled by Air Asia (India) Technical Publications Department and
current / updated data shall be made available to concerned departments, as per
procedures detailed in this chapter.
2.8.2 OBJECTIVE
a. To ensure proper administration, procurement and control of maintenance

instructions (Technical Publications).
b. To provide an efficient distribution and revision system for Technical Publications.
c. To ensure availability of Technical Publications to staff at all times.
d. To effectively control all loan of Technical Publications.
e. To carry out evaluation of the Technical Publications (form no. QD/TS/32).
2.8.3 TYPES OF ACMD (DOCUMENTS) (CAR 145.A.45(b))
a. The list of maintenance data are as follows:
i. Regulatory documents ;
1. Operational directive or information issued by DGCA, India, such as CAR/AAC/AIC/
Mandatory Modifications
2. EASA/FAA operational /airworthiness directives.
ii. Instructions for continuing airworthiness, issued by the OEM/Manufacturer

1. MPD/AMM
2. SB / AOT / OIT
3. MMEL
iii. Publications issued by the Organization

1. MOE / CAME /Quality Notices/
Page 40
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2. AMP/ Inspection schedules / Procedure sheets

3. MEL / CDL
2.8.4 PROCEDURES FOR ORDERING
a. Technical Publication Executive shall ensure that AirAsia (India) is in the current
mailing list of manufacturer of the aircraft/engine and applicable vendors in order to
receive all amendment/ revision to the maintenance data.
b. Changes in procedures may arise due to changes in regulatory requirements/ company

policies. It shall be the responsibility of the technical services executive to ensure the
availability of up to date technical maintenance data in the technical library.
c. Back up of maintenance data shall be retained in the form of CDs. Hard copies of
following maintenance data shall be possessed by Technical Publication Executive at
the Technical Library
 AMP
 CARs or access to the same
 MOE / CAME / Procedure manuals / Circulars
2.8.5 UPDATING REGISTER (INCLUDING IT SYSTEM) (AMC 145.A.45(g))
a. Technical publication executive shall maintain a register listing out the publications
required to be maintained in up to date condition.
b. Register shall have the current revision status of such publications and kept up to date
by the technical publication executive.
2.8.6 PROCEDURES FOR UPDATING
a. Technical Publication executive shall make arrangements to distribute one set of

latest maintenance related documents (MOE, CAME, Aircraft Maintenance Manual,
Parts Catalogue, and SRM) to all line stations, in electronic formats, i.e. CDs.
b. CDs of maintenance data such as AMM, IPC, SRM, WDM, TSM, MOE, CAME, Engine and
relevant component maintenance manuals, shall be held by the Technical Publication
Executive at the main base.
c. Technical Publication executive shall distribute amendments to all manual holders

as per distribution list.
d. Delivery Order form no. QD/TS/24 shall be used to distribute the amendments and to
recieve the acknowledgement from the manual holders.
Page 41
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. Respective manual holders shall send the acknowledgement slip (part of delivery
order form), through e-mail that the manual / amendments have been received and
such revisions are incorporated in the hard copy of the manuals (if any).
f. A register shall be maintained by the Technical Publications executive in the soft copy,
detailing receipt of maintenance data (Name of document, revision no, issue no, date
of receipt, updation data) and distribution data (Name of document, revision no, date
of dispatch, department/station, acknowledgement) and signature of the technical
publication executive. Form no. QD/TS/33 shall be used to keep the record of location
of the publications.
g. Once the revision to a manual is received and incorporated, the older revision
shall be destroyed and discarded by the Technical Publication Executive at the main
base, Station engineer at line stations and department managers of support services.
h. If any of the manual holder does not receive the manual / amendments or wish to
receive any new document / manual may request for the same to Technical
Publication executive using document request form no. QD/TS/28.
i. The Quality Auditor during his regular audit shall check the availability of the
current and up-to date maintenance document.
2.8.6.1 BASE DOCUMENTS
a. List of documents that shall be maintained at Base station are given below;
i MOE / CAME / Procedure Manuals / Circulars – Approved Copy

ii AMP – Approved Copy.
iii AMM / EMM – CD
2.8.6.2 LINE STATION DOCUMENTS (AMC 145.A.45(b)(5)
a. List of documents that shall be maintained at Line station are given below;
i MOE / CAME / Procedure Manuals / Circulars – On Line access.

ii AMM / EMM – On-Line access & CD
2.8.6.3 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED DOCUMENTS (145.A.45(g))
a. Currently AirAsia (India) doesn’t provide any maintenance services to third party
customers. Procedure for control of customer supplied documents shall be detailed if
maintenance services are provided to customers under contract.
Page 42
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.8.6.4 COMPONENT MAINTENANCE MANUAL (AMC 145.A.45(b)(3)&(4)
a. Aircraft is normally fitted with various vendor supplied equipments. Certain vendors
approve workshops for servicing their equipments and provide them with CMM. Certain
vendors provide current CMM on their website for public use.
b. Certain vendors do not provide CMM to workshops but provide CMM to aircraft
operators only. In such case, Technical Publication Executive shall maintain current
CMM for such vendor equipments and provide the same along with revisions (as and
when issued by vendor) to the workshops approved by the organization.
2.8.6.5 AVAILABILITY AT WORKPLACE (AMC 145.A.45(f))
a. All certifying staff and senior non-certifying staff shall be provided with online access to
airframe & engine publications, regulatory documents and company manuals.
b. Maintenance personnel shall review the Maintenance Data at the engineering office,
prior to carrying out maintenance activity on the aircraft.
c. In certain cases where necessary, maintenance personnel may print out the relevant
and required task cards for easy reference at the work location (aircraft bay).
2.8.7 SYSTEM TO FACILITATE AVAILABILITY OF ACMD (145.A.45(f))
2.8.7.1 CENTRALIZED ON-LINE SYSTEM
a. Certifying staff and non-certifying technicians are provided with online access to
required maintenance data for performing maintenance activity on the aircraft.
2.8.7.2 OFF-LINE SYSTEM (AMC 145.A.45(f)(2)
a. As an alternate measure, base and line stations are provided with maintenance data in
CD format, if online access fails due any reasons.
2.8.7.3 PROTECTION OF IT BASED ACMD (145.A.45(e))
a. OEM maintenance data, Regulatory maintenance data and Company manuals online
access provided to the maintenance personnel are read only and cannot be tampered
with.
Page 43
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Maintenance records updated in AMOS software by the certifying staff cannot be

amended / tampered.
2.8.8 POLICY ON SOFT COPY & HARD COPY IN BASE / LINE STATION.
a. OEM supplied maintenance data shall be maintained in soft copy format (CD) at Base
and Line station.
b. Company manuals such as MOE / Procedure Manuals / Circulars shall be maintained in

Hard copy format at main base only (approved copy). Soft copy of all such manuals shall
be maintained on line with access to all maintenance personnel with the use of their
company online access ID and Password.
2.8.9 COMMUNICATION OF REVISIONS IN ACMD (AMC 145.A.70(a))
a. Procedures for communication of revisions in maintenance data are detailed in MOE

2.8.6.
2.8.10 POLICY ON DEVELOPMENT OF WORK PACKAGE / SCHEDULES / NRC (AMC 145.A.45(e)(1)
a. Pre-flight (Transit) inspection items shall be provided in the form of an approved Task
card as a guidance material for carrying out the Pre-flight (Transit) inspection in a
sequential manner. Pre-flight (Transit) inspection shall be signed off in Tech. log book
only.
b. Daily / Weekly inspection items shall be provided in the form of an approved inspection
schedule with provision for signature for each task.
c. For all scheduled maintenance checks including out of phase tasks (Non-Routine Cards),
work cards / work package shall be issued by the Planning department along with the
Task cards and AMM Job cards with provision for signature on completion of each tasks.
2.8.11 PREPARATION OF WORK CARDS / WORK PACKAGE
a. AirAsia (India) planning department shall provide work Orders for all Scheduled
Maintenance activities beyond Pre-flight (Transit) inspection.
b. AirAsia (India) shall transcribe accurately the tasks specified in the manufacturer
supplied maintenance data or approved maintenance program into the task cards
(Ex – Preparation of Engineering Instruction) or make precise reference to the
particular maintenance task or tasks contained in such maintenance data.
Page 44
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. Complex maintenance tasks shall be transcribed into the work cards or procedure
sheets and subdivided into clear stages to ensure a record of the accomplishment of the
complete maintenance task. Preparation of such work cards and guide sheets shall be
done by the Technical Services Executive / Engineer and further reviewed by CAM.
d. ADs/ Mandatory modifications, Approved repair data/ scheme, Local modifications/ SBs
shall be issued in the form of Engineering Instructions (EI),as per form no. QD/TS/01
prepared by the Technical services executive / engineer and approved by C A Manager.
e. Technical services executive / engineer may only modify maintenance instructions on

how to carry out the particular maintenance task (they exclude the engineering design
repairs). The C A Manager in consent with the Maintenance Manager and Quality
Manager shall approve such modifications.
f. With respect to such changes, the maintenance personnel requesting such changes shall
demonstrate that they result in equivalent or improved maintenance standards. The
technical services executive shall inform the type-certificate holder of such changes.
g. Planning Executive while issuing work orders, approved inspection schedules, work
packages to the maintenance personnel shall ensure that the up-to date revised
maintenance instructions work packages are given to the maintenance and shall use
check package handover form no. QD/PP/18 for records.
h. Certifying staff shall be responsible for use of approved and current maintenance
data, prior to commencement of work.
Page 45
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.9 MODIFICATION AND REPAIR PROCEDURE (AMC M.A.304)
2.9.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure modification/repairs are carried out on damaged aircraft or aircraft

component using an approved repair scheme.
b. This section describes the correct procedure for carrying out repairs and modifications
on AirAsia fleet aircraft.
2.9.2 POLICY
a. Air Asia CAMO shall be responsible for classification of Modification / Repair as Major /
Minor.
b. AirAsia shall accomplish Modifications / Repairs based on approved current

maintenance data (ACMD) such as;
i. Airworthiness Directives, Service Bulletins or DGCA Mandatory Modifications
ii. Aircraft Maintenance Manual, Engine Manual, Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
iii. Repair scheme/ Modification Data from OEM / STC holder/ Design Organization
approved under CAR 21 / EASA Part 21 / FAA Part 21
2.9.3 SCOPE OF DAMAGE / REPAIR ASSESSMENT (CAR M.A.304)
a. Whenever a defect / damage is noticed by operation / maintenance personnel,

documentation of the same shall be first made in the MR1 and in the dent
& buckle chart of the relevant aircraft tech logbook.
b. The extent of damage reported by flight crew and/ or found during maintenance, shall
be assessed and damage assessment form (QD/TS/29) shall be raised by the
concerned certifying staff.
i. The repair is foreseen in the approved data:
1. The certifying staff shall send a copy of the assessment to the Technical services
executive.
2. Suitable minor repairs may be carried out by certifying staff qualified and authorized on
the type of aircraft.
3. All major repairs shall be carried out on an aircraft in accordance with the approved
data, by appropriately authorized structural repair personnel and CRS must be issued
post accomplishment of repair(s).
Page 46
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
4. In case the SRM permits deferment of the damage repair, same shall be entered in the
MR 2 section of the technical log book, and Inspection card.
5. AMOS shall be updated accordingly, giving details of requirements of any repeat

inspection.
6. Technical services and planning executive shall be intimated, for monitoring deferred
repair/ repetitive inspection by Maintenance Manager by email and AMOS Work Order.
ii. The repair is not foreseen in the approved repair data:
1. The Certifying staff shall send a copy of the assessment to the Technical services
executive, and await further instructions from the CAMO.
2. All repairs carried out on aircraft shall be in accordance with the instructions from the
CAMO and CRS must be issued post accomplishment of repair(s). Repair instructions
shall be issued in the format given in forms manual form no. QD/TS/11.
3. The technical services executive shall be intimated upon accomplishment of the Repair.
c. Where the requirement of a repair not described in the approved maintenance

manual or structural repair manual becomes necessary as a result of a Scheduled or
Unscheduled inspection or as a result of an incident, the damage shall be recorded in
Aircraft Tech Log MR 1 and Structural Damage report (QD/TS/21), with details attached
including digital photographs, if applicable.
d. After assessment and review of the Structural damage report by the Technical Services
Executive/ Structural specialist in AirAsia (India), the damage will be classified as
minor or major based on manufacturer’s document or assistance from the
manufacturer.
2.9.4 REPAIR PROCEDURES WITH IN THE SCOPE OF ACMD
a. Repair Instructions (RI) for minor repairs that are covered with in the scope of ACMD
shall be issued by the Technical Services Engineer and carried out by the authorized
certifying staff.
2.9.4.1 MEL (PILOT / AME) REPORTED
a. Defects reported by Pilot / AME and deferred under MEL shall be transferred from MR 1
(Defect Report) to MR 2. Work order related to deferred defect shall be created by the
certifying staff in AMOS and kept open till the MEL is revoked and work order closed by
making an entry in MR 1 and closing the open work order in AMOS software.
Page 47
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.9.4.2 CARRIED FORWARD REPAIRS (DMR)
a. Carried forward repairs such as structural minor damage, dents etc.., may be carried
forward/deferred to the next major inspection, and depending on the intensity of the
nature of repair required, as permitted by the approved data or instructions provided
by AirAsia CAMO and same shall be noted in the deferred maintenance record, of the
technical log book.
b. Maintenance Manager and Technical services executive shall be intimated. Maintenance

manager and technical services executive shall be responsible for tracking and carrying
out such deferred repairs.
2.9.4.3 CABIN DEFECT CLEARANCE
a. Cabin defects reported by the Flight / Cabin crew related to airworthiness reported in
Cabin Condition Log (CCL) shall be transferred to the MR 1 page in the Tech. logbook by
the cabin crew.
2.9.5 MINOR REPAIR OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF ACMD
a. Minor repairs outside the scope of ACMD shall be carried out using AC 43-13B,
Acceptable Methods, Techniques & Practices.
b. Such repairs shall be restricted to non-pressurized areas of aircraft only.
2.9.6 MAJOR REPAIR OUTSIDE THE SCOPE OF ACMD
a. After classifying the repair, AirAsia (India) CAMO will prepare and submit repair scheme
to the manufacturer of the aircraft, engine or component, as applicable for their review
and acceptance or request repair scheme from the manufacturer by providing the
details (photos, sketches & relevant pages of the maintenance data) of the damage.
b. Technical services engineer shall contact the TC Holder and request TC Holder’s
authority approved repair scheme by providing the details (photos, sketches &
relevant pages of the maintenance data) of the damage along with the Damage
assessment report (DAR).
2.9.6.1 APPROVAL OF REPAIR BY TC HOLDER
a. Repairs that are not covered in the approved data will be referred to the TC / STC
holder for obtaining specific repair scheme and approval of the same.
Page 48
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Where the repair is a matter of urgency, repair scheme shall be initiated through email
or telephone, and details of damage and repair scheme shall be forwarded to the
manufacturer by email or fax and a subsequent confirmation obtained that the
scheme is to the manufacturer’s satisfaction. In such matters of urgency,
c o m m e n c e m e n t o f w o r k by removal of components near the repair section
within the purview of AMM will be acceptable.
c. The repair scheme received must be approved under Repair Design Approval Sheet
(RDAS) issued by the Designated Airworthiness Engineer under the authority and seal of
Design Organization Approval issued by EASA or by the Designated Engineering
Representative (DER) under such approval issued by FAA or by any such procedure as
approved by respective Authorities.
2.9.6.2 APPROVAL OF REPAIR DATA BY TC HOLDER’S AUTHORITY
a. Repair design approval issued by Design Organizations / Desginated Engineering

Representatives are deemed to be approved by the TC Holder’s authority.
b. If a repair design is found to be beyond the scope of the Design Organization or if no

Design Organization is available to design and approve Repair Design, TC Holder’s
authority shall be approached for approval of Repair Design as per procedures laid out
by such authorities.
2.9.6.3 APPROVAL OF MAJOR REPAIR DATA BY DGCA
a. In case of major repairs, after receiving the approved repair scheme and instructions
from the TC holder, duly completed application form (as per format given in form
CA-2 (MR) of AAC No. 1 of 2017) in duplicate will be submitted to the Regional
airworthiness office, Bengaluru along with the following documents by the Quality
manager.
i. Detailed description of the proposed repair.

ii. Master documentation list showing details of individual drawings and specifications
defining the repair.
iii. Drawing and instructions necessary for carrying out the repair.
iv. Test procedure(s) to meet certification and operating rules such as flammability, carbon
monoxide and noise requirements.
v. Test procedure(s) appropriate to the repair to verify if the repair meets the
applicable certification requirements.
vi. Detailed design standards to ensure that AirAsia (India) has considered all
applicable design requirements and acceptance engineering reports including expected
test results to be used in determining the compliance of the repair
vii. Change in mass and moment due to the repair
Page 49
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
viii. Change in electrical load due to the repair

ix. Supplements to AMM, AFM
x. Copy of Repair and Deviation Record (RDR), as applicable
xi. Copy of Repair Design Approval Sheet (RDAS), as applicable
xii. Any other factor that affects airworthiness and safety
2.9.6.4 PROCEDURE FOR MINOR REPAIR
a. Repairs that are classified as Minor and approved by appropriately CAR 21/ EASA 21/
FAR 21 approved design organization shall be accomplished as per approved data.
b. On completion of the repair, Regional Airworthiness Office, Bengaluru shall be intimated

with a copy of the repair data, completed work order and related CRS.
2.9.7 DEVELOPMENT OF PROCEDURES / TASK CARDS FOR REPAIR AND MODIFICATION
a. Post approval from DGCA (Aircraft Engineering Division), the repair scheme will be
issued as Inspection card or Work Order.
b. Additional Engineering Order/Procedure Sheet detailing the instructions to carry out

the repair may be developed as required based on the Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
/ manufacturer provided maintenance data.
c. The procedure sheets shall be prepared by a specialist having previous experience in

preparing Engineering orders/ procedure sheets, based on drawings issued by
manufacturer.
2.9.8 REPAIR BY CONTRACTED ORGANIZATION
a. Repair beyond the capability of AirAsia (India), will be contracted to Maintenance

Organisation, approved by DGCA, based on data received from organization holding
Design Organization Approval (DOA) issued by the State of Design and approved by
DGCA.
2.9.9 PROCEDURE TO CARRY OUT MAJOR MODIFICATION:
a. Technical Services Executive will be responsible for formulating an EO (Engineering

Order) based on approved data, such as ADs/SBs/AMM/SRM/Repair scheme etc, to
accomplish Modification and submit the same to the CAM for approval.
b. Depending on the nature of the work, if required, appropriately rated maintenance

organization may be contracted to perform the modification (EO).
Page 50
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. The EO shall be carried out and all applicable test / validations shall be completed as
per modification data / additional instructions issued by DGCA, prior to certification.
d. If the task is accomplished by a third party, contracted maintenance organization shall

be responsible to issue CRS, post accomplishment of the EO.
e. Weight Schedule must be re-computed, if required by the EO as stipulated in the CAR.

Necessary changes, if required by the EO, shall be made to the operating procedures,
continuing airworthiness requirements etc. prior to release to service.
f. Technical Services Executive shall issue necessary communication to continuing

airworthiness management/ maintenance /operations personnel, on the modification
and related effects.
g. Technical Services executive must intimate accomplishment of the major modification

to the relevant OEM. All relevant major modification records must be dispatched to the
Planning executive for archiving.
2.9.10 MODIFICATION/STC APPROVAL BY DGCA (AAC)
a. For modification/STC approval by DGCA, procedure mentioned in AAC 1 of 2017 shall be

followed.
2.9.11 PROCEDURE FOR APPROVAL OF MODIFICATIONS
a. Modifications covered in Airworthiness Directives, DGCA Mandatory Modifications and

Service Bulletins do not require DGCA approval.
b. For modifications, AirAsia (India) shall apply to the concerned Regional Airworthiness
Office (RAO) along with evidences and data relating to the intended modifications and
its effect on the airworthiness of aircraft, as per details given in para 2.9.6.3.
c. Modification design data and documents prepared by the aircraft, component or

equipment manufacturer and approved by State of Design are acceptable for use in
modification of aircraft, components or equipment. This data shall be certified by
Authorized Representatives (AR)/ Designated Engineering representatives (DER) of the
State of Design of the aircraft.
d. The person responsible for the modification design shall state any particular
requirements to be observed when the modification is completed and before an
aircraft, component or equipment is released for service. The following aspects shall be
considered:
Page 51
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Whether tests or inspections during the progress or after the completion of the
modification are necessary to ensure it complies with the specified requirements.
ii. The qualifications of persons who may be required to assess completed work and
certify that it complies with the approved design.
iii. Whether significant changes in the weight and center of gravity position of the aircraft
will occur and if re-weighing or preparation of a new weight and balance report is
necessary.
iv. Whether the flight or operating characteristics of an aircraft may have been affected by
the work and the necessity to have the aircraft inspected and certified as fit for flight
and flight tested.
v. Whether amendments of particulars in the Certificate of Airworthiness or associated
documents are required.
vi. Whether amendments are necessary to the approved maintenance schedule or other
data or documents approved for maintenance or other work on the aircraft.
vii. Whether amendments are necessary to any data specified in the flight crew operating
manual.
e. Where a modification affects the instrument panel, it shall be ensured that instruments
which are used by any one pilot are so arranged as to permit the pilot to see their
indications clearly from his or her station, with the minimum practicable deviation from
the position and line of vision normally assumed when looking forward along the flight
path.
f. Where a modification affects equipment required for communications or navigation

purposes, or both, it shall be ensured that the failure of any single unit required for
communications or navigation, or both, will not result in the failure of another unit
required for communications or navigation.
g. Modification documents shall bear a modification reference number, title, issue

number and date and shall indicate the reason for modification, modification
Instructions, any limitations and inspection requirements, manuals affected and
references to other documents or design data, together with a list of parts and
assemblies affected by the modification and, where necessary, drawings or sketches
giving particulars of parts before and after modification.
h. Approval of a modification will only be granted when the DGCA is satisfied that in
respect of the design:
i The drawings, documents, reports, calculations, etc., are adequate to establish that the
design complies with the appropriate airworthiness requirements.
ii Any tests or inspections considered necessary for the approval have been completed
satisfactorily.
iii The drawings and other documents required for the work are of a satisfactory standard
and in accordance with acceptable aeronautical practices.
Page 52
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. DGCA may require compliance checks after the completion of the modification and
before an aircraft; component or equipment is released for service.
j. All changes to an approved drawing or document will require re-approval of the

original. The issue or revision number shall be raised following re-approval.
2.9.12 REPAIR CRS ISSUING PROCEDURES [AMC M.A.306 (a) (V)]
a. After completion of repair work and certification of repair process by approved person,
Certificate of Release to Service shall be issued by the authorized certifying staff
referring to the repair work and Repair instruction inspection card number.
b. Aircraft Technical log book shall contain details of repair carried out, so as to intimate
the flight crew and other maintenance personnel, of such repair.
2.9.13 POST REPAIR DOCUMENTS – PROCEDURES [AMC M.A.302]
a. Structure damage report has to be updated in the AMOS, for the repair work carried
out on each Aircraft. If the repair requires repetitive inspection it shall be included in
the Aircraft Maintenance program.
2.9.14 POST REPAIR RECORD – PROCEDURES [M.A.305 (h) (6)]
a. Records of incorporation of all repairs affecting the airworthiness of an aircraft,

its components or equipment shall be maintained in the log book for each aircraft or
engine or aircraft component.
Page 53
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAMME COMPLIANCE
2.10.1 PURPOSE
a. The purpose of this section is to provide details on implementation of the approved

aircraft maintenance programme in the form of work orders / work packages issued by
AirAsia (India) CAMO.
b. AirAsia (India) fleet shall be maintained in accordance with the work orders / work
packages derived from the approved Aircraft Maintenance Program (AMP), as and
when a maintenance activity falls due.
2.10.2 POLICY
a. All maintenance activity shall be complied using ;

i proper facility,
ii Qualified, competent & authorized certifying staff,
iii Appropriate tools, equipment & material,
iv Approved Maintenance Data.
b. Human factors principle shall be applied while executing compliance of aircraft

maintenance programme.
c. Critical tasks and tasks requiring independent inspection shall be highlighted or

identified accordingly.
2.10.3 POLICYWORK PACKAGE ACCEPTANCE AND WORK PLANNING (DATA, MANPOWER, TOOLS
& FACILITY)
a. The Planning Executive shall provide maintenance with all necessary updated and
approved data required relevant for the maintenance of the aircraft.
b. Planning Executive shall make a weekly/daily plan and forward it to the Line
Maintenance Department. The status of servicing / components change forecast is
forwarded to Maintenance on weekly/daily basis. Planning Department ensures
that all forecast items are included in the Weekly plan well within the threshold
limit.
c. For standalone tasks, work orders (QD/PP/07) shall be raised by Planning Executive in
AMOS based on the weekly/daily plan. Work order number shall be reflected in each
work order.
d. Each work order shall state details of work to be done, with the aircraft details,
compliance date and place, details of task to be complied with.
Page 54
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. Work orders shall be prepared by Planning Executive for planned maintenance.

Certifying staff may raise work orders for any unplanned/unscheduled maintenance.
f. For major line maintenance checks within the scope of Line Maintenance approval held
by the organization, Planning executive shall form work packages for individual aircraft
and issue to the shift in-charge.
g. Work package shall contain Work orders, EIs, Deferred defect work orders, and check
sheets for line maintenance checks. Work package shall be reviewed by the planning
executive / engineer and the Maintenance manager, and daily maintenance call out
(QD/QA/06) shall be signed by the Maintenance Manager / Shift in-charge.
2.10.4 WORK ALLOTMENT, SUPPORT STAFF MANAGEMENT AND CERTIFICATION IN LINE

MAINTENANCE
a. The Maintenance manager in co-ordination with planning department will arrange

for facilities, and arrange manpower necessary to perform the task.
b. Before commencement of work, certifying staff shall ensure that the approved
maintenance data of latest revision status, is used for maintenance. All documentations
on completions of the maintenance shall be made available for the certifying staff.
c. The maintenance manager shall ensure that sufficient aircraft ground time,
equipments, consumables, spares and related tools are available for maintenance.
d. During maintenance, any additional findings by the certifying staff shall be recorded in
additional work orders raised in AMOS. Notable defects requiring technical support
from OEM, must be reported to Technical Services Executive.
e. Inspection findings after accomplishment of Structural Significant Item (SSI) and

Corrosion Prevention and Control Program (CPCP) shall be forwarded to Technical
Services using the Structural Damage report Form (QD/TS/21), who will then compile
the findings and forward it to the aircraft manufacturer.
f. Certifying staff shall be responsible for the control of all documents that forms part of
the maintenance check package and to ensure that all documents are accounted for
and appropriately certified prior to declaring completion of check. Details of additional
inspection work order shall be entered in the MR1 or in the Work package (during
checks) and certified by the certifying staff.
g. The completed check package shall be forwarded to the Planning executive /

Technical Records Executive for the aircraft technical records (AMOS & Logbook)
updating and safe keeping.
Page 55
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
h. Planning executive shall follow up with any work deferred or incomplete work package
and co-ordinate with Maintenance Manager for immediate compliance. Any
discrepancy found in the work package shall be recorded in form no. QD/QA/47.
i. Planning executive shall sign on the work package and fill up the , prior to archiving to
ensure that all ordered work has been completed and recorded.
j. Quality audit shall be carried out on routine basis as per audit plan (AAI/MOE LIST/02)
to ascertain the compliance of the stated process.
2.10.5 HF CONSIDERATION ON AMP COMPLIANCE
a. Maintenance Manager / Shift in-charge shall ensure that while allotting the work to
the engineering personnel, human factors & human performance limitations in
carrying out the work is considered.
b. While allotting the work to maintenance personnel, consideration shall be given for the
time required to :
i Review maintenance data before starting the maintenance activity;

ii Plan, collect and move the tools, equipment, and maintenance data to the bay where
the aircraft is parked.
iii Access the area and perform the maintenance
iv Carry out FOD check and to close all panels
v Completion of documentation including signing of CRS.
c. Procedures for control of critical tasks are provided in MOE 2.23.
Page 56
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE
2.11.1 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES – PURPOSE
a. To identify the methods by which airworthiness directives and other mandatory

instructions, such as mandatory modifications declared by DGCA, Mandatory Service
Bulletins/AOTs/OITs/Alert Bulletins, issued by Airbus/OEM are evaluated, controlled and
issued to production line for embodiment within the compliance period.
2.11.2 POLICY
a. Airworthiness Directives (AD), applicable to aircraft, engines or its equipment, are

issued by the regulatory authority of state of design, such as EASA, FAA, DGCA(India)
and other applicable regulatory authorities such as TCAA, CASA etc. for continued
airworthiness of the aircraft/engines/equipment.
b. Airworthiness directives and any other continued airworthiness requirement issued by

the regulatory authority of the state of type design for the aircraft/engines
operated/ DGCA/Manufacturer/FAA, shall be reviewed, planned, accomplished by
AirAsia (India) as per the requirements prescribed herein and within the timeframe
mandated.
2.11.3 UPDATING OF AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES
a. Daily monitoring of the authorities website for publication of AD, analysis for applicability,
conversion of AD into Engineering Instruction and updation of AMOS software for one
time, repeat or termination compliance is the function of the CAMO organization.
b. Planning executive shall schedule the AD for compliance as stand alone task or as part
of line / base maintenance work package, as and when the compliance date
approaches.
c. Refer CAME 1.4 for details.
2.11.4 AD ANALYSE / DECISIONS PROCEDURE
a. AD analysis and decisions are carried out by the CAMO personnel as part of fortnightly
AD review meeting.
Page 57
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.11.5 MULTI-PART AD & REPETIVE AD
a. Multi-part AD’s are those which consists of stage wise compliance of required activity.
Scheduling partial or total compliance of AD is the function of the CAMO organization.
b. Certifying staff receiving work order for compliance of the AD shall carry out the partial
or complete compliance of AD as specified in the work order and certify the same with
clarity explaining which part of the AD is complied and certified.
c. Monitoring repetitive AD for compliance is the responsibility of the CAMO planning

department.
2.11.6 PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES (M.A.606(h)(1))
a. Certain AD’s require pre-flight inspection to be carried out till termination action is
accomplished. In such case, it is the responsibility of the CAMO to amend the Pre-flight
inspection task card and issue the same to the line maintenance department for
compliance.
b. Certifying staff shall carry ut such inspection as part of Pre-flight inspection and certify
the Pre-flight inspection in the Tech. Logbook.
2.11.7 PRE-AD PROCEDURES (TILL TERMINATING ACTION)
a. Certain ADs may require inspections to be carried out till a terminating action is carried
out, which shall be considered as closing action for the concerned AD.
b. In such cases, CAMO shall issue routine work order for compliance. Certifying staff shall
comply the inspection and certify the same in the work order.
2.11.8 POST –AD PROCEDURES (REVISING ACMD CHANGE)
a. Certain AD may require replacement of units due upgradation and compliance of such
AD may further require amendment to maintenance data such as IPC, Maintenance
Manual task cards etc. Such ADs are normally related to a SB issued by the OEM.
b. Amendment of Maintenance Data is the subject of TC Holder or concerned authorities

who have issued the maintenance data.
Page 58
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. As a line maintenance AMO, certifying staff shall comply with the AD as per the scope of
the work order issued by CAMO and certify the same using EI / RI certification sheet
(QD/TS/30)
d. Technical Services Executive shall comply with the SB reporting procedure in OEM
website (for example – AirNav World for Airbus A320). On receipt of the SB, OEM
amends the maintenance data reflecting new / additional part numbers in IPC or revised
procedures in AMM task cards for removal, inspection, installation etc.
2.11.9 AD COMPLIANCE INCLUDING MANPOWER, DOCUMENTS, TOOLS, SPARES Etc. AND RECORD
COMPLETION
a. Requirement to comply an AD shall be provided by AirAsia (India) CAMO in the form of a

work order and Engineering Instruction on standalone task basis or as part of the work
package.
b. Work order shall be issued by the Planning executive using Daily Maintenance Callout
(DMC) to Maintenance Manager / Shift in-charge for acceptance.
c. Maintenance Manager / Shift in-charge allots the work to a certifying staff for carrying
out the maintenance called out in the work order / engineering instruction.
d. Planning executive / engineer shall also liaison with stores personnel to ensure
availability of tools, equipments, spares and with Maintenance Manager / Shift in-
charge for manpower (including specialist manpower such as NDT / structural repair
personnel etc). This liaison is normally carried out in Daily meeting and on one to one
informal basis.
e. Certifying staff shall comply with the maintenance activity and certify the completion of
AD by signing off the work order / engineering instruction / CRS etc. and hand over the
records to Technical Records Executive.
f. Technical Records Executive shall update the AMOS software and archive the records
after scrutiny for proper completion.
g. Technical Services Executive / Engineer shall carry out the SB Reporting procedure in
OEM websites if those ADs are linked to an SB requiring reporting to OEM for updation
of fit list, ACMD, AMM /EMM etc as necessary.
2.11.10 COMPLIANCE IN COMPONENTS (AMC No. 2 TO 145.A.50(d))
a. Occasionally, an AD requires certain maintenance action to be taken on parts stored in

bonded stores and requires such components to be sent to approved workshop for
incorporation of AD.
Page 59
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. In such cases, on completion of AD review meeting and on taking a decision to send the
component for modification, stores personnel shall organize to send the unit to an
appropriate workshop for compliance of modification as called out in the AD.
c. On receipt of the unit after compliance of the AD, stores personnel shall ensure that the
unit is released with CA Form -1, EASA Form-, FAA 8130-3 or such equivalent
documents.
2.11.10.1 OPERATIONAL DIRECTIVES (M.A.708(5))
a. Operational Directives are Service Bulletins issued by OEM. Procedure described in this
chapter for compliance of AD shall be applied for all Operational Directives (SB) with a
continuing airworthiness impact and the responsibilities of personnel involved remains the
same.
Page 60
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE
2.12.1 PURPOSE
a. This procedure applies to non-mandatory or optional inspections / service bulletins,

issued by the manufacturer or local modifications, mainly for the purpose of
performance improvement and /or passenger comfort or convenience.
2.12.2 POLICY
a. All optional modification must have supporting documents that meet at least one
of the following criteria before it can be incorporated on the aircraft.
i. Availability of an approved data / acceptable data from the Original

Equipment Manufacturer (OEM).
ii. Availability of appropriately approved documents from the regulatory authority such
as Supplemental Type Certificates (STC) or any other approval instruments of the
regulatory authority (acceptable to DGCA India)
iii. Documents generated by an approved design organisation (under CAR-21)

recognised by DGCA India.
b. Modification applied on aircraft such as modification of the cabin layout must be

approved by DGCA India.
2.12.3 SERVICE BULLETIN – TYPES & SCOPE
a. Airbus Service Bulletins are classified as given below;
b. CFM Service Bulletins are classified as given below;
c. Scope of the Service Bulletins is provided in the Service Bulletin. If any variation to the
Service Bulletin scope is desired by CAMO, same shall be provided to the AMO in the
form of work order.
2.12.4 PROCEDURE TO UPDATE SERVICE BULLETIN
a. Technical Services Engineer / Executive of CAMO shall maintain status of Service

Bulletins issued / complied / required to be complied etc in AMOS software.
Page 61
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Responsibility of the AMO is to comply with the Service Bulletin issued in the form of
work order and provide certified records back to CAMO for updation of Service Bulletin
compliance with Airbus / CFM and in AMOS software.
2.12.5 PROCEDURE TO ANALYZE SERVICE BULLETIN
a. Mandatory Service Bulletins / Airworthiness Directives are analyzed in AD review

meeting conducted by CAMO and held once every 15 days.
b. Optional Service Bulletins are analyzed as per procedure specified in CAME in the form
of MOD committee meeting held once in 3 months.
c. Service Bulletins intended to be incorporated are issued in the form of work order by
CAMO to the AMO.
2.12.6 DECISION ON SERVICE BULLETIN COMPLIANCE
a. Decision on compliance of Service Bulletin is taken by the members of the MOD.

Committee Meeting held by CAMO once every 3 months.
b. Based on the decision, Planning Engineer / Executive of CAMO will schedule a service
bulletin for compliance in the form of a work order issued to AMO.
2.12.7 PRE-SERVICE BULLETIN PROCEDURES (BEFORE TERMINATING ACTION)
a. Certain service bulletins require repeat inspections to be carried out till terminating
action is incorporated for discontinuing the repeat inspection.
b. Monitoring of such repeat inspection and issue of work order is carried out by CAMO.
2.12.8 POST SERVICE BULLETIN PROCEDURES (DOCUMENT REVISION)
a. All service bulletins and ADs require to be reported back to the OEM for updation of
aircraft configuration list (fit list), IPC, Maintenance Manual Tasks and Procedures etc.
b. Tech. Services Engineer of CAMO is responsible for reporting back to OEM of

compliance pertaining to service bulletin, airworthiness directives etc.
Page 62
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.12.9 SERVICE BULLETINS COMPLIANCE – PROCEDURES ON MANPOWER, DOCUMENTS, MATERIALS

ETC.
a. Technical Services Executive shall be responsible for formulating an EI (Engineering

Instruction) based on approved data such as Service Bulletin, Minor Modification
Document. STC etc, to accomplish the modification and submit the same to the CAM
for approval. This activity shall remain part of the CAMO.
b. Depending on the nature of the work and the scope of the approval held by the
organization, works cope shall be allotted by CAMO to the AMO or outsourced to other
approved maintenance organization.
c. Maintenance manager / Shift in-charge shall go thru the Modification Data and allot
suitably qualified, competent and authorized manpower for carrying out the same.
d. The EI shall be carried out and all applicable test / validations shall be completed as per
modification data / additional instructions issued by DGCA, prior to certification by the
authorized certifying staff.
e. Certifying staff shall be responsible to issue CRS post accomplishment of the EI.
f. Weight Schedule must be re-computed, if required by the EI as stipulated in the CAR.

Weight schedule computation shall be undertaken by the Technical Services Engineer
in co-ordination with the certifying staff authorized by DGCA / QM for re-computation
and preparation of weight schedule.
g. Necessary changes, if required by the EI, shall be made to the operating procedures,
continuing airworthiness requirements etc. prior to release to service. This activity shall
be undertaken by CAMO.
h. Technical Services Engineer / Executive shall issue necessary communication to

continuing airworthiness management/ maintenance /operations personnel, on the
modification and related effects.
i. Technical Services Executive must intimate accomplishment of the modification to the

relevant OEM i.a.w CAME procedures.
2.12.10 RECORD COMPLETION PROCEDURE
a. Certifying staff shall return all relevant modification records such as completed work
order, completed EI and any other related records to the Technical Records Executive
section for archiving.
b. Hard copies of all EIs, Work cards and substantiating documents shall be archived for
preservation, by the Technical Records Executive.
Page 63
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND ITS COMPLETION
2.13.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish the procedure for use and completion of maintenance documents in

carrying out maintenance work in aircraft and components.
2.13.2 POLICY
a. Human factors and performance limitation shall be considered before allotting work to
the maintenance personnel.
b. All maintenance activity shall be documented in work order / technical logbook.
2.13.3 PREPARATION AND VERIFICATION OF WORK PACKAGE OR WORK ORDER
a. Work package for all scheduled line maintenance checks and tasks shall be issued by the
Planning Department of CAMO.
b. On receipt of work order / package, work allotment to the certifying staff shall be carried
out by the maintenance manager / shift in-charge.
2.13.4 HUMAN FACTORS CONSIDERATION IN PREPARATION & ALLOTMENT OF WORK CARDS
a. Work order / packages, EI / task cards etc are prepared by the Planning Department of
CAMO. Planning Department shall provide all maintenance data in English language and in
such form and print which are usable friendly.
b. Maintenance Manager / Shift in-charge shall consider Human Factors and Human
performance limitation before allotment of work to the certifying staff.
c. If quantum of work required to be complied is more than the available manpower,

maintenance manager / shift in-charge shall call upon additional manpower to support the
existing manpower during the particular shift.
2.13.5 VARIOUS MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE
a. Various maintenance documentation in use are given below;

i Daily Maintenance Call out (DMC).
ii Check sheet for Daily / Weekly inspections.
iii Master Control Sheet.
iv MPD Task card along with AMM / EMM job card.
v Work summary and Control sheet
vi AME / Tech. Attendance Sheet
vii Certificate of Release to Service (CRS)
viii MR 1 / MR 2 (Part of Tech. Logbook)
Page 64
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.13.6 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS COMPLETING PROCEDURES INCLUDING RECORDING OF VALUES,

TEST RESULTS AND MEASUREMENT
a. All work on the aircraft shall be recorded on forms that have been authorised by the
Quality Manager. These forms shall be identified by the respective department
reference number.
b. Authorised persons shall enter work accomplished in block letters, legibly on the
work card or form and all such documents shall be signed using indelible permanent
black or blue ink by the authorised person. Authorized person shall also affix his
personal stamp displaying his authorization number.
c. For Line checks such as Daily & Weekly inspection, Check sheets & Daily Maintenance
Call out shall be issued by Planning Dept. to Maintenance.
d. For all Line check ranging from E-1 to E-60 checks, following documents shall be issued
by Planning Dept. to Maintenance;
i Daily Maintenance Call out – listing various maintenance activities projected by

Planning Department for compliance to Maintenance (CAR-145 AMO)
ii Master Control Sheet – listing various MPD tasks that are part the check package.
iii MPD Task card along with AMM / EMM job card.
iv Work summary and control sheet. (QD/PP/17)
v AME / Technician attendance sheet
e. For all scheduled component replacement, work order advising replacement of the
component will be issued along with Daily Maintenance Call out.
f. If combination of E-check, Daily / Weekly and /or component replacement is required

to be carried out, Daily Maintenance call out shall list all the activities.
g. For unscheduled maintenance, work required to be accomplished whilst the aircraft

is in line, all work carried out shall be recorded and certified in the MR1 portion of the
Technical Log Book. Unscheduled maintenance or minor defect observed during Pre-
flight (Transit) / dailiy inspection / weekly inspection or any other schedule inspection,
work shall be initiated by the AME by making necessary MR 1 entry for the
unscheduled maintenance before or on completion of the work (based on the nature
and severity of the defect). CRS shall be issued only on completion of the work.
Certifying staff shall ensure that the work order is raised, documented and closed in
AMOS.
h. Acceptable deferred defects shall be transferred from the aircraft Technical Log
Book (MR 1) to the deferred log book (MR 2).
Page 65
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Upon rectification of the deferred defect, the deferred defect must be transferred back
to the MR1 to certify the rectification of the defect.
j. Cabin condition log defects/entries related to airworthiness shall be transferred to
MR1, and if deferred, the details will be transferred to MR2.
Note: The MR2 is NOT a certifiable document as such all deferred defects when rectified must
be certified in the MR1.
k. Appropriate labels (Removal Label, Transit, Hold, etc.) shall be used to identify any
parts removed.
l. Parts removed from serviceable Aircraft shall be identified to record and control an
item that has been removed from one aircraft to service another aircraft as an interim
measure to satisfy a material or part shortage.
m. Record of test results and dimensions as required by the maintenance documents

shall be entered appropriately.
n. All engineering documents, work orders, tasks cards, MR1, MR2 CCL, shall have
reference numbers which shall be used if transferred from one document to another or
vice versa to enable traceability.
o. Certifying staff shall record the pick slip numbers (in work order) so as to link a work
order to list of material used for carrying out the respective work.
p. Rotables used shall be recorded in the relevant columns of the work order with ON /OFF
component description, part number and serial number.
2.13.7 SIGNING-OFF AND STAMPING PROCEDURES
a. Certifying staff shall use appropriate task cards printed from AMM /EMM or any other
maintenance data, while carrying out maintenance activity for reference.
b. Such task cards need not be signed off but required to be retained for reference before
starting the maintenance activity and while the work is in progress (if required for
reference during execution of the maintenance work). Alternately, task card reference
may be referred in the work order while certifying the task in the work order.
c. Certifying staff/ Engineer in charge shall sign on all documents used (such as technical
log book pages, work orders, check sheets, component labels), in blue or black indelible
ink, along with date and time of completion of maintenance. He / She shall affix
personal stamp displaying his/her authorization number.
Page 66
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
d. Shift in-charge and maintenance manager shall be responsible for the control of all
documents that forms part of the maintenance check package and to ensure that all
documents are accounted for and appropriately certified prior to declaring completion
of check. Details of additional work order shall be entered in the daily maintenance call
out of the work package and signed by the certifying staff.
2.13.8 RESPONSIBILITY OF CERTIFICATION AUTHORIZATION (CA) HOLDERS (B1, B2 & C), SUPPORTING
TECHNICIANS AND SECOND INDEPENDENT PERSONNEL
a. Certifying staff is responsible to ensure that all work ordered has been carried out using
approved & current maintenance data, appropriate and calibrated tools & equipments,
fie& serviceable parts and materials as specified in the maintenance data.
b. Certifying staff is responsible to document and certify all maintenance carried out in
appropriate maintenance documents such as Tech. Logbook / work order etc and issue
Certificate of Release to Service.
c. Supporting Technician is responsible to carry out the work as allotted and advised by the
certifying staff.
d. Second Independent Personnel shall be responsible for the scope of inspection activities
carried out by them attesting the satisfactory completion of the work carried out by the
first person and that no deficiencies have been found during the second independent
inspection.
2.13.9 NRC PREPARATION, VERIFICATION & COMPLETION
a. During a maintenance check, if a defect or an observation requiring additional

maintenance action is noticed, Non-Routine Cards are generally raised by various
organization.
b. Certifying staff shall raise enter such observations raised in MR1 page of Tech. Logbook
and raise a work order for documenting such maintenance activities.
c. Certifiying staff shall raise a work order, if such observations were made during line
maintenance check such as “E” Check.
d. Non-Routine card procedure is not followed by the organization.
Page 67
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.13.10 COMPILING, VERIFICATION AND ISSUING OF CRS
a. During a maintenance check, the certifying staff shall ensure that all work ordered by
the Planning Department and any additional observations requiring maintenance action
are completed and documented in respective work order.
b. On completion of maintenance, Certifying staff shall ensure that a general verification is

carried out to ensure that aircraft is clear of all tools, equipment and any extraneous
parts or material, and that all access panels removed have been refitted. Certifying staff
shall make an entry for the same in the work order.
c. On ensuring that all work ordered / defect observed are closed, certifying staff shall
issue CRS.
Page 68
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.14 TECHNICAL RECORD CONTROL (CAR 145.A.55 AND M.A.614)
2.14.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish procedure for control of Technical Records with in the organization from
sign-off to retention till disposal of records as per DGCA requirements.
2.14.2 POLICY
a. All work associated with aircraft, engines and aircraft components such as inspection,
overhaul, repair, replacement and modification shall be documented, certified, a n d
controlled to prove that all requirements have been met for issuance of the certificate
of release to service and for the issue / reccommendation of airworthiness review
certificate.
b. Records shall be maintained to ensure that a complete history of aircraft, engines and
components are available at all times.
c. Records shall be maintained to indicate conformance to the Regulatory Authority

requirements and AirAsia’s Quality Standards and Continuing airworthiness
requirements.
d. All aircraft technical records shall be maintained in accordance to DGCA

India requirements.
2.14.3 DEFINITION & SCOPE OF VARIOUS RECORDS (CAR 145.A.55 & M.A.614)
a. Aircraft Technical Records shall include the following:
i. Hours / Cycles operated

ii. Routine and non-routine work accomplished
iii. Compliance status of applicable ADs, mandatory SBs and mandatory instructions
iv. All Repairs carried out
v. Aircraft Technical Log Book (MR1/ MR2)
vi. Cabin condition log
vii. Component change data on aircraft
viii. Inspection records / Check package
ix. Engine change records
x. Maintain Airframe, Engine and APU Log Books
xi. Component history for individual, life or time controlled components
xii. Any other Technical Documentation generated from an approved source for the
aircraft or component.
Page 69
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. The maintenance records shall be of a combination of paper and computer system.

Primary records shall be kept in hard copies.
c. Paper systems shall be of robust material which can withstand normal handling and
filing. The record shall remain legible throughout the required retention period.
d. Relevant maintenance record information arising from paper records shall be captured
in computer software system namely “AMOS” (Airline Maintenance & Operational
Software) supplied by Swiss Aviation Software Ltd, Switzerland (www.swiss-as.com)
2.14.4 COMPLETION, CONTROL, STORAGE, SAFETY AND RETRIEVAL OF PAPER / COMPUTER BASED
RECORD SYSTEM (GM 145.A.55)
a. Completion procedure of paper / computer records are given below for various
maintenance activities :
i Tech. Logbook information: Certifying staff / Technicians nominated by Shift in-charge /
Engineers in Pre-flight (Transit) station shall update the AMOS the relevant information
from the Tech. logbook on daily basis as soon as the flight handling activity is
completed.
ii Daily / Weekly inspections, Engineering Instructions, Single Running Task cards,
Unscheduled maintenance activities / Defects etc : Certifying staff shall complete the
work order, inspection schedule / task cards and update the AMOS for closing the work
order.
iii In-house maintenance check packages – Certifying staff shall sign off the check
package (work order / master control sheet / task cards etc.) as and when all the tasks
are completed on the aircraft. Certifying staff shall close the work order in AMOS
software indicating the work ordered is closed by the maintenance and also ensure
ticking the following statement in the AMOS work order format - “Before closing any
panel and / or area of an aircraft, where a maintenance work has been performed,
ensured that the area is clear of any FOD’s like tools/rags/oil tins/hardwares/locking
wires etc”.
iv Outsourced Maintenance Check packages – All base maintenance activities (“C” Check,
Engine /Landing gear change etc) are outsourced to the organization (MRO)
appropriately approved for carrying out such maintenance activity. Work orders / Task
cards in paper format shall be signed off by the certifying staff of the MRO.
v Planning Executive shall cross check all check packages for completeness of the ordered
work and sign off for having scrutinized the completed work package and hand over
the same to Technical Records Executive. This shall help in capturing any additional
work carried out under the MRO’s work order / non-routine work cards in the AMOS
software, as the same may not exist in the ordered work package.
Page 70
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vi Technical Records Executive shall verify all maintenance records received by them and
update relevant sections of AMOS software as given below:
1. Tech. Log book information (MR 1/MR 2) : Cross checking of flight sector
information for accuracy, correctness an cd allotment of MR 1 serial number for
each sector confirming the verification.
2. Work Order / Package : Cross checking of work orders / packages in AMOS with
scope of work ordered, Reporting back procedure pertaining to EI / SRT / Task
cards / Work package etc.
3. Component change Work order : Completion of label booking procedure for

component change to ensure correctness of details such as ON-OFF Part
Number, Serial Number, Hours / Cycles / Landings and aircraft fit list updation.
b. All details shall be recorded with 48 hours of completion of maintenance tasks.
c. AMOS being a part of the technical log/record system, and shall be updated on a daily
basis. Aircraft / Engine/ APU log books shall be updated fortnightly.
d. Technical Records Executive shall ensure all records such as back to birth records,
modification status and compliance to airworthiness requirements are available as
applicable.
e. All aircraft technical records and other related documents shall be stored in a
secured place and protected from theft, fire, flood or negative environmental
influences and shall only be accessible to authorised personnel.
f. All aircraft technical records shall be filed and stored in such a manner that any part
of those records can be readily identified and retrieved. Maintain a system for records
in archives to enable easy identification and retrieval.
g. Back up of records shall be stored in a different location from that containing the
working discs, in an environment that they remain in a good condition.
2.14.5 CONTROL OF ACCESS TO RECORDS OF PAPER AND /OR COMPUTER BASED RECORDS (GM
145.A.55.(a)(4))
a. Technical Records Executive shall only have access to all paper records that are stored in
Record storage room.
Page 71
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Technical Records storage room key shall be exclusively be kept under the control of
Technical Records Executive. Master key shall be available with the administrator and
shall only be used in extraordinary situation, on obtaining consent from the Continuing
Airworthiness Manager / Quality Manager.
c. AMOS software system access is provided to all maintenance personnel and data entry /
edit options are controlled by restriction of access on need basis i.a.w scope of work and
responsibilities.
2.14.6 FORMAT, APPROVAL COMPLETION OF TECH-LOGS, AIRCRAFT LOGS, TASK CARDS AND OTHER
CONTINUING AIRWORTHINESS RECORDS
a. Tech. Logbook format shall be submitted to DGCA by Continuing Airworthiness

Management Organization.
b. Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization shall obtain Aircraft / Engine

Logbook from commercial sources in format meeting the regulatory requirements.
c. Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization shall provide task cards as part of

the work package. In cases, where the AMO is required to generate task cards, same
shall be printed from the approved maintenance data.
2.14.7 MAINTENANCE HISTORY CARDS AND ENGINE MODULE RECORDS
a. Maintenance history cards and Engine Module records shall normally maintained by the
Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization and updated by the Technical
Officer – Records & signed off by the Continuing Airworthiness Manager.
b. In the event that Maintenance History cards / Engine Module Records are sent to the
certifying staff for making any maintenance entry, such entries shall be done by the
respective certifying staff with date and seal.
2.14.8 DISPOSAL & TRANSFER OF RECORDS INCLUDING CUSTOMER RECORDS
a. AirAsia (India) shall retain a copy of all detailed maintenance records and any associated
maintenance data for three years from the date the aircraft or component to which the
work relates was released from the organisation.
b. Upon lease expiry / title transfer of aircraft, the records will form part of the aircraft
and shall be delivered to the lessor / new operator / owner at delivery of the aircraft.
c. Scan copy of last two years of records shall be retained for a period of 2 years at the
termination of the lease and return of original records.
Page 72
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.14.9 ACCESS & RETENTION OF RECORDS (145.A.55(c) and GM 145.A.55(a)
a. All aircraft technical records shall be filed and stored in such a manner that any part of
those records can be readily identified and retrieved. Maintain a system for records in
archives to enable easy identification and retrieval.
b. Only authorised personnel shall have access to the aircraft technical records. However,
Planning executive shall ensure that Regulatory authority personnel / Quality Assurance
Inspectors have unrestricted access to all applicable documents and records during
Surveillance and Audits.
c. The Planning executive shall be responsible to release all relevant aircraft records and
documents to the QM in the event of aircraft accident/incident to facilitate
investigation. DGCA India has the right to inspect the records anytime it deems fit upon
reasonable request to the QM.
2.14.10 RECONSTRUCTION OF LOST / DESTROYED RECORDS (GM 145.A.55(a)(3))
a. In the event that any records are irrevocably destroyed or lost, they will be
reconstructed on a case to case basis with the concurrence of DGCA.
Page 73
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.15 RECTIFICATON OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING BASE MAINTENANCE
2.15.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure that all defects found during Base maintenance shall be properly recorded
and rectified accordingly.
b. This procedure covers the process for recording and rectification of defects arising
during a Base Maintenance input as well as the disposition of defects not rectified.
2.15.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) will not perform base maintenance for any third party and will be
Outsourcing Base Maintenance of its fleet of aircraft to a maintenance organization
that is approved by DGCA, and is enlisted in AirAsia India approved vendor list.
b. Refer CAME 1.8, and CAME 3.1, for the following:
i. Details on procedures for issue of work package by AirAsia (India) CAMO to the
Maintenance organization.
ii. Procedures to be followed by the outsourced agency, for recording and rectification of
defects arising during base maintenance check, deferment of tasks/incomplete
maintenance and certification of release to service after a base maintenance check.
2.15.3 PRE-MAINTENANCE SURVEY AND RECORDING OF DEFECTS
a. Function of CAMO personnel. Refer CAME for details.
2.15.4 INTIMATION & RECTICATION OF DEFECT ON CUSTOMER AIRCRAFT (AMC M.A.306(a)(1)
2.15.5 ISSUING OF WORK ORDER, SCHEDULES AND NRC TO RECTIFIY DEFECTS (AMC 145.A.30(b)(3))
2.15.6 RECTIFICATION OF CARRIED FORWARD (DMR) DEFECTS
Page 74
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.15.7 RECTIFICATION OF CABIN DEFECTS (AMC M.A.306(a)
2.15.8 HAZARD ANALYSIS AND DEFERMENT DEFECT FROM MAJOR CHECK
2.15.9 DEFECTS DATA AND RELIABILITY ANALYSIS
2.15.10 MAINTENANCE / SERVICEABILITY CHECK, TEST RUN AND DETECTION OF DEFEECT AND
RECTIFICATION.
Page 75
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE
2.16.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure that the release to service of aircraft/aircraft components are properly

administered and that only duly approved/authorised holders are allowed to certify the
release to service.
2.16.2 POLICY
a. No aircraft/aircraft component shall be returned to service/operations, unless it has

been approved for release to service by a duly approved/authorised person by certifying
that the work or task has been duly completed and a Certificate of Release to Service
(CRS) is issued.
2.16.3 REQUIREMENT FOR ISSUE OF CRS (QD/PP/15)
a. CRS shall be issued after carrying out the following maintenance:

i. Scheduled maintenance
ii. Maintenance on components
iii. Unscheduled maintenance
iv. Out of phase inspection
v. Component removal and replacement
vi. Defect rectification which includes deferred maintenance and MEL release
vii. Special inspection schedules
viii. Major / Minor repair
ix. AD’s/SB’s/Mandatory Modification
b. CRS shall not be issued on completion of Pre-flight (Transit) inspection.
2.16.4 COMPANY PROCEDURES ON ISSUE OF CRS
a. A certificate of release to service shall be issued by appropriately authorised certifying

staff on behalf of AirAsia (India), when it has been verified that all maintenance
ordered has been properly carried out in accordance with the procedures specified in
point CAR 145.A.70 and this document, taking into account the availability and use of
the maintenance data specified in point CAR145.A.45/ MOE 2.8/MOE 2.13, and that
there are no non-compliances which are known to endanger flight safety.
b. The maintenance manager and QM shall ensure that only authorized personnel
perform ‘release to service’ functions.
Page 76
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. Certifying staff shall ensure work performed on aircraft/ components is accurately

documented and CRS issued. This procedure applies to any work done, such as
overhaul, repairs, modification, maintenance or inspection of an aircraft/ aircraft
component.
d. CRS For base Maintenance activities such as Work Package completion, Major
replacement will be done through the Work Package CRS, SMI (Refer CAME 1.8 & 3.1).
e. CRS after maintenance on a component whilst off the aircraft shall be issued on the
CA form 1.
Note:
i When the component under maintenance is used by AirAsia (India) itself,

component can be released to service through the SERVICEABLE TAG.
ii CA form 1 need not be issued if the work card contains details of AD/SB/Life
limitation and shall be listed in the Component work orders / component
History.
iii CA Form 1 shall be issued by appropriately authorized certifying staff only.
iv To facilitate tracking, CA Form 1 shall be pre‐printed serially numbered.
v Entries in the CA Form 1 shall be made as per the instructions detailed in
CAR‐145 and in CAPITAL letters only.
vi Aircraft must not be released using a CA Form 1.
vii In case of components having upgradable software, status of software
installed should be verified and documented in CA Form-1.
2.16.5 CRS AFTER SCHEDULED CHECK – USE OF DIFFERENT CRS FORMAT FOR LINE / BASE, MAJOR
REPLACEMENT AND MINOR WORK (TECH. LOG)
a. CRS statement provided in Tech. Logbook shall be signed off for Pre-flight (Transit),
Daily & Weekly inspection. No separate CRS is required to be signed off.
b. CRS statement is also provided at the end of the Daily & Weekly inspection schedule.
Same shall be signed off by the certifying staff.
c. In case of line maintenance scheduled check;
i Work package issued by the planning department will be distributed among various
certifying staff by the Shift in-charge.
ii C ertifying staff will carry out the respective allotted tasks and sign off the task cards.
iii The certifying staff will verify all the tasks cards given in the work package to ensure
that all tasks are completed in all respects. Should there arise any defects or need for
component replacement, the certifying staff shall carry out requisite maintenance and
raise inspection cards or work orders.
Page 77
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iv The certifying staff will issue Certificate of Release to Service after ensuring completion
of all maintenance, in the technical log books/ EOs/ work package CRS/CRS-SMI (CRS-
Schedule maintenance inspection).
v Shift in-charge may also physically verify the tasks on sample basis to ensure that the
tasks are carried out as per the requirement.
d. In case of a serviceable component removed in line maintenance for trouble shooting,

swapping, Read outs etc, and intended to be refitted in another aircraft, appropriately
authorized line maintenance certifying staff shall issue CA Form-1 and return to stores
for onward issue to the required aircraft / storage.
2.16.6 CRS AFTER REPLACEMENT, DEFECT RECTIFICATION, AD /SB COMPLIANCE
a. While carrying out routine Pre-flight (Transit) inspection, should there arise any defects
or need for component replacement, the certifying staff shall carry out requisite
maintenance and raise inspection cards or work orders.
b. The certifying staff will issue Certificate of Release to Service after ensuring completion
of all maintenance, in the technical log book.
c. Defect rectification / component replacement shall be documented in respective work

order raised for the purpose and CRS statement provided in the Tech. Log and
respective work order shall be signed off by the appropriately authorized certifying staff.
d. All AD & SB are issued in the form of Engineering Instruction (EI) by the Planning
Department of the CAMO. CRS statement forms part of such EI. CRS statement provided
in the EI and the work order raised for compliance of EI, shall be signed off by the
appropriately authorized certifying staff.
2.16.7 CRS WITH TASK DEFERMENT
a. Deferred defects are defined as those defects reported in operational service or line
maintenance, which are deferred for later rectification. Carried forward defects are
defined as those defects arising during line / base maintenance which are carried
forward for rectification at a later maintenance input.
b. AirAsia (India) Limited will ensure that a minimum number of open deferred
defects exist.
c. All open deferred defects will be monitored by the Planning executive, in consultation
with the CAM, to ensure earliest rectification and closure of the deferred defects.
d. All deferred defects will be deferred under the provisions of approved MEL/CDL.
Page 78
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. Defects not affecting the safety and airworthiness of the Aircraft, such as Cabin items,
may be deferred for rectification until the next A check. Entries of such deferment shall
be made in the MR2.
f. Defects shall not be deferred after a base maintenance check. However, under certain
circumstances, if the contract maintenance organization is unable to rectify the defect
or accomplish completion of maintenance, nominated personnel of that organization
shall intimate the CAM of AirAsia (India) Ltd.
g. After proper Risk/Hazard analysis of the effect of such a deferment, by the CAM and
the Quality Manager, approval shall be obtained from the DGCA, by the CAM, to permit
such deferment.
h. It shall be the responsibility of AirAsia (India)’s on site representative that, details of

such deferment are entered in the CRS-SMI, by the certifying staff of the contracted
AMO.
i. Detailed procedure and responsibilities of deferment of defects arising out of base

maintenance shall be discussed in the contract meeting and be spelt out in the contract
between the AMO and AirAsia (India) CAMO.
j. When the maintenance team is unable to complete all maintenance ordered,

maintenance manager in concurrence with the CAM may permit deferment of tasks, on
a case to case basis. Certificate of release to service shall be issued by the authorized
person within the approved aircraft limitations. Authorized person shall enter the
deferment cause in the aircraft certificate of release to service before the issue of CRS.
2.16.8 ONE OFF CRS AT OUTSTATION
a. Due unforeseen reasons if an aircraft is lands at a location, not having an

authorization holder, Flight crew shall communicate full details of the defect to the
Shift in-charge / Maintenance manager. If necessary the Shift in-charge / Maintenance
manager will then request the use of a one-off authorisation from the QM.
b. The Quality department shall issue a one off authorization to any person with not less
than five years maintenance experience and holding a valid ICAO aircraft maintenance
license rated for the aircraft type requiring certification provided;
i. There is no organisation appropriately approved under CAR 145 at that location and.
ii. Full qualification details relating to the proposed certifying personnel are verified by
the quality department and made available at the location.
Page 79
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. Full technical details relating to the work required to be carried out have been
established and passed on to the certifying staff.
d. AirAsia (India) shall follow this approved procedure for coordinating and controlling the
total maintenance activity undertaken at the location under the authority of the one
off authorisation.
e. The person to whom a one-off authorisation is issued shall be provided with all the
necessary information and guidance relating to maintenance data and any special
technical instructions associated with the specific task undertaken.
f. A detailed step by step work order shall be defined by the Planning Engineer /
Executive and /or Technical Services Engineer / Executive in consultation with the
Maintenance manager, and communicated to the one-off authorisation holder.
g. The one-off authorisation holder shall sign off the detailed step by step work order,
when completing the work steps. The completed tasks shall be verified by visual
examination and/or normal system operation upon return to the main base.
h. Quality Manager shall report all such cases to the RAO with in 3 days of issuance of all
such certification authorisation.
i. AirAsia (India) shall ensure that any such maintenance that could affect flight safety is
re-checked by appropriately authorized certifying personnel at the main base. [AMC
145 .A.30.J].
j. Records of such one off authorizations shall be maintained by the QA department.
2.16.9 ONE OFF CRS BY FLIGHT CREW
a. Certain AD / SB or any OEM maintenance data may require flight crew to carry out a
repetitive pre-flight airworthiness directive and release the aircraft to service on
completion of such activity.
b. Occasionally, the aircraft may be required to operate from an unsupported location, due
ferry of aircraft etc.
c. In such cases, Maintenance Manager shall ensure that sufficient practical training is
provided to the flight crew by appropriately qualified certifying staff for carrying out
such pre-flight airworthiness directives.
d. Quality Manager shall check that the flight crew is capable of carrying out such activity
and then issue limited certification authorization to flight crew for carrying out such
Page 80
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. Typical tasks that may be authorized are;
i. Replacement of internal lights, filaments & flash tubes.

ii. Closing of cowlings and re-fitment of quick access inspection panels.
iii. Role changes i.e Stretcher fit.
iv. Inspection for and removal of de-icing / anti-icing fluid residues, including removal /
closure of panels, cowls or covers that are easily accessible but not requiring the use of
special tools.
v. Any check / replacement involving simple techniques consistent to this sub-paragraph of
MOE and as agreed by DGCA.
2.16.10 CRS AFTER AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW
a. During airworthiness review inspection by appropriately authorized Airworthiness

Review staff / DGCA, certain panels and cowlings / emergency equipments may have to
be opened up / removed from its original position and re-fitted / re-installed after
inspection.
b. In such cases, work order shall be issued by the planning department or raised by the
certifying staff indicating the areas disturbed during physical inspection for
airworthiness review.
c. Appropriately authorized certifying staff shall re-inspect the areas or re-fit the cowlings /
equipments and issue CRS stating the extent of work carried out.
2.16.11 RELEASE OF SERVICEABLE COMPONENTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT.
a. Serviceable aircraft components removed from an aircraft may be issued a CA Form 1

by an appropriately rated organization [AirAsia (India) within their scope of approval ]
subject to compliance with this paragraph;
i. Component removed from the aircraft by an appropriately qualified person.
ii. The aircraft component may only be deemed serviceable if the last flight operation
with the component fitted revealed no faults on that component /related system.
iii. The aircraft component should be inspected for satisfactory condition including in
particular damage, corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional
manufacturer’s maintenance instructions.
iv. A maintenance history record should be available for all used serialized aircraft
components.
Page 81
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
v. Compliance with known modifications and repairs should be established. The flight
hours/ cycles/ landings as applicable of any service life limited parts including time
since overhaul should be established.
vi. Compliance with known applicable airworthiness directives should be established.
b. Subject to satisfactory compliance of the above points a CA Form 1 stating “inspected”

may be issued and should contain the information’s such as;
i. Last maintenance carried out and by whom,

ii. List of AD incorporated / No AD/MOD/Repair incorporated,
iii. Details of life used for LLP being any combination of fatigue, overhaul or Storage life,
iv. Details of the component history record
v. Details of acceptance test report / statement
vi. The aircraft from which the aircraft component was removed.
Note:
Certifying staff shall, under no circumstances, issue a CA Form 1 for aircraft
components which have been,
1. Released without a CA Form 1 or equivalent

2. Removed from aircraft which have been withdrawn from service, or from Aircraft,
which have been involved in abnormal occurrences such as accidents, incidents,
heavy landings or lightning strikes.
3. Components maintained by an unapproved organisation.
2.16.12 RELEASE TO SERVICE STATEMENT
a. The CRS of an aircraft shall be worded as “Certifies that the work specified except as
otherwise specified was carried out in accordance with CAR-145 and in respect to that
work the aircraft/aircraft component is considered ready for release to service’’.
b. The person effecting the certification shall ensure that he is satisfied with the work
being properly carried out having due regards to:
i. Up to date instructions, including manuals, drawings, specifications, DGCA India

mandatory modifications/inspections and company procedures,
ii. Proper tooling and test equipment, currently calibrated where applicable.
iii. A working environment appropriate to the work being carried out.
c. For Task requiring second Independent inspections the certifying staff shall ensure that
the second independent inspection has been carried out and certify as per M.O.E Part
2.23 prior to issue CRS.
Page 82
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
d. CRS shall be issued for defect rectification, repair, replacement, inspection and
modification at Base, Line and workshop.
e. Certifying staff shall affix his/her full signature on the CRS (such as technical log book
pages, work orders, inspection cards, check sheets, component labels), in blue or black
indelible ink, along with date and time of issue of CRS, and affix the personal stamp
displaying his/her authorization number.
Page 83
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.17 RECORDS FOR THE OPERATOR
2.17.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure Operator’s records are maintained up to date and returned to the operator
when required to be returned.
2.17.2 POLICY
a. Maintenance technical records pertaining to the operator’s aircraft shall be updated,

stored and retained till the time the aircraft is maintained by the organization.
2.17.3 TYPES OF OPERATOR’S RECORDS
a. Currently, AirAsia (India)’s maintenance organization provides maintenance services to

its own aircraft operated under its Air Operator Certificate. Hence all records referred
belongs to aircraft operated by the organization only.
b. Types of records are listed in MOE 2.14.3
2.17.4 RECORD PROCESSING AND COMPLETION PROCEDURES
a. Procedures are provided in MOE 2.14.
2.17.5 OPERATORS RECORD KEEPING, SEGREGATION AND CONTROL, RETRIEVING SYSTEM

INCLUDING IT BASED RECORDS
a. Procedures are provided in MOE 2.14
2.17.6 RETENTION OF OPERATORS MAINTENANCE RECORDS
a. Procedures are provided in MOE 2.14.9.
Page 84
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.18 REPORTING OF DEFECTS TO DGCA INDIA / OPERATOR / MANUFACTURER
2.18.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish a reporting procedure to ensure that DGCA India, and/or the

manufacturer are notified of all reportable defects /malfunction, incidents and accidents
of an aircraft or any part or equipment that has resulted or may result in an unsafe
condition that hazards seriously the flight safety.
2.18.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) shall apply report any reportable major defects, incidents, occurrences or
mandatory reportable occurrence (MOR) to Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore
and to the concerned manufacturer.
2.18.3 DEFECTS, INCIDENTS, ACCIDENTS & INTERNAL OCCURRENCE – INTERNAL REPORTING
a. All maintenance personnel are required to report any defects, incidents, accidents,
occurrences etc.
b. Defects are required to be reported by way of entering the details of defects in MR 1 of

Tech. Logbook.
c. Any incidents, accidents or occurrences are reportable by completing the Occurrence

Report form QD/QA/45 and sent to the QA Inspector / Quality Manager as soon as
possible along with reporting of the same in the “Safety Net” link provided in the intra-
net website of the organization for investigation by Safety Department.
d. The QA Inspector upon receipt of the completed form shall register it and issue a
reference number for control, follow up action and closing of reported incident or
occurrence.
2.18.4 INCIDENT REPORTING TO DGCA, MANUFACTURER & OPERATOR
a. Quality Manager shall send a report on major defects / incidents / occurrences to

Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore, within 48 hours of occurrences. Copies of the
report shall also be sent to the manufacturer.
b. Any occurrence involving general public affecting human life or property shall be
reported over telephone as soon as possible and followed by the written report.
Page 85
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.18.4.1 PERSONS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPORTING
a. All maintenance personnel are responsible for internal reporting to the Quality
Manager.
b. Quality Manager / Maintenance Manager are responsible for reporting to Regional

Airworthiness Office.
c. Technical Services Engineer / Executive and Maintenance Manager are responsible for
reporting to the manufacturer.
2.18.4.2 PRELIMINARY REPORT FORMAT CONTAINING MINIMUM INFORMATION
a. Report is required to be made as per form no. QD / QA /19.
b. Minimum information required to be provided in form are given below;
i. Date of Occurrence / observation of defect.

ii. ATA Chapter & sub-chapter.
iii. Details of Defect and extent of damage.
iv. Proposed corrective action
2.18.4.3 FINAL INVESTIGATION REPORT
a. Quality Manager shall complete the final investigation within 3 months of the
occurrence.
b. Final investigation report shall be submitted to the Regional Airworthiness Office and
the Manufacturer.
c. Quality Manager shall conduct investigation, using the Maintenance Error Decision Aid
(MEDA) Results Form and methodology if necessary.
2.18.5 INTERNAL OCCURENCES / DEFECTS DATA COLLECTION & INVESTIGATION; MEL DEFECT LIST
AND MONTHLY REPORTING
a. Quality Inspector shall be the focal point for collection of defect / occurrence data and
shall maintain a monthly / yearly data pertaining to the same.
Page 86
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Quality Inspector shall remain in touch with Technical Services Engineer for collection of
shop strip / investigation report, OEM recommendations etc for closure of investigation
report.
c. Investigation shall be carried out by a team consisting of Quality Manager, Maintenance

Manager, Technical Services Engineer & Senior certifying staff.
d. Quality Inspector shall maintain MEL Defects month wise and forward the same to the
Regional Airworthiness Office before 10th of the subsequent month.
2.18.6 DEFECTS REPORTED BY CONTRACTOR & SUB-CONTRACTOR.
a. Procedures spelt out above shall be followed for defects reported by the contracted
MRO / Sub-contractor (if any) for data collection, upkeep and investigation.
2.18.7 DEFECT CARRIED FORWARD UNDER MEL
a. Type rated and appropriately authorized certifying staff shall be provided with
authorization to invoke and revoke MEL with in the limitations of their authorization.
b. Non-Type rated personnel holding authorization for Pre-flight (Transit) inspection shall
be issued with authorization to invoke MEL without any maintenance action.
c. Detailed procedure for control of MEL are given in CAME 1.1 (b).
Page 87
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORES
2.19.1 PURPOSE
a. This chapter is intended to give the procedure for acceptance of defective parts at the
stores. This includes defective parts removed during base maintenance as well as line
2.19.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to have classified and clearly marked location to keep the
defective parts.
b. This store shall have access control and only authorized personnel will be permitted to
enter the stores (CAR 145.A.25 (d)).
2.19.3 IDENTIFICATION AND LABELLING OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS (REQUIRED INFORMATION)
a. It is the responsibility of the certifying staff to provide appropriate nomenclature,

part number and serial number based on the data found on the name plate of the
respective component or from the illustrated parts catalogue.
b. The certifying staff is required to fill up the following details in the Removal /
Unserviceable Tag:
i. Nomenclature of the component.

ii. Part Number.
iii. Serial Number (if applicable)
iv. Reason for removal.
v. AME
vi. Authorization Number.
vii. Date and time of the removal.
viii. Place of the removal.
c. Unserviceable Tag must be attached to the unserviceable component.

Similarly “Hold Tag” will be attached to the on hold component. It is mandatory that
all certifying staff shall enter the above mentioned details in the identification
tag.(QD/MD/23)
d. Defective components involved in Incident shall be marked as "Incident Item” and

information to this effect shall be given to Quality Assurance Inspect.
Page 88
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. "Investigation required" label shall be attached to the component with details of the
defect that caused the incident.
2.19.4 PROTECTION,HANDLING AND MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS
a. It is the responsibility of the certifying staff to safely handle the item until it reaches
the stores. The certifying staff shall ensure that no damage or contamination takes
place during transit.
b. Certifying staff shall protect all electrical plugs, oil or fuel lines with proper blanks. In
the absence of such blanks the item should be handed to the store as early as possible.
c. Before transporting, certifying staff shall ensure that;
i. The item is clear of any excess/ residual fluids.

ii. Necessary blanking of the open ports by using appropriate and standard blanking or
else keep the component/ item inside a closed polythene bag.
iii. All loose wires / harness are secured properly with the help of tie wraps.
iv. Proper packings are used and as far as possible original packing are re-used.
v. Consideration shall be given for use of protective materials like lanolin, greases, etc., to
prevent corrosion.
2.19.5 STORAGE OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS
a. Store is equipped with two different sections distinctly identified as HOLD components
and UNSERVICEABLE components.
b. Stores officer, while receiving the component shall ensure that all the columns are
filled by the certifying staff. Store man will countersign the Removal/Unserviceable tag
if the tag is filled properly and the components are returned as per the filled
statement.
c. Stores officer shall log on to online aircraft inventory component system AMOS or a
contact Planning / Technical services personnel for necessary details. Stores Officer
shall generate computerized tag containing the following applicable details:
i. Number of Flight hours since new / overhaul.

ii. Number of Cycles since new / overhaul.
iii. Number of landing since new / overhaul.
d. Stores Officer shall keep both unserviceable tag and computer generated tag together
with the component. The Stores officer shall properly blank, protect the component
and transfer the unserviceable component to the respective storage area,
Page 89
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. For components or parts which have been called for removal for stagger or trouble-
shooting, the supporting documents requesting for the removal will identify the labels
to be raised and the disposition of the component or part.
f. For parts recommended for scrap, the certifying staff who removed the parts shall
enter the column “TO BE SCRAPPED” with supporting reason in the “DEFECT” column
of the removal label. The Materials Executive shall scrap the parts and order a
replacement part.
g. Defective components are held in a unserviceable store, which shall be segregated

from the Bonded Stores.
h. The disposition of the defective aircraft component shall be actioned in a manner as

recommended by the Materials Executive.
2.19.6 COMPONENTS “ON HOLD” (PENDING DETERMINATION OF SERVICEABILITY STATUS)
a. Component removed for evaluation or trouble shooting shall be properly identified

with a removal label and the reason for removal must clearly state “Trouble Shooting
of” (state nature of defect). The component shall be held in the “hold” area for a
maximum of 3 days to determine condition as follows:
i. If the reported defect does not recur within the next 3 days of aircraft operations, the
component will be considered defective / unserviceable. AME or Authorization holder
shall action accordingly.
ii. If the defect recurs within the next 3 days of operations, the component may be
considered serviceable. The Maintenance Manager will advise the AME or
Authorization holder to credit the component back to store, with copies of the
relevant Technical Log pages to support the serviceability of the component.
2.19.7 SEGREGATION OF CUSTOMER COMPONENTS
a. Currently, maintenance service is provided only for the organization aircraft and no
service is provided to the third party customer.
b. Procedure shall be outlined when organization initiates to provide maintenance services

to third party customers.
Page 90
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.20 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS TO OUSTIDE CONTRACTORS
2.20.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish the procedure for returning defective components to contracted vendor

for repair and/or overhaul.
b. It is important to note that the following details are given for the purpose of carrying
out maintenance to the contractor’s facility:
i. Nomenclature, part number, serial number and Aircraft model / Engine type.
ii. Contractor’s name and address.
iii. Type of work to be carried out – Defect investigation, inspection, overhaul, bench
check, etc.
iv. Component history details – Hours, cycles and landings as applicable.
v. Nature of the defect or failure.
vi. Any other conditions.
vii. Required report details.
2.20.2 POLICY
a. Components shall only be sent to vendors approved by the Quality department for
carrying out any maintenance activity such as inspection, repair, testing, calibration,
overhaul etc.
2.20.3 CONTROL OF DEFECTIVE COMPONENT
a. Procedures for control of defective components are provided in MOE 2.19.
2.20.4 DISPATCH OF COMPONENTS FOR REPAIR / OVERHAUL / CALIBRATION
a. Materials executive shall process all the management approval process and
relevant paper work to send the component for necessary repair to external agencies.
2.20.5 IDENTIFICATION OF REQUIRED PAPER WORK
a. Defective components shall be dispatched to the concerned agency after ensuring:
i. All details are entered on the label attached with the component. (with the reason for
defect clearly written)
Page 91
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ii. All residual fluids are drained.

iii. All open ports/ plumbing blanked.
iv. All loose wires/ harnesses are properly secured.
v. Properly supported by using correct packing material (special containers to be used to
ship delicate and sensitive items).
b. In case the item is involved in an incident, the same must be attached with the
investigation label stating nature of investigation required and for provision of strip /
defect investigation report to the Quality Department.
c. All component to be sent for repair/overhaul shall be accompanied by:

i. Repair Order.
ii. Packing List.
iii. Warranty Claim Form, where applicable.
d. If the component requires certain modification to be embodied then the same shall be
reflected in the repair order.
2.20.6 CONTROL OF DISPATCH, LOCATION & RETURN
a. Stores officer shall ensure that the item is properly packed and associated
documentation is raised and attached prior to dispatch.
b. Stores officer shall dispatch the item to the agency after necessary paperwork such as
Airway Bill (AWB) shipping invoice, etc., are raised.
c. Materials executive shall liaise with the repair agency and ensure timely return of the
component after compliance of ordered maintenance action.
2.20.7 DEFECT INVESTIGATION REPORT:
a. In case the component is involved in a delay, repetitive defect or major defect, a copy
of the defect report shall be attached by the stores officer along with the component
with a request to carry out the defect investigation and submit report to AirAsia India
Quality Department.
Page 92
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORDS SYSTEM
2.21.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide a controlling procedure for generating, maintaining and retaining aircraft

maintenance records.
b. To ensure that computer software system (AMOS) has adequate security and
safeguards against unauthorized access with suitable back-up systems and a suitable
retrieval system for end users.
2.21.2 POLICY
a. Minimum mandatory records required in accordance with the regulation shall be

maintained in hard paper format.
b. Aircraft records shall be maintained in AMOS computer software system.
2.21.3 SOFTWARE MANAGEMENT & CONTROL.
a. Computer software system (AMOS) shall be managed by one of the dedicated personnel
among the maintenance / stores team who has a flair and understanding to manage,
control and administer the software programme.
b. He shall hold the administrative rights of the AMOS system.
2.21.4 SUITABILITY & ADEQUACY (AMC 145.A.45(f))
a. Maintenance Manager shall be responsible to analyze the suitability of the software

utilized for recording of maintenance information.
b. He shall ensure adequate numbers of terminals are available in relation to the

requirement based on the fleet and manpower requiring access to the software at any
point of time.
2.21.5 DGCA ACCEPTANCE OF COMPUTER BASED DOCUMENT & RECORD SYSTEM (145.A.55(c)(3)
a. Stability and Reliability of the software shall be demonstrated to the officers of the
Regional Airworthiness Office during their inspection of the facility at the time of grant
of initial / renewal of the organization approval and during any type of audits.
Page 93
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.21.6 INFORMATION RETRIEVAL.
a. Information stored in the software system can be retrieved in multiple type of format as
required for the purpose of ensuring airworthiness of the aircraft and components.
2.21.7 DATA BACK UP SYSTEMS (145.A.55(c)(2))
a. AMOS data is stored in a Local server located in Group Head Quarters at Malaysia.
b. Back up data is stored remotely in dedicated server namely Remote Server located at a
different physical location.
c. Data base is backed up on daily basis at 0400hrs daily.
d. Apart from the daily back up, incremental back up takes place at every 30 minutes
starting from 0400hrs. For example: at 0430hrs, incremental back up will cover the
transaction between 0400hrs to 0430hrs and so on continuously.
2.21.8 POWER BACK UP SYSTEM
a. Computer system is provided with a dedicated power 100% continuous back up system
to ensure continuous back up power supply, so as to have uninterrupted system
availability.
2.21.9 DATA PROTECTION, SECURITY AND SAFEGUARD (AMC M.A.714(5))
a. Access to software is controlled thru log in ID and Password issued by the software
administrator.
b. Log in ID & Password is linked to an individual and data entered by an individual is

traceable to their ID. This ensures traceability of data entered into the software.
2.21.10 SECOND SITE STORAGE
a. Back up data is stored remotely in dedicated server namely Remote Server located at a
different physical location.
Page 94
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.21.11 COMPUTER SYSTEM MAINTENANCE
a. Computer systems in the organization is maintained by a dedicated department namely

ICT (Information & Communication Technology) department.
b. System maintenance is undertaken by ICT department on routine and need basis.
Page 95
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.22 CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK (AMC

145.A.30(d))
2.22.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure that sufficient staff are available to plan, perform, supervise, inspect
and quality monitor the intended maintenance activity and address the issue when the
staff availability is less than the planned staff level.
2.22.2 POLICY
a. Manpower availability will be reviewed periodically by means of meetings between the

Quality/Planning/Technical services and Maintenance Departments.
2.22.3 COMPANY PLANNING Vs ACTUAL MANHOUR PROCEDURE (AMC 145.A.30(d)(8))
a. WORK LOAD PLANNING: DAILY
i. Daily work load consists of scheduled maintenance, unscheduled maintenance, defect

rectification, routine turnaround Pre-flight (Transit) tasks, defect rectification and
additional work requests. Daily maintenance work activities are controlled by the Planning
and Maintenance Department.
ii. In the daily morning meeting Planning executive will discuss the work scope planned for
the day with representative from Line Maintenance and the same is agreed, prior to
scheduling. This is done taking into account available resources to carry out the job. For
some reasons if the available man-hours are less, then low priority and deferrable tasks
may be deferred.
b. WORKLOAD PLANNING: MONTHLY
i. Monthly planning shall involve projection of maintenance activity falling due on various
aircraft based on various criteria such as calendar period, flying hours, cycles, landing
etc.
ii. Planning executive shall forward the maintenance activities falling due for the month to
the maintenance manager, shift in-charges and the Quality personnel.
iii. Maintenance manager shall plan the availability of the manpower on those days and
shifts to match the maintenance activities that are planned for execution.
Page 96
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.22.4 MANHOUR PLANNING (AMC 145.A.47(a))
a. Maintenance Manager shall plan the available man-power vs required manpower every
3 months and update manpower projection list MOE 5.5 as necessary. Planned
absence (for training, vacations, etc.) should be considered when developing the man-
hour plan.
b. Significant deviation from the maintenance man-hour plan should be reported to the
Quality Manager and the Accountable Manager for review. Significant deviation means
more than a 25% shortfall in available man-hours during a calendar month for any one
of the functions. Detailed Manhour planning procedure is given in MOE 1.7 and Quality
Assurance Procedure no. 4.8.
2.22.5 ORGANIZATION OF SHIFTS (AMC 145.A.47(c)).
a. Manpower shall be provisioned by Maintenance Manager to work in shifts to take care

of the aircraft maintenance and operation on 24 x 7 basis. Allocation of manpower for
working in shifts shall be carried out by shift in-charge.
b. Personnel shall be divided to work on two shifts between 0800 to 2000hrs (Day shift)
and 2000hrs to 0800hrs (Night shift) alongwith general shift between 0900hrs to
1800hrs.
c. Personnel working in general shift / day shift normally undertake Pre-flight (Transit)
inspection of operating aircraft and unscheduled maintenance activities that may arise
during Pre-flight (Transit) inspection. Occasional scheduled maintenance activity shall be
allotted during Pre-flight (Transit) time, if sufficient time is available to carry out such
activity.
d. Scheduled line maintenance checks and component replacement shall be allotted

during night shift .
2.22.6 HUMAN PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS (AMC 145.A.47(b))
a. AirAsia (India) will be following the Duty Time Limitations (DTL) as per the guidelines
mentioned in DGCA Airworthiness Advisory Circular 01 of 2012.
b. The DTL Records will be maintained by the Post holders / shift in-charge of the
organization. The procedures maintained by the AirAsia (India) for the Duty time
limitations for all the Technical staff are as follows:
Page 97
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. AirAsia (India) will develop educational programme to increase awareness in

Maintenance personnel of the problems associated with shift work.
ii. Efforts shall be made in particular, to draw their attention to the objective trends and
risks with a view to increasing their vigilance at points when risk may be high despite the
fact that fatigue may not be and provide information on how to plan for night work, and
to give guidance on the health risks which seem to be associated with shift work,
particularly at night.
iii. Aircraft Technical staff shall be advised to report for duty after adequate rest.
iv. No scheduled shift shall be planned that exceeds 12 hours.
v. A minimum rest period of 11 hours shall be allowed between the end of shift and the
beginning of the next, and this shall not be compromised by overtime.
vi. Scheduled work hours shall not exceed 48 hours in any period of seven
successive days. Total work, including overtime, shall not exceed 60 hours or seven
successive work days before a period of rest days.
vii. The finish time of the night shift shall not be later than 08:00 am.
viii. A morning or day shift shall not be scheduled to start before 06:00 am, and
wherever possible shall be delayed to start between 07:00 and 08:00.
ix. AirAsia (India)’s Aircraft maintenance engineers will be given at least 28 days notice of
their work schedule by the maintenance manager.
x. AirAsia (India)’s maintenance personnel will be discouraged or prevented from working

for other organizations on their rest days.
xi. Vigorous campaign shall be made by AirAsia (India) for avoidance of working under the
influence of Alcohol / psychoactive substances to cope up with stress / fatigue by all
Technical staff.
2.22.7 AIRCRAFT HANGAR VISIT PLAN (AMC 145.A.30(d)(4))
a. AirAsia (India) doesn’t have hangar facilities. Organization is currently approved for line
maintenance activities only, which are normally carried out in parking bay.
b. Hangar visit plan procedure shall be detailed, once hangar facilities are made available
for base maintenance activities.
Page 98
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.22.8 THREE MONTHLY REVIEW MEETING (AMC 145.A.30(d)(7))
a. Refer MOE 2.22.4
Page 99
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.23 CONTROL OF CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS & ERROR-CAPTURING METHODS (AMC

145.A.65(b)
2.23.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish procedures to minimize the risk of multiple errors and capture errors on critical
systems, and to ensure that no person is required to carry out and inspect in relation to a
maintenance task involving some element of disassembly/reassembly of several components of
the same type fitted to more than one system on the same aircraft during a particular
maintenance check.
2.23.2 POLICY
a. Critical tasks shall be identified and procedures established for control of the following;
i. Minimizing the risk of multiple errors.

ii. Capture of errors on critical systems / flight safety sensitive maintenance tasks.
b. Identical tasks pertaining to multiple (dual) systems shall be identified and work allotted to
different personnel so as to avoid multiple errors.
c. Tasks pertaining to flight safety sensitive maintenance shall be subjected to independent

inspection.
2.23.3 CRITERIA TO IDENTIFY CRITICAL TASK (AMC 145.A.65(b)(3)(2))
a. Criteria for identification of Critical Task are given below;
i. Identical aircraft components of dual system, if not re-assembled properly, thereby

compromising more than one system.
Example : Re-installation of oil filler caps or engine gearbox access covers of multi-
engine aircraft resulting in major oil loss from all engines.
ii. Large element of disassembly/ reassembly of several aircraft components during a

particular maintenance check.
Example: Removal / installation of engine / gearbox, removal / installation of various

control systems.
iii. Flight Safety sensitive maintenance tasks as detailed in MOE 2.23.4
Page 100
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.23.4 FLIGHT SAFETY SENSITIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS
a. Maintenance tasks that involves the assembly or any disturbance of a control system, in
which if errors occurred could result in a failure, malfunction or defect endangering the safe
operation of the aircraft are considered as Flight Safety Sensitive Maintenance Task.
b. Such tasks require Independent Inspections. Independent inspection is an inspection first

made by an authorized certifying signing the Certificate of Release to Service who assumes
full responsibility for the satisfactory completion of the work, before being inspected by a
second independent competent person who attests the satisfactory completion of the work
recorded by the first person and confirm that no deficiencies have been found.
c. Independent inspection shall be carried out by at least two persons, to ensure correct
assembly, locking and sense of operation
2.23.5 WORK PACKAGE PREPARATION AND CRITICAL TASK IDENTIFICATION
a. Critical tasks shall be identified by the following personnel as given below;
i. During line /base maintenance work package preparation – by Planning Engineer

/Executive.
ii. During performance of scheduled / unscheduled maintenance – by certifying staff
2.23.6 CRITICAL TASK PROCEDURES AND CONTROL
a. Critical tasks other than flight safety sensitive maintenance tasks shall be carried by two
maintenance personnel authorized to sign off such activities.
b. If only one person is available to carry out the critical tasks then, the Planning Engineer /
Executive will then include in task card, an additional stage for re-inspection of the work
by the same person after a defined minimum period of time.
c. Flight safety sensitive tasks defined in MOE 2.23.6 are required to be carried out and
certified by Two independent certifying staff holding certification privileges.
2.23.7 MARKING OF CRITICAL TASKS (AMC 145.A.65(b)(3)(3))
a. Planning Engineer / Executive shall mark the critical tasks using a rubber stamp
“CRITICAL TASK” while issuing scheduled work package.
Page 101
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. In case of unscheduled maintenance, it shall be the responsibility of the certifying staff

to identify the critical task / flight safety sensitive maintenance task and use appropriate
personnel to certify the critical maintenance activities.
2.23.8 GUIDANCE FOR PERFORMING CRITICAL TASK / INDEPENDENT INSPECTION
a. Shift in-charge will allocate an appropriately authorized certifying staff for performing
critical task / flight safety sensitive maintenance task.
b. Certifying staff will make an entry in the Technical Log (or) appropriate task card,
respective log book with respect to relevant independent inspection being carried out
on the aircraft.
c. A single person or a team shall not perform any identical maintenance work on similar
critical systems during single maintenance visit on the same aircraft.
d. For the purpose of this section, in case of non-availability of two certifying staff or two
independent teams, the identical maintenance actions must be staggered, by minimum
one flight cycle.
e. Alternatively, w hen only one person is available to carry out these tasks then the work
order or inspection schedule shall include an additional stage for re-inspection of the work
by the certifying staff after completion of all the same tasks. (CAR 145.A.65 Para 3).
f. It is not acceptable for the certifying staff signing the certificate of release to service
to show the person performing the independent inspection, how to perform the
inspection at the time the work is completed.
2.23.8.1 SECOND INDEPENDENT INSPECTION (AMC M.A.402(a)(4.3)
a. Any work accomplished on an aircraft that affects the engine and flight controls,
aircraft pitch, attitude (or) trim must be released to service with an independent
inspection.
b. The second independent inspection must be carried out as soon as possible, i.e.
immediately after the first independent inspection.
c. The date and time must be quoted for both the primary and independent inspection
on the aircraft documentation as part of the CRS.
d. Certifying staff will make an entry in the Technical Log (or) appropriate task card,
respective log book with respect to relevant independent inspection being carried out
on the aircraft. Vital Points can be assemblies (or) systems whose function is critical to
the safety of the aircraft (or) items, which have proved vulnerable in service.
e. Some of the examples of activities requiring Independent inspections have been given
below;
Page 102
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Primary Flight Control Systems

ii. Secondary Flight controls
iii. Engine controls (is necessary)
Note: Any additional independent inspection requirement (if so desired) shall be

written in the Work order by the certifying staff working on the system.
f. After completion of the task, the certifying staff carrying out the first inspection shall
certify for the first stage and the independent inspection stage shall be certified by the
person carrying out the second inspection, however, the CRS shall be issued by the
authorized personnel carrying out the first stage.
2.23.8.2 CIRCADIAN RHYTHMS AND CHOOSING TIMINGS (AMC 145.A.47(a))
a. Circadian (around a day) rhythms are physiological and behavioral functions and
processes in the body that have a regular cycle of approximately a day (actually about
25 hours in man).
b. The different time schedule of shift may cause circadian rhythms and internal body clock
desynchronization with sleep/ wake cycle and as a result could be contributory factor
for fatigue/ sleepiness at work place.
c. Critical tasks should not be carried out during midnight shift specifically during the night
time, between 1 and 3’o clock to avoid error due to Circadian Rhythms.
d. In case critical work is undertaken during this time, additional man power and additional
inspection requirement should be considered.
e. Shift timings are chose in a way not to exceed the regulatory limitations. MOE 2.22.5
details the shift timings chosen by the organization.
2.23.9 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS
a. Critical Maintenance Tasks are listed below ;

i. Tasks that may affect the control of the aircraft flight path and attitude, such as
installation, rigging and adjustments of flight controls;
ii. Aircraft stability control systems (auto pilot, fuel transfer)
iii. Tasks that may affect the propulsive force of the aircraft including installation and
rigging of aircraft engines.
b. Following data sources shall be used to identify Critical Maintenance Tasks :
i. Information from aircraft / engine / system OEM.
Page 103
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ii. Accident reports.

iii. Investigation & Follow-up of incidents.
iv. Occurrence reporting.
v. Flight data analysis.
vi. Results of Audits
vii. Reliability Programme
viii. Training Feedback
c. Detailed procedures are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Volume 1.
2.23.10 CRITICAL TASK LIST
a. Critical task list are given below:
i. Installation of Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD)

ii. Installation of Engine Boroscope plugs
iii. Installation of Engine External Drive Pad Covers and Engine Oil caps
iv. Replacement of the Flight Deck Windows – Torque Check
v. Installation of Engine Mount and Links
2.23.11 ERROR CAPTURING METHOD
a. Following error capturing methods shall be employed on completion of identified critical

maintenance tasks;
i. Visual inspection.
ii. Operational check.
iii. Functional Test.
iv. Rigging check.
v. Independent Inspection.
vi. Re-inspection.
b. Such Error Capturing methods shall be made part of the work package received from the CAMO
organization by the Planning Engineer / Executive.
c. Detailed procedures are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Volume 1
2.23.12 MULTIPLE ERROR / REPEAT OF ERROS
a. To avoid maintenance personnel commit multiple errors or repeat the same error at multiple
location, following procedures shall be employed;
Page 104
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i Signing of every maintenance task immediately on completion.
ii Identification of critical steps while tasks are grouped for eas of sign-off.
iii Work performed by temporary staff / trainees are checked and signed-off again by the
certifying staff.
iv Nomination of more than one technician / certifying staff to carry out maintenance
tasks involving removal / installation or assembly / disassembly of several components
of same type fitted to more than one system, a failure of which could have an impact on
safety on the same aircraft.
Note : In case of unforeseen circumstances, when only one person is available, certifying
staff will hten be required to carry out re-inspection of the same maintenance activity.
b. Detailed procedures are provided in Engineering Procedure Manual Volume 1
2.23.13 CRITICAL DESIGN CONFIGURATION CONTROL LIMITATIONS (CDCCL)
a. CDCCL items are Airworthiness Limitations and captured as FAL (Fuel Airworthiness Limitations
in source column) items in the aircraft maintenance programme.
b. CDCCL items provide instructions to retain the critical ignition source prevention feature during
configuration change that may be caused by repairs, modifications or maintenance action.
c. Control of CDCCL are executed by :
i Control on change to the wiring of the aircraft, even of a change not specifically
associated with the fuel tank system. All fuel tank quantity indicating system wiring are
classified as CDCCL so that maintenance personnel do not make any unauthorized
routing of such wires that may cause fuel tank ignition.
ii Fuel Tank system (FTS) training shall be provided to understand the consequence of Fuel
Tank Ignition so as to avoid indiscriminate routing and splicing of wire and to provide
comprehensive knowledge of critical design features of fuel tank system
d. Detailed procedures are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Volume 1
Page 105
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.24 SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
2.24.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure that maintenance personnel, required to cover certain specific maintenance

are suitably trained and conversant with relevant procedures.
2.24.2 POLICY
a. To ensure that the maintenance personnel responsible to carry out work detailed
below are conversant with the relevant procedures and are adequately trained.
i. Engine ground run procedures
ii. Aircraft pressure run procedure
iii. Aircraft towing procedures.
iv. Aircraft taxiing procedures
v. Jacking of aircraft
vi. Engine compressor wash
vii. Bomb threat procedure
2.24.3 ENGINE GROUND RUNNING
a. Circumstances necessitating ground run of the Engine:

i. After removal and installation of Engine.
ii. To assess proper functioning of the engine and engine control system whenever
disturbed or as required by AMM.
iii. To assess serviceability of aircraft, engine, systems and components.
iv. If required for defect investigation / Defect Rectification.
b. Policy:
i. The person sitting on the captain’s seat must be type rated on the particular engine
and has necessary approval/ authorization (issued on form no. QD/QA/37) to carry out
engine run.
ii. Persons sitting in the first officer’s seat must be Conversant with run up procedure and
related system functions.
c. General Guidelines
i. Engine ground run shall be carried out as per Engine Maintenance Manual Chapter 72-
00-00 (Ref.A320 EGR checklist QD/TS/09 & A320 EGR recorging form QD/TS/10).
However the following precaution and warning are to be followed:
Precautions:
i. Following precautions shall be taken.
Page 106
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1. Cordoning of danger area.

2. Establish communication with ground personnel.
3. Placing of chocks.
4. Parking brakes on.
ii. Airflow in the engine can pull personnel and equipment into the engine inlet. Keep a
safe distance at all times during engine operation.
iii. If the cross wind or tail wind components exceeds the static ground wind envelope of
AMM 72- 00-00. It is recommended that the aircraft be repositioned. The downwind
engine can be started initially and used to reposition the aircraft prior to starting the
2nd engine.
iv. Energize the aircraft as per AMM.
v. Move the power lever to the IDLE position.
vi. Turn the ignition switch to auto position. Make sure that the oil quantity is adequate.
vii. Make sure that the fuel supply is available. Turn the aircraft fuel pump switch to the
auto position.
viii. On FUEL synoptic page make sure that there is positive and satisfactory Fuel Pressure.
ix. Move the engine start switch to start position and release it.
x. If after a maximum of three engines start attempts (on ground) a successful start does
not occur, isolate the fault of, and correct, the cause of the failed start condition.
xi. Refer to the AMM for additional restrictions when using ground start, auxiliary power
unit (APU),or cross bleed start configurations.
2.24.4 AIRCRAFT PRESSURE RUN
a. Policy:
i. While carrying out pressurization check, the engine ground run will be carried out by
the person referred in Para 2.24.2.
ii. Duly qualified personnel holding AME License in Category 'A' on the Type or
iii. Approved or authorized person only can carry out pressurization Check on the aircraft.
iv. Refer to AMM 21-31-00.
b. Procedures:
i. Ensure persons required for the pressurization run are on the aircraft.
ii. Ensure that the safety barriers and warning notices are in place to keep persons out of
the work area.
iii. Interphone communication between cockpit and ground crew should be maintained.
iv. Two qualified personnel must be available in the cockpit during the pressure run.
v. Pressure surges and exceedance shall be avoided.
vi. Do not open the pressure sealed doors when the aircraft is pressurized.
vii. Instructions from Aircraft Maintenance Manual to be followed while carrying out
pressurization run.
Page 107
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.24.5 AIRCRAFT TOWING
a. Policy
i. The Towing and parking of Aircraft being a critical operation is required to be carried
out under the supervision of AME with airframe license/authorization on the type of
Aircraft.
ii. The procedures herein are general. Relevant maintenance manuals must be referred
for detailed towing procedures.
iii. Aircraft towing is defined, as the movement of an aircraft on other than its own power
source.
Note: It shall be the responsibility of the Ground Handling Agencies (GHA) to get their
personnel (especially Pushback tractor operator) familiarized with push back
procedures for each apron including critical bays along with Airport Grid chart. The
same will be ensured by AirAsia India during the signing up of the contract for the start
up bases and subsequently during annual audit of the respective stations. Relevant
EPM procedures shall be followed while performing towing operation.
b. Procedure - General requirements and safety precautions:
i. Prepare Aircraft for Towing- the AME must ensure:

1. Aircraft is within towing loads
2. C.G within limits
3. Landing gear pins installed
ii. Ensure MLG/ NLG oleo extensions normal.
iii. Ensure availability of brake hydraulic and accumulator pressure
iv. Ensure cabin and cargo doors closed and locked.
v. Ensure fuel on board is sufficient for APU operation.
vi. Ensure engine cowlings closed and latched.
vii. Ensure aircraft anti-collision lights and navigation lights are switched on and operative.
viii. Towing can only be commenced after clearance from ATC.
ix. Towing equipment must be operated by a person holding necessary permit.
x. Establish constant communication between the Flight deck and the person on the
tractor, before commencement of towing. In case of thunderstorm /communication
breakdown standard hand signals shall be used instead of head set.
xi. Following precautions to be observed:
1. Ensure sufficient clearance from other aircraft, equipment and personnel.
2. Always move the aircraft (forward or rearward)before initiating a turn
3. Tow slowly to reduce shock loading on tow bar and shear pins.
4. Extreme caution should be exercised while towing on a sloping taxiway.
5. Towing load angle limitations specified in MM should not be exceeded.
xii. Chocks shall be installed after completion of towing
Page 108
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Note: EPM 2.10.1.7 may be followed as guidance to carry out “pushback checklist drill” before
the start of towing to assess any critical possibilities of impact with other aircraft, equipment
parked nearby.
c. Training requirement:
i. All Ground support personnel are required to be trained on Aircraft Ground handling by
GHA.
ii. All Ground support personnel who are involved in towing operations shall mandatorily
undergo refresher training as per the GHA company policy, failure to comply with the
requirement, the tow tractor operator towing approval shall deemed to be void from
the date of expiry refresher training.
iii. The Quality Auditors while performing the audit are required to verify the compliance
of towing requirements / procedures In addition, auditors shall also verify the training
records of ground handling persons their training needs vs compliance.
iv. The Quality Auditor shall verify the compliance to the requirements of DGCA (SR)
Circular 02/2015.
2.24.6 AIRCRAFT TAXYING
a. Only personnel holding valid taxi approval (issued by Quality Department) shall taxi the
aircraft.
b. Communication between ground and cockpit shall be established for clearance and
starting.
c. Two-way communication with ATC/ apron control shall be established and
continuously monitored. (Person with RT Licence will be onboard)
d. During taxing all precaution as per the relevant AMM/ checklist shall be followed.
e. Ensure aircraft loading is proper as per the AFM in case the aircraft is taxied in
abnormal configurations.
2.24.7 AIRCRAFT WEIGHING
a. Jacking of Aircraft should be carried out in accordance with the procedures detailed in
the respective maintenance manual.
b. However following are the general guidelines are also required to be followed;
i. Ensure ground lock pins are installed.
ii. Ensure the serviceability of the jacks and validity of calibration.
iii. Ensure jacking point load limitations specified in AMM are not exceeded.
iv. Ensure wind speed restrictions are adhered to.
v. Ensure Jacking is done on a level ground.
Page 109
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vi. Release parking brakes. (Refer to AMM for correct configuration).

vii. Ensure personnel operating the jacks are conversant with the jacking procedure.
viii. Restrict personnel/ movement inside the Aircraft.
2.24.8 COMPRESSOR WASH
a. Performance recovery wash shall be carried out as per Maintenance Manual/Approved

procedure sheet.
b. However following general precautions shall also be observed:

i. Use specified cleaning material.
ii. Before wash ensure the engine temperature (exhaust gas) is within specified limits.
iii. Before using any cooling equipment (like blower etc.), make sure its outlet is free of
debris.
iv. Make sure all ports are blanked as required by AMM.
v. Make sure to purge the engine as per AMM.
2.24.9 BOMB THREAT AND ANTI-SABOTAGE HANDLING PROCEDURE
a. In case of bomb threat, RAO/Sub RAO and the Airport Manager will be informed. The
Airport Manager in turn will co-ordinate with all the other agencies and decides
whether the bomb threat is of specific or nonspecific nature.
b. In case the bomb threat is of specific nature, the aircraft will be towed to a remote bay
and the inspection will be carried out as per the bomb scare schedule.
c. In case the bomb threat is of non-specific nature but affecting AirAsia fleet, AirAsia
engineering shall carry out the bomb threat schedule with its own security.
d. In case of Specific threat, Engineering shall carry out the inspection in coordination with
the Bomb Detection and Disposal Squad (BDDS), Airline Security, Airport Security and
Officer of the Airworthiness Directorate (where available).
e. Bomb threat inspection procedure sheet is a mandatory document to be carried on

board. It is placed in the document folder in cockpit.
Page 110
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.25 PROCEDURE TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE ERRORS.
2.25.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide necessary guidelines to identify unintentional maintenance errors and

establish the cause of such errors and recommend changes to prevent re-occurrence. To
identify the factors contributing to accidents or incidents, and to make our maintenance
system resistant to similar errors.
2.25.2 POLICY
a. To provide an environment in which such errors may be openly reported and

investigated without the fear of any punitive action being taken in order that the
contributing factors and root causes of maintenance errors can be addressed.
b. To collect, investigate and monitor the normal flow of day-to-day errors, slips and
lapses in order to gain a better understanding of the factors or root causes which
contribute to these errors.
c. To reduce or eliminate the possibility of occurrences, incidents or accidents before

they occur. This policy will be known as Maintenance Error Management System
(MEMS).
d. The Safety and Quality Policy described in Part 1.2 of this MOE incorporates AirAsia
India corporate commitment to undertake the Maintenance Error Management
System. Managing errors shall be the responsibility of all personnel within AirAsia India.
e. Further to this, the corporate commitment ensures that the workforce is informed
of the investigation results through Maintenance Error Management System reporting
scheme. This reporting scheme will ensure that the situational awareness of the work
force is enhanced.
2.25.3 AIMS & OBJECTIVES OF ERROR MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
a. AIMS of Error Management is to detect maintenance errors ;
i. through observation of an error by the maintenance personnel themselves,

ii. by the Certifying Staff during inspections and verifications of maintenance tasks,
iii. in the context of audits performed by the quality system,
iv. by the analysis of flight incidents, delay, defects, engine stop.
b. The objective of Error Management System is to ;

Page 111
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Identify the factors contributing to maintenance errors or potential maintenance

errors and to AirAsia (India) Engineering & Maintenance system resistant to similar
errors.
ii. Continually improve the safety of flight operations by identifying, eliminating or
mitigating any deficiencies in conditions, policies and procedures and by ensuring that
all personnel consider at all times the safety implications of their own actions, and
those of their colleagues.
2.25.4 ERROR REPORTING & INVESTIGATION SYSTEM
a. In order to detect and rectify maintenance errors that could result in failure,
malfunction or defect endangering the safe operation of aircraft the following shall be
ensured:
i. It shall be ensured while preparing the check sheets/ work orders, whenever critical
areas are disturbed, independent inspection will be called for. (Refer MOE 2.23)
ii. It shall be ensured that human factors are considered and sufficient downtime is
provided for execution of task.
iii. It shall be ensured that all the maintenance personnel are following the
standard maintenance practices and recommended tools are used as per the task.
iv. The completed maintenance documents shall be scrutinized for completion of all tasks
required and recording of data.
v. Information arising from occurrence reporting system as per CAR 145.A.60, shall be
addressed and actioned in accordance.
vi. Recommendations arising from previous incidents, accidents due maintenance errors
shall form a part of continuation training.
vii. Good quality systems and audit will reduce maintenance errors.
viii. This chapter concerns, primarily those events which are considered problems which
contribute to errors and to investigate these events before they can possibly
contribute to or cause occurrences, incidents or accidents in the future.
ix. Any personnel may voluntarily report to Quality Assurance Department of any
problems which they think can contribute to errors and may possibly contribute to or
cause occurrences, incidents or accidents in the future.
x. Employee Voluntary Maintenance Error Report(QD/QA/18) ( SMS Manual ) and ON-

LINE reporting thru Safety Net shall be used to report all errors / slips or lapses. Copies
of this form will be made available in hard copy from Quality Assurance Department.
Page 112
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
xi. Forms that have been filled are to be returned to QA Department.
xii. All reports shall be investigated using structured investigation process.

Maintenance Error Decision Aid (MEDA) may be used as an investigation tool.
(Appendix 1)
xiii. The following elements shall be followed as part of developing investigation

procedures:
1. Ensure a neutral party directs the investigation.
2. Document a chronological sequence of events that led to the undesirable error,
slips or lapse.
3. Train investigators in root cause and risk analysis techniques.
4. Train investigators on interviewing techniques.
5. Involve maintenance personnel in investigation process.
6. Ensure realistic corrective actions are developed, and that they can be
measured.
xiv. The investigation must focus on the contributing factor and root causes and not the
error itself. Once contributing factors are known, they should be analysed to
determine the extent of the problem. The investigation may point to a systemic
problem that requires changes to policies or procedures.
xv. The reporting process should be closed-loop and once closed investigation findings
should be disseminated to all staff. By sharing such information, the entire workforce
can jointly develop a better understanding of maintenance error causation and
develop a more focused human factors strategy.
xvi. MEMS Committee shall be formed if deem necessary by QM and the composition of
the committee shall also be decided by the QM.
2.25.5 ANALYSIS OF DATA & MEASURES (AMC 145.A.60(b))
a. Data collected shall be analysed with in but not limited to the below listed Maintenance
Errors;
i. Information not used

ii. Procedures not followed
iii. Repetitive / monotonous task
iv. Not familiar with new task
v. Inadequate task knowledge
vi. Lack of supervision
vii. Time constraints/ distraction
viii. Communications between staff/shifts
Page 113
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ix. Poor environment –high noise/lighting/cold

x. Tools/equipment unavailable
xi. Easy to install incorrectly (design fault)
b. Data collected shall be analyzed and suitable corrective action taken to minimize and
avoid the errors.
2.25.6 MANAGEMENT POLICIES IN RESPONSE TO OCCURRENCE FINDINGS
a. Management shall follow the following policies in response to occurrence findings;
i. Lack of Knowledge - Provision of Training

ii. Monotonous / repetitive activities - Change of activities.
iii. Lack of supervision - Clear work flow & Reporting Hierarchy.
iv. Lack of communication - Team meetings
v. Lack of minimum requirements - Provision of Facility /Equipment /Materials –
vi. Design Faults - Escalation to TC Holder.
vii. Voluntary Disclosure of Errors – Counselling & Training.
viii. Lack of commitment /Ethics – Termination of employment.
2.25.7 FEEDBACK AND TRAINING (GM 145.A.30(e)(3-4))
a. To ensure the success of the MEMS program, AirAsia India shall provide training
to address the element of human factors and to create an awareness and
understanding on the limitation of the human elements whenever any maintenance
task or maintenance related task is being performed.
b. All employees shall undergo human factors (HF) training. Part 3.13 of this MOE
provides further amplification of the HF training, its syllabus and AirAsia India policy
with regards to the HF training.
Page 114
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Appendix 1
Knowingly Pass substitution History

Were the N Unauthorized N violating safe N test? Y of
actions as O substance O operating O E unsafe
intended? procedures? acts?
N
O
Y Y
E E Y N
Deficiencies in E
Y N O
training or
E O
Medical inexperience?
Were procedures
condition?
available, workable Blameless
intelligible and error but Blameless
Were the correct? N Y corrective
consequences as O E training or
intended? counselling
Y N
N Y
E O System indicated Ca
O E induced
Possible t
Y negligent error C
System error
E induced at
Possible
reckless
violation Cat
Substance
abuse -less
violation C 9
Substance
abuse – severe C at
Sabotage, more severe Ca at
malevolent t
damage,
suicide,
etc....
C
C a DIMINISHING
a BLAMEWORTHINESS
Page 115
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.26 SHIFT / TASK HAND OVER PROCEDURES
2.26.1 PURPOSE
a. The primary objective of the changeover / handover information is to ensure

effective communication at the point of handing over the continuation or
completion of maintenance actions.
b. To identify completion or incompletion of maintenance task, to have a traceability of

person if more than one person is involved, if task continues for more than one shift
and to find out at what time and date, the task was performed.
2.26.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to follow shift pattern and maintenance personnel will
normally be attending one shift in a day.
b. This policy shall apply to all personnel in aircraft maintenance where the need for
effective communication between the out-going and incoming personnel is extremely
important.
2.26.3 AIMS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE SHIFT HANDOVER.
a. Effective shift handover depends on three basic elements:
i. The outgoing person’s ability to understand and communicate the important

elements of the job or task being passed over to the incoming person.
ii. The incoming person’s ability to understand and assimilate the information being
provided by the outgoing person.
iii. A formalised process for exchanging information between outgoing a n d incoming
people and a place for such exchanges to take place.
2.26.4 TRAINING OF PERSONNEL IN SHIFT / TASK HAND OVER PROCESSES (GM 145.A.30(e)(7))
a. Shift/task hand over training is provided to the personnel as a part of induction

training for recording in the register and following the shift pattern.
b. Personnel shall be trained during Human Factors Training and Refersher Training about
the Shift and Task Hand over procecess.
Page 116
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.26.5 RECORDING OF SHIFT / TASK HAND OVER – FORMAT
a. Handover information will be transmitted in more than one medium to avoid the
risk of erroneous transmission. The introduction of redundancy, by using more than
one way of communicating will greatly reduce this risk.
For example: Use verbal (Handover Meeting) and written communication (Handover
Report).
2.26.6 DESCRIPTION OF SHIFT HAND OVER PROCESS INCLUDING SHIFT OVERLAP (AMC 145.A.47(c))
a. Shift in-charges shall be responsible to ensure that cross- shift information is effectively
delivered.
b. Handovers are expected to be longer during these circumstances:

i. Any deviations from normal working hours have occurred such as having the aircraft in
flight mode at a point in maintenance check when this is not normally done.
ii. When people have returned following a lengthy absence (the state of things could
have changed considerably during this time).
iii. When handovers are carried out between experienced and inexperienced
personnel.
c. Handovers shall contain specific information that presents only key information and
excluding irrelevant information. By facilitating two-way communication any ambiguity
will be clarified.
d. Maintenance Manager and shift in-charges need to discuss and up-date

themselves on tactical and managerial matters affecting the continued and timely
operation of the maintenance process. Outgoing managers/ shift in-charges should
summarize any significant problems they have encountered during their shift,
especially any problems for which solutions have not been develop or are still in
progress.
e. After the meeting between shift shift in-charges, and assignments of tasks, there is a
need for shift in-charges and certifying staff to meet and exchange detailed
information related to individual jobs and tasks. The most effective way to
communicate this information is for the affected incoming and outgoing personnel to
go over the task issues while examining the actual jobs at the workplace.
f. Topics that should be covered in the handover book/meeting (Shift Hand over Form
(QD/PP/08):
i. Jobs/tasks in progress
ii. Work Orders being used
iii. Last step(s) completed
iv. Problems encountered
Page 117
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
v. Outstanding/in work/status
vi. Unusual occurrences/defects
vii. Resources required/available
viii. Location of removed parts/tooling
ix. Parts and tools ordered and when expected
x. Part shortages /Man power shortages.
xi. Proposed next steps
xii. Communication with Planners, Tech Services etc
xiii. Communication with Managers
g. When the task is being directly handed over to someone who is present at the time, it
shall be done face to face using verbal and written communication. In these cases
the written element is normally by ensuring that the task cards are accurately
completed clearly identifying at what stage in the task card the job has reached. Any
deviations from normal working practices or procedures must be clearly highlighted.
An example of this would be if in changing a valve, a clamp, not required to be removed
by the maintenance manual, is disturbed to aid removal and installation. It is a
requirement that the outgoing person records this deviation.
h. When a job is left incomplete during a shift, e.g. in the case of someone being called
away to attend a more urgent task on another aircraft. In this scenario face to face
communication is not possible therefore total reliance has to be placed on written
communication.
i. There will be an overlap of 30 Minutes for shift handover to take place. The shift in-
charge in the shift shall report half an hour early to the shift for takeover from one of
the out going senior duty engineer. The shift in-charge during his shift shall brief the
duty engineers and team of the takeover from the outgoing duty engineer. The shift in-
charge shall complete his/her shift half an hour early and the duty engineer shall be
available for the next half an hour to give handover to the next shift in-charge and so
on.
j. In the above-mentioned shift-overlapping period both the shift in-charges will sign in
the shift logbooks to mark the handing over & taking over of shifts (Date & Time will be
specified).
2.26.6.1 FACILITY STATUS
a. Facilities used in the particular shift, further requirement of the facilities in

the subsequent shift required for the work planned is to be taken up in the next shift.
Page 118
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.26.6.2 WORK STATUS
a. Work completed during that particular shift work and the work planned to be taken up
in the next shift.
2.26.6.3 MANNING STATUS
a. Personnel who worked in that particular shift, personnel who will be detailed for
over time, personnel who will be working in the next shift and their overtime plan,
allocation of personnel for maintenance activities, availability of certification personnel
etc.
2.26.6.4 TOOLS & EQUIPMENT STATUS

a. Tool & equipment used in that particular shift , Further requirement of those tools
and equipment in the subsequent shift, Requirement of new tools / equipment
their availability and arrangements made for timely positioning in the work place.
2.26.6.5 OUTSTANDING ISSUES
a. At shift change, the Shift in-charge of the previous shift / Certifying Staff will document
partially completed job or inspection in the shift Log Book with description of the work
performed prior to shift change.
2.26.6.6 DOCUMENT STATUS
a. Certification of completed work, arrangements made for certification of transition

work, status of certification of inspection schedule / procedure sheets, technical
literature for continuation work, etc.
2.26.6.7 BASE & OUTSTATION STATUS
a. Daily review meeting is conducted at base for which the input from line stations (Pre-
flight (Transit) stations) are received via emails on the work accomplished on the
previous day ,any outstanding requirements /issues at line stations are discussed during
the review meeting and action taken to rectify the same .
2.26.6.8 OTHER INFORMATION
a. Any other information required to be shared in the interest of the organization and the
activities.
Page 119
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.27 PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA INACCURACIES AND AMBIGUITIES

TO THE TYPE CERTFICATE HOLDER (145.A.45(c))
2.27.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure applicable current maintenance data is accurate, correct, complete,

unambiguous and ‘user friendly’ on a continuing basis.
2.27.2 POLICY
a. Any incomplete or ambiguous procedures, practices, information or maintenance

instruction contained in the maintenance data used by the maintenance personnel is
noticed, the same shall be brought to the notice of the TC holder or the author of the
data.
2.27.3 RESPONSIBLE PERSON FOR CO-ORDINATION OF REPORTING & REMEDIAL ACTIONS.
a. Technical Services Engineer shall be the responsible person for collection of

maintenance data ambiguities from various personnel and forward the same to the
author of the data.
b. The Technical Services Executive will inform the manufacturer/organization/department

responsible for publication, for clarification by mail/website query access.
c. On receipt of the reply, the Technical Services Manager will intimate Maintenance
manager for the necessary amendment in the maintenance data.
2.27.4 METHOD OF INTERNAL REPORTING OF MAINTENANCE DATA AMBIGUITIES (CAR 145.A.45(d))
a. Maintenance personnel are advised to follow the maintenance procedure while

carrying out the maintenance task.
b. However, the certifying staff and other technical personnel are encouraged to come
forward and intimate the Technical Services Engineer in the event of detecting the
following:
i. Inaccurate maintenance data
ii. Incomplete maintenance instruction
iii. Ambiguous procedures
iv. Ambiguous practices
v. Ambiguous information
vi. All maintenance instructions
Page 120
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. A standard format (form no. QD/TS/06) shalll be used to intimate such

inacccurate/ambiguous data to the Technical Services Engineer. The Techical Services
Engineer along with the MM, CAM, and QM will analyse such requests.
2.27.5 METHOD OF EXTERNAL REPORTING OF MAINTENANCE DATA AMBIGUITIES TO THE AUTHORS

OF THAT DATA.
a. Team comprising Maintenance Manager, Quality Manager, Continuing Airworthiness

Manager and Technical Services Engineer shall thoroughly study the ambiguities /
suggestions and come out with clear understanding of the benefit of the suggested
modifications.
b. The team will verify or demonstrate the benefits of the modified instructions in
terms of cost, time and/or safety.
c. The detailed report of such a benefits along with suggested changes in the
maintenance instruction shall be forwarded to the TC Holder for consideration, by
the Technical Services Engineer.
2.27.6 FEEDBACK TO STAFF AND IMPLEMENTATION OF TC HOLDER / MANUFACTURER CORRECTIONS.
a. Technical services Engineer will implement such a modified instruction only after
receiving the written confirmation from the relevant document publisher. The revised
instruction will be in effect till the respective publications are amended by the
manufacturer.
b. Revised instructions received from the TC Holder / author of the data shall be
circulated to all maintenance personnel for compliance in the form of Circulars.
Page 121
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES
2.28.1 PURPOSE
a. To plan Manpower, material and other resources, so that all planned work can be
carried out in due time and to the highest Quality standard.
2.28.2 POLICY
a. A system appropriate to the amount and complexity of work, to plan the availability of
all necessary personnel, tools, equipment, material, maintenance and facilities in order
to ensure the safe completion of the maintenance work will be created.
b. Human performance limitations shall be taken into account, while planning of the tasks
and organizing of shifts as detailed in MOE 2.22.
c. A system of handing over the continuation or completion of maintenance tasks during

shift or personnel change over, so that relevant information will be adequately
communicated between outgoing and incoming personnel as detailed in MOE 2.26
d. Based on the aircraft maintenance requirement, the planning executive will issue a
work package, with a daily maintenance call out listing out all work to be carried out
during the maintenance slot.
e. The work orders will contain the details of work to be undertaken & will be identified
with a specific work order number.
f. The work order will be the basis for the preparation of work package to take up the
maintenance work.
g. Dimensional information shall be mentioned in Work order package.
2.28.3 PLANNING
a. Planning Engineer / Executive shall carryout production planning activities. Key planning
activities includes but not limited to;
i. Scheduling of maintenance activity so that work on one aircraft doesn’t interfere with
other aircraft in terms of availability of manpower, tools, equipment, material,
maintenance data and facilities;
ii. Logistics and Inventory control
Page 122
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. Hangar availability / accommodation

iv. Man-hour estimation
v. Man-hour availability
vi. Preparation of task cards / work package
vii. Environmental conditions (access, lighting standards and cleanliness)
viii. Co-ordination with internal and external suppliers, etc.
ix. Scheduling of critical maintenance tasks during periods when staff are most likely to be
most alert.
2.28.4 ROLE OF PLANNING
a. Before taking any maintenance work/task, the planning department will release the
work order based on the maintenance requirements, as per AMOS forecast.
b. The Planning executive will forward all the work orders along with the work package
indicating the details of maintenance along with the Mods / SB’s to be complied , any
outstanding deferred defects, and scheduled replacement of components.
c. Planning executive a n d Materials executive will ensure that all required tools,
equipments, spares, maintenance data and facilities are available for the maintenance
work. The Maintenance manager will also confirm that all required
tools/equipment spares/maintenance data/personnel are available before
commencing the work. In case of any deficiency in tools/equipments/spares, materials
executive will be informed of the same.
d. Maintenance manager also will ensure availability of hangar space, condition of

lighting & ventilation, compressed air, storage space for components etc. before start
of the work.
e. Hangar Space Planning, duty time , Human performance Limitation ,Daily/monthly

workload Planning are detailed in Part 2.22
2.28.5 ESTABLISHMENT OF CLEAR WORK ORDER.
a. Any maintenance intended to be carried out on the aircraft on scheduled or

unscheduled basis will be initiated after establishing a clear work order for compliance.
b. All scheduled maintenance activity shall be issued with a clear work order by Planning
Engineer / Executive.
Page 123
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. All unscheduled maintenance activity during Pre-flight (Transit) inspection shall be

carried out based on the entries made in MR 1 of Tech. Logbook, which will serve as
clear work order. On completion of the unscheduled maintenance at line (Pre-flight
,Transit) environment, certifying staff shall carry out the certification in MR1 of the tech.
log book and shall raise work order on AMOS and document the work carried out and
close the work order in AMOS software.
2.28.6 ESTABLISHING ALL NECESSARY RESOURCES BEFORE STARTING WORK.
a. Maintenance Manager and Shift in-charge shall be responsible to ensure all necessary
resources are available before starting the maintenance activity.
b. Maintenance Manager shall be responsible for pre-planning the availability of all

resources so as to start the maintenance activity as planned on a specific date.
c. Shift in-charge shall be responsible for immediate planning during the shift to ensure
that all necessary resources are available before starting the maintenance activity.
2.28.7 ORGANIZING MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL AND PROVIDING ALL NECESSARY SUPPORT DURING
MAINTENANCE.
a. Shift in-charge shall be the responsible person to organize maintenance personnel during a shift
and provide all necessary support in terms of organizing materials, tools, equipment, facility,
maintenance data etc so that the maintenance personnel may be able to concentrate on the
work required to be carried out and comply with the activity without any distraction.
2.28.8 CONSIDERATION OF HUMAN PERFORMANCE LIMITATIONS.
a. While planning maintenance activity, consideration for Human Performance Limitation as per
policies and procedures given in MOE 2.22, 2.25, 2.26 & 3.13.
2.28.9 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS
a. Critical Maintenance Tasks are listed below ;

i. Tasks that may affect the control of the aircraft flight path and attitude, such as
installation, rigging and adjustments of flight controls;
ii. Aircraft stability control systems (auto pilot, fuel transfer)
iii. Tasks that may affect the propulsive force of the aircraft including installation and rigging
of aircraft engines.
Page 124
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Following data sources shall be used to identify Critical Maintenance Tasks :

i. Information from aircraft / engine / system OEM.
ii. Accident reports.
iii. Investigation & Follow-up of incidents.
iv. Occurrence reporting.
v. Flight data analysis.
vi. Results of Audits
vii. Reliability Programme
viii. Training Feedback
c. Detailed procedures are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Volume 1.
2.28.10 PLANNING OF CRITICAL TASKS.
a. Planning Executive is required to ensure:
i. Identification of critical maintenance tasks,

ii. Scheduling of critical maintenance tasks taking human factors into consideration, so
that certifying staff will work with maximum alertness.
iii. Provide necessary special tools, maintenance data as required.
iv. Plan and provide adequate time to complete the task properly.
2.28.11 ERROR CAPTURING METHOD
a. Following error capturing methods shall be employed on completion of identified critical

maintenance tasks;
i. Visual inspection.
ii. Operational check.
iii. Functional Test.
iv. Rigging check.
v. Independent Inspection.
vi. Re-inspection.
b. Such Error Capturing methods shall be made part of the work package received from the CAMO
organization by the Planning Engineer / Executive.
c. Detailed procedures are given in Engineering Procedure Manual Volume 1
Page 125
Part L2 Addl. Line Maintenance Procedures
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – L2
ADDITIONAL
LINE MAINTENANCE
PROCEDURES
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L 2 . 1 L I NE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT,

ETC…(Ref. CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12, 15, 145.A.75 (a), (b), (c), (d)):
L2.1.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure serviceability of aircraft components, tools and equipment held at line

stations.
b. To administer and control calibrations of tools and equipment.
c. To administer and control aircraft components serviceability status with regards to

storage condition and shelf life.
L2.1.2 SCOPE OF APPLICATION

a. This procedure shall apply to all aircraft components, tools and equipment held at
line stations.
L2.1.3 POLICY
a. For the main base, the materials executive and stores inspector shall be responsible
to control components and tools. For line stations, all aircraft components, tools
and equipment shall be obtained by means of requisitions from main stores. It
is the responsibility of the Authorization Holder to ensure that prior to acceptance,
an inspection is carried out to ascertain condition & calibration and also that
tagging is adequate.
b. Aircraft components and materials shall be stored in a accordance with the

requirements of MOE 2.3. Administration and control file shall be in place to track
stock and shelf life as applicable.
c. Line stations shall maintain an inventory of tools and equipment for calibrated and
non–calibrated tools separately and shall also ensure that the tools and equipment
received are the correct tools and / or equipments as ordered and calibration due
date is valid.
d. Materials executive shall be responsible to monitor, call out, and send for
calibration, all tools or equipment that are due for calibration. Administration and
control file shall be in place for tracking purposes. Stores man or Engineer in charge
at line stations, will dispatch all tools/equipment’s, as per the call out to the main
base.
Page 1
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. For use of tooling and equipment, an administration and control system shall be in
place to ensure proper control for the issue of tools and equipment for
aircraft maintenance and the subsequent return which will include returned
condition and storage thereof. Use of alternate tools and equipment is not
permitted unless approved by the Quality Manager, or permitted in the
maintenance manual.
f. Flight kit on aircraft (if applicable) will be controlled by the main base. The flight kit
contains essential aircraft component for use at line stations. Usage of spares from
the flight kit shall be informed to Materials executive to enable replenishment of
the flight kit.
g. Supplementary flight kit (if applicable) may be held at line stations to support only
certain flights. The control of this kit shall be carried out by the authorization
holder of the line station where it is held, and shall be controlled as per L2.1.3.1
and L2.1.3.2 above. Usage of spares from this kit shall also be advised to Materials
executive to enable replenishment.
h. Personal tool box shall not be used by the technicians/certifying staff. General tool
boxed shall be issued to the maintenance personnel by AirAsia India.
i. A list of minimum tools and ground support equipments available at line stations is
available in EPM Volume 2.
j. Quality Manager will carry out audit of these areas.
L2.1.4 RESPONSIBILITIES
a. Managing of aircraft, components : Maintenance Manager,

b. Tools and equipment held at line : Authorization Holder.
c. Managing of Flight Kit : Materials executive
d. Line Station Audit : Quality Manager
Page 2
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES RELATED TO SERVICING / FUELLING / DE-ICING

INCLUDING INSPECTION FOR / REMOVAL OF DE-ICING/ ANTI-ICING FLUID RESIDUES ETC:
(Ref. CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12, 15, CAR 145.A.75 (a), (b), (c), (d)):
L2.2.1 PURPOSE:
a. This chapter describes the necessary policy and procedures, on the following activities
that will be carried out in the line maintenance.
i Refueling procedures/ Defueling procedures
ii Engine /APU oil servicing and Hydraulic oil servicing
iii Aircraft arrival and departure procedure.
iv Engine ground run
v Oleo/ Tire Charging
vi Water filling /Waste disposal
vii Aircraft cleaning (External/ Cabin)
viii Aircraft Parking
ix Aircraft Towing
x Cabin Pressurization System.
xi De-icing fluid use.
L2.2.2 POLICY:
a. Above-mentioned Line maintenance activities shall be carried out as per
Manufacturer’s data, CAR requirements and AirAsia (India) EPM Volume 2.10.1.
L2.2.3 PROCEDURE:
a. The Maintenance Manager and respective station engineers shall ensure that
adequate servicing tools and equipment are maintained at each station to support
aircraft operations. They also should ensure correct up keep of the equipment.
b. Authorized person shall carry out servicing of Engine and APU oil systems, Hydraulic
and Oxygen systems, Oleo and Tires as per chapter 12 of Airbus A320 -200
maintenance manual.
c. The servicing of portable water and toilet systems shall be carried out in accordance
with chapter 12 of Airbus A320 -200 maintenance manual. Record of oil / hydraulic
uplift and servicing shall be made in the MR1 section of the technical log book.
d. Maintenance documentation and airworthiness data shall be available in each station

under the control of the station engineer. Amendments to the documents shall be
controlled at main base by the Technical Services Executive. Amendments shall be
sent to the line stations. The Station engineer shall ensure that old revisions or issues
are promptly discarded after incorporating the amendments or receiving the revised
data.
Page 3
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. Certifying staff will be provided with training covering fuel uplift calculations,
refueling preparation, fueling of aircraft and monitoring the completion of fueling
and safety preparation, covering the whole refueling process including emergency
handling and handling fuel spillage.
f. Audits will be carried out on the fuel storage area by the QA auditor, to ensure
adherence to DGCA India requirements
g. The monitoring of fuel quality will be carried out at all transits or departures where
fueling is undertaken.
h. Fueling and Fueling safety practices shall be followed as per CAR series part II and
as stated in the AMM Chapter 12 and as detailed in the EPM Vol. 2.10.1. Fuel uplift
shall be entered in the Fuel log section of the Technical Log book.
i. Maintenance tasks requiring no hangar accommodation may be carried out on the

bay, subject to weather, environmental, lighting conditions and nature of the task.
In case of inclement weather or prolonged maintenance of more than 12 hours,
maintenance will be carried out at contracted Hangars.
j. Refer part L2.8 for aircraft de-icing / anti-icing procedures.
k. Maintenance of ground support equipment shall be performed independently and

separated from designated aircraft maintenance area. Maintenance of ground
support equipment shall be carried out by the agency providing GSE support to
AirAsia India Ltd. However, it shall be the responsibility of the certifying staff, to
ensure that GSE are in a serviceable condition, prior to use of the same on the
aircraft.
l. A periodic line station audit will be carried out by the Quality Manager/QA Auditor.
L2.2.4 PROCEDURE TO CARRY OUT DE-ICING OF THE AIRCRAFT, USING DE-ICING FLUID (Refer EPM
Volume 2.10.1.22)
a. As a part of the pre-departure/ pre-flight check, the aircraft shall be checked for
freedom from ice, snow and frost prior to flight.
b. When conditions of freezing precipitation prevail, the certifying staff shall monitor the
aircraft for ice, snow and frost accretion on the aircraft.
c. If required, de- icing will be carried out by the agency authorized by the airports
authority, under the supervision of the certifying staff.
d. The certifying staff shall make himself aware of the authorized agency’s procedure.
Page 4
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. Necessary entries shall be made in the Technical log after carrying out de‐icing.
f. Inspection for and removal of de-icing/anti-icing fluid residues, including

removal/closure of panels, cowls or covers or the use of special tools shall be carried
out by the certifying staff, in accordance to the AMM.
g. Certifying staff shall make an entry for having carried out “De-icing and removal of De-
icing fluid residues”, in the De-icing record form QD/QA/33, and MR1, prior to issue of
CRS and release of aircraft for flight. (Refer Instructions section of the technical log
book)
h. Quality Manager will be responsible to carry out audit of the agency, for type of fluid
and procedures used as per QD/QA/33 & QD/QA/34.
a. Formulating audit programme : Quality Manager
b. Performance of audit : Quality Manager
c. Training : Maintenance Manager
Page 5
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE DEFECTS

(Ref: CAR Section 2 Series “C”& Series “D”/ CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12, 15, 145.A.75
(a), (b), (c), (d)):
L2.3.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide a procedure for the effective control, monitoring and rectification

of deferred defects and repetitive defects in the shortest and most economical
manner without compromising with reliability and airworthiness of the aircraft.
L2.3.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy covers the processes of deferring defects which are
permissible in accordance to AirAsia (India) Minimum Equipment List (MEL). For
repetitive defects the internal processes for the control, trouble shooting and
rectification of repetitive defects as laid down in CAME 1.8 and EPM Volume 2,
shall be adhered to.
L2.3.3 PROCEDURE
a. Repetitive Defect means a defect in an Aircraft (including its components and systems)
which recurs, in spite of rectification attempt on the same Aircraft.
b. All defects reported in the Technical Log must be rectified and certified by the
certifying staff. However, permissible MEL or CDL items may be deferred subject to
non–availability of spares, manpower or insufficient ground time. In any event,
such defects can only be deferred by an authorised certifying staff.
c. When deferring a defect it must be necessary to keep flight crew or engineers at

line stations informed of any non–standard configuration or limitations such as
altitude, pax load, fuel uplift etc. This being the case, an entry into “notice to crew”
section in the Technical Log must be made and Flight Operations shall be informed
by the certifying staff.
d. The cabin condition log shall not be used to enter any airworthiness defects. The
Pilot in command will sign the cabin log at the end of a flight. Any airworthiness
defect found in the cabin log will be transferred to the technical log by the Pilot in
command.
Page 6
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
e. Monthly PIREPS statistics are reviewed by Technical Services executive, to identify

trends, repetitive component failure rate, high failure rate etc., to improve dispatch
reliability and reduce cost.
f. The CAM will be responsible to monitor all deferred defects and recurring
defects. The priority for rectification shall be as follows:
i Time limited MEL.

ii Potential AOG e.g. single failure in a dual system etc.
iii Defects that impose restrictions on aircraft e.g. altitude restriction etc.
iv Non airworthiness items, affecting passenger comfort.
g. Certifying staff shall carry out troubleshooting and rectification of the defect as per the
AMM. He / She shall make an entry of all maintenance carried in the MR1 of the
technical log book and raise a work order for detailing the defect in the same.
h. He / She shall raise a delay report (Form QD/QA/17) & defect report QD/QA/45),
stating all details of the defect and delay (if any), and forward the form along with
AMM references, component replacement labels, technical log book copies and work
orders to the maintenance manager (Either through fax or email).
i. Prior to invoking an MEL/CDL, the certifying staff shall inform the maintenance
manager about the nature of the defect and MEL/CDL restrictions, and seek
concurrence from the maintenance manager to proceed with deferment of the defect.
j. In case of a structural damage, the certifying staff shall assess the damage as per SRM,
and forward a duly filled structural damage report (Form QD/TS/21 ) to the Technical
Services Executive, and await instructions to proceed with maintenance actions, in case
the repair is beyond SRM limits.
k. Refer EPM Volume 2 and MOE part 6.1, 6.6 and CAME 1.1 & 1.8 for details.
a. Control and monitor of deferred defects / repetitive : C A Manager

defects
b. Review of PIREPS : Technical Services Engineer
c. Transfer of airworthiness defect from cabin log to : Captain, AME, Authorization
Technical Log Holder
Page 7
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.4 LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF TECHNICAL LOG

(Ref: CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12, 145.A.75 (a), (b), (c), (d)):
L2.4.1 PURPOSE:
a. This chapter deals with procedures for entering details of maintenance

such as scheduled inspections, defects and rectification actions, including issue of
Certificate of Release to Service (CRS). This chapter describes entries of following
documents:
i. Tech log book (MR 1)

ii. Deferred Maintenance (MR2)
iii. Carried Forward defects (MR2)
iv. Fuel log and Pre-flight (Transit) check
v. Cabin Condition log book
vi. Notice to Crew & Engineers.
vii. Instructions for completion of the technical log book.
L2.4.2 POLICY:
a. AirAsia (India) shall use Customized Technical log book duly approved by the DGCA. All
columns in the Technical log must be completed before releasing the aircraft for flight.
Rectification action or deferment of any reported/ observed defect shall be recorded
accurately prior to issue of CRS.
b. Tech log book pages must be transferred to the main base, as mentioned in the
instructions section of the technical log folder and as mentioned in the bottom of each
page of the tech log book, so as to update AMOS database and aircraft log books.
L2.4.3 PROCEDURE
a. Certifying staff shall make entries of all maintenance carried such as Pre-flight (Transit)
inspections, scheduled maintenance, servicing, defect rectifications, component
replacements, and deferment of defects, in the MR1.
b. The MR1 has provisions to record aircraft registration, flight number, date, sector, crew
details, oil and hydraulic fluid uplift, in addition to provisions for special operations
status such as RVSM/Auto land/ ETOPS and maintenance carried.
c. The MR1 has self-carboned four copies of each page. The first copy (white) is for
Technical Records, second copy (blue) for Operations, third copy (green) is for
departure station and the fourth copy (yellow) will remain in the book.
Page 8
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
d. All entry including certification in the technical log book shall be made in indelible
ink. Error corrections in the technical log should remain readable and identifiable and
shall be initialed.
e. The TLB must always remain on board the aircraft while aircraft operates a flight or
series of flights. TLB can be inspected by DGCA officials or Audit teams but certifying
staff must place it back in the cockpit, prior to commencement of any flight. Relevant
copies of completed sector pages are removed at the base / line stations at the
completion of a flight / series of flights.
f. MR2 shall be used for deferment of defects reported or observed, and entered in the
MR1/ Cabin log book, and deferred under the provisions of MEL/CDL or carried forward
(in case of non-airworthiness items). In case the MR2 is changed due completion of the
book, the information on deferred defects (MR2) entries shall be transferred to the
new book and old book shall remain on the aircraft for a minimum period of ten days.
g. Before issuing CRS, AME must ensure the following with respect to MR1 completion:
i. All defects entered in the defects column of relevant section of MR1 have been
duly signed in the rectification column. (In case of NIL defects, the crew must
record ‘NIL’ in defects column. AME shall check and ensure the same. In case
the flight crew inadvertently missed making a NIL entry, the AME shall get the
same entered before the flight crew leaves aircraft).
ii. Each and every column of the applicable inspection schedule / procedure
sheet have been duly signed
h. Engine oil and Hydraulic will be recorded in the MR1 section.
i. Fuel uplift will be recorded in the Fuel and Oil log section of the Technical log
book.
j. The technical log usage instructions are in the front inner cover of the technical log
folder.
L2.4.4 DEFERRED DEFECT AND CARRIED FORWARD DEFECTS.
a. Deferred Maintenance section of the log book (MR2) may be recoded with the following
maintenance matters.
Page 9
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Defects such as minor cracks that are within the limit specified in the SRM and
permitted to carry for limited number of flight cycles or hours or up-to the next major
Maintenance. Type of inspection or frequency of inspection to be carried out till
rectification action, shall be specified in the MR2 and Notice to Crew & Engineers.
ii. History of defective items carried forward under the provision of MEL/CDL and
rectification action and pending items under MEL/CDL. It is important that the AME on
duty shall checkup the MR2 entries and overdue maintenance work. All such pending
maintenance work / inspections shall be monitored by the Planning executive;
however the certifying staff shall ensure that aircraft is not released with overdue
maintenance or MEL/CDL items.
iii. Cabin condition log defects/entries related to airworthiness shall be transferred to

MR1, and if deferred, the details will be transferred to MR2.
Note: The MR2 is NOT a certifiable document as such all deferred defects when
rectified must be certified in the MR1.
L2.4.5 CORRECTION OF TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS
a. Typographical errors in maintenance documentations shall be corrected by a single

line strike-out or by circling the error and affixing the Authorized personnel’s
signature. The corrected portion shall be legible.
L2.4.6 RESPONSIBILITY
a. Adherence to technical log : Maintenance Manager, Procedures, AME, Pilot in

command / Cabin crew.
b. Disposition of base copy and : Quality Manager
c. Used technical log pad : Planning Executive.
Page 10
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.5 LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOAN PARTS

(Ref: CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12 (b), PART 145.A.75 (a) (b), (c), (d)):
L2.5.1 PURPOSE:
a. To ensure proper administration of loaned (Pool/Non-Pool) spares/ tools/

equipment to/ from other operators at line stations. This procedure applies to all loan
transactions. The regulations related to pooling of parts are given in CAR Section 2,
Series F, and Part XVII.
L2.5.2 POLICY:
a. Under unavoidable circumstances, all line stations are authorized to borrow / loan
urgently required spares/ tools/ equipments, from other approved Operator/
Maintenance Organization through loan orders (QD/MD/08).
L2.5.3 PROCEDURE:
a. Procedures for Loaned & Pooled Parts
i If a part has to be replaced which is not available at a AirAsia (India) Line Station Store
or on Pool, the station engineer shall verify the availability of a loan-part with
other Operators / Repair Stations and inform the maintenance manager accordingly for
his concurrence to loan and install the item on the aircraft.
ii If a Pool Part is not available, a loan-part with the same Part Number might be
installed. For replacement parts with different Part Numbers or for any other
possibilities, the maintenance manager shall contact the CAM for further advice.
iii Pooled or loaned parts shall be inspected for physical condition and supporting
documents, such as CA form 1, EASA form, or equivalent document. The documents
shall be checked for part number and serial number tally with the part and status of the
part, such as life/maintenance due etc.
iv Upon installation, the certifying staff shall make an entry in the “Notice to Crew and
Engineers” section of the Tech Log book, to indicate installation of pooled or loan
part, name of owner, period of loan and location and address for return of part.
Follow up shall be done by the Maintenance Manager and Materials Executive to
monitor & action as required.
Page 11
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
v If the loan part is converted to purchase, the entry in the deferred log will be cleared
by the certifying staff, upon receiving Maintenance Manager’s instructions.
vi All unserviceable and serviceable loan-parts will have a Tag attached, which will be
completed with all details as applicable including removal reason and symptoms of
its condition. The removal component and data will be submitted to stores at the
main base.
b. Procedures for Loaned Tools/Equipment:
i All tools and equipment are to be made available for doing scheduled and unscheduled
activities. If tools and equipment are not available at the line stations, the station
engineer may borrow tools and equipment from other operators or approved AMOs,
with prior concurrence of the maintenance manager.
ii The certifying staff borrowing the tool/equipment is responsible to control completeness

and validity for the work he wants to perform.
E.g.: Before the use of rigging pin kit for maintenance and/or adjustment on a flight
control, the certifying staff must ensure completeness – inventory list, condition –
damage/ worn, proper identification markings, and red warning tags.
iii The certifying staff who has supervised and inspected the work, is responsible to
ensure that all borrowed tools and equipments have been controlled for completeness
before the aircraft is released to service.
c. Procedures for Return Tools/Equipment:
i All tools and equipment borrowed will be handed over to the Tools owner with all
necessary paper related to their serviceability. The shift in-charge/ station engineer shall
ensure that the tools and equipment are packed as per the packing standard before
dispatching the items.
ii EPM volume 2 and EPM volume 5 provides a detailed description of this subpart
a. Authorization to use items on loan : Maintenance Manager

b. Removal and return : Maintenance Manager/ Materials Executive
Page 12
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.6 LINE PROCEDURES FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT (Ref: CAR
145.A.70 (a) 12, 15, 145.A.75 (a), (b), (c), (d)):
L2.6.1 PURPOSE:
a. This chapter describes the procedure of handling defective components at the line stations.
L2.6.2 POLICY
a. Air Asia (India) policy is to ensure proper tagging and segregation of defective parts in the
Stores which are removed from the aircraft.
L2.6.3 PROCEDURE FOR TAGGING OF REMOVED COMPONENTS
a. During trouble shooting and maintenance process, it may be necessary to remove the
components fitted on an aircraft / aircraft systems. The components will be tagged with
unserviceable tag and properly protected to avoid contamination and transit damage.
Components shall be transferred to the stores after completing the paper work relevant
to the job. No interference other than specified removal techniques must be followed, and
detailed reporting will be made on the repairable tag (QD/MD/15).
b. The certifying staff / Authorised staff shall ensure:

i Protective blanks and covers must be fitted.
ii Protective bags must be provided and mechanism caged as required.
iii Secondary damage/contamination must be avoided.
iv Special packing cases and/or cartons will be used, as used for serviceable
items
c. Consideration must be given for the use of protective materials, such as lanolin, grease etc. to
prevent corrosion of the unit.
L2.6.4 STORING OF REMOVED COMPONENTS
a. After receipt of the removed components, the line station engineer shall inspect the
components for transit or in-service damages. If any abnormality is noticed, the same will
be noted on the tag. Removed components must be separately stored in line station stores.
As per AirAsia (India) Standards, removed components with rejection or unserviceable tags
will be kept in cupboards or almirahs, which will be kept locked to prevent any tamper.
b. Those components received after maintenance, repair, recalibration or retest confirmed as a

serviceable components, are to be preserved in separate specified racks.
Page 13
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. Instructions of the manufacturer shall be followed at all times such as storing

temperature, electrostatic sensitive devices handling procedures, vibration sensitive
devices, dust sensitive devices, etc.
L2.6.5 SENDING OF COMPONENTS TO THE MAIN BASE:
a. Normally, Line Stations have limited maintenance facility and have no workshop facility.
b. The packing of removed components must be done based on the nature of the
components. Electrostatic sensitive devices, vibration sensitive components and delicate
electronic equipments shall be packed as per IATA Packing Standards. Similarly,
hydraulic components, fuel system components and oil system components are to be
properly blanked and packed as per the IATA Standards.
c. A register will be maintained indicating the date, component details, outgoing letter
number indicating the history of components dispatched to the main base for the
purpose of maintenance, recalibration or rejection.
d. Investigation of a defective component primarily requires the prompt availability of the
defective component at the respective overhaul facility with pertinent failure data, its
description, location in aircraft and other necessary details.
Note: Defective item should be dispatched to the main store, preferably on the same
flight or the next available flight. If it is not possible to dispatch the item on the same
flight or the next flight, reasons for the delay must be stated.
e. AME accompanying the flight (Flight Duty Coverage) is required to handover the delay
item (if not loaded on SE Box) and the telex, to the Airport Manager for further action.
f. The work required to restore a part to serviceability depends entirely on its condition
at receipt in the work-shops and accuracy of defects reported on repairable tags.
g. Any repairable part removed must be treated with the same care as a serviceable
part as follows:
i. The correct cause of system / component failure must be recorded on the

repairable tag to minimize diagnosis time and provide firsthand information to the
shop. Any onboard computer generated failure report if applicable, shall be attached
with the removal tag. References of AMM/TSM and Bite tests shall be entered in the
unserviceable label.
Page 14
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ii. When time expired components are removed, it is equally important to record any
outstanding defects, any parts removed, any rectification attempts made on the parts
prior to its repair at shop.
Return defective parts to main stores : Flight Duty AME / Station Engineer /Airport
Manager
Page 15
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.7 LINE PROCEDURE CONTROL OF CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR CAPTURING
METHODS (Ref: CAR 145.A.65 (b) 3, 145.A.70 (a) 12, 15)):
L2.7.1 PURPOSE:
a. This chapter provides procedures for identifying, controlling and

performing tasks that are critical and if not attended to as per instructions, may
endanger the aircraft’s safe operation. It essential that all such tasks must be carried
out with at most care ensure that safety critical tasks are performed with additional
care so that the likely hood of committing error is minimal.
L2.7.2 CRITICAL TASK IDENTIFICATION
a. Critical task are, in general, identified by the Planning executive and technical services
executive, in accordance to the recommendations of the manufacturer or
recommendations of the CAM, QM and Maintenance Manager. (Refer MOE 2.23)
b. All such tasks are identified as “CRITICAL TASK” in printing or stamping. This is possible
if the work package is prepared at the rain base, for execution of scheduled line and
base maintenance checks.
c. However, during unscheduled line maintenance, such as trouble shooting and defect
rectification, critical task shall be identified by the authorized certifying staff. He shall
consult the maintenance manager and the technical services executive if necessary. In
all such cases, he/she shall inform the maintenance manager, prior to commencing the
task.
d. The inspection levels are determined based on analysis of the risk inherent in the
performed work and under consideration of the probability and consequences
of a failure. Refer Flow chart below:
Page 16
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
FLOW CHART
No independent
inspection
Independent Inspection required
L2.7.3 ROLE OF PLANNERS
a. If identical maintenance has to be performed, while scheduling maintenance, planning

executive and maintenance manager shall apply one of the following, to avoid human
factor errors:
i Carry out identical maintenance at different maintenance visit. (Staggering of

maintenance by at least one flight cycle)
ii Two AMEs and two independent maintenance team will be allocated to carry
out maintenance on similar systems.
b. A list of known critical task is raised for manpower control and task card preparation
and to assist certifying personnel in identifying the task requiring compliance to this
policy.
c. For Task Cards which do not have a pre-printed "Independent inspection" sign-off
noted, or a field to facilitate the compliance with such "Critical Items", the
responsible Planning executive will make every effort to "stamp" the appropriate cards
with a "Independent Inspection” Stamp, prior to inclusion to the work package as
an assistance to the authorized staff.
d. However, this assistance does not relieve the authorized staff, of the final
responsibility to ensure that for all Task Cards concerning "Critical Items"
independent inspections are performed and signed accordingly.
Page 17
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.7.4 INDEPENDENT INSPECTION PROCEDURE: (REFER MOE 2.23)
a. Independent inspections shall be applied following assembly, overhaul, repair,

replacement, modification or adjustment of a vital point or control system of an
aircraft, e.g. Installation, rigging and adjustments of flight controls, or installation of
aircraft engines, propellers and rotors, or overhaul, calibration or rigging of
components such as engines, propellers, transmissions and gearboxes.
b. Vital Points can be assemblies (or) systems whose function is critical to the safety of the
aircraft (or) items, which have proved vulnerable in service.
c. A single person cannot perform any identical maintenance work on the similar critical
system tasks involving some element of disassembly. (This is to avoid the possibility of
an error being repeated).
d. Only personnel authorised appropriately for performing the task and issuing CRS shall
perform the respective independent inspections and sign correspondingly. An
independent inspection must not be performed and certified by the same person who
accomplished or inspected the task initially.
e. An independent inspection is an inspection first made by an authorised person signing

the maintenance release who assumes full responsibility for the satisfactory
completion of the work, before being subsequently inspected by a second independent
competent person who attests to the satisfactory completion of the work recorded and
that no deficiencies have been found.
f. The second independent competent person will not issue a maintenance release
therefore is not required to hold certification privileges. However he shall be suitably
qualified to carry out the inspection, applicable only to tasks listed as items i, ii, iii, iv, &
v, in the following table.
g. The Second inspection for items vi & vii i.e. affecting primary flight controls, engine
controls, and emergency escape mechanism must be carried out by another qualified
certifying staff, holding privilege to issue CRS, with equal or higher experience.
h. The date and time must be quoted for both the first and second independent
inspection on the aircraft documentation as part of the CRS.
i. Certifying staff will make an entry in the Technical log book page and work order with
respect to relevant independent inspection being carried out on the aircraft.
j. Some of the examples of Independent inspections have been given below.
Page 18
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Installation of Magnetic Chip Detector (MCD)

ii. Installation of Engine Borescope plugs
iii. Installation of Engine External Drive Pad Covers and Engine Oil caps
iv. Replacement of the Flight Deck Windows – Torque Check
v. Engine Mount and Links
vi. Primary Flight Control Systems
vii. Engine controls (is necessary)
k. After completion of the task, the certifying staff carrying out the first inspection shall
certify for the first stage and the independent inspection stage shall be certified by the
person carrying out the second inspection, however, the CRS shall be issued by the
authorized personnel carrying out the first stage.
L2.7.5 Responsibilities
a. Ensure adequate manpower for identical tasks. : Maintenance Manager.

b. Monitor Compliance : Quality Manager.
c. Adhere to Policy : Certifying Staff.
d. Identifying and updating of Critical Task List : Maintenance Manager, CAM
& Certifying Staff.
Page 19
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.8 PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL OF LINE STATIONS - i.a.w AAC 3 of 2017
L2.8.1 PURPOSE
Purpose of this part is to provide procedures to be followed for undertaking minor

scheduled line maintenance at line stations and to carry out any unscheduled
maintenance that may be necessary to be carried out, if such situation arises.
L2.8.2 POLICY
All necessary tools, equipment, manpower and literature to meet the intended scope of
activity shall be ensured at line station before initiating internal audit procedures.
L2.8.3 PROCEDURES
a. Maintenance manager shall ensure that necessary tools, equipment, manpower,

literature and office facilities including sub-contracted arrangements for ground
support activities are available and satisfactory.
b. Transit station / Line Maintenance station upto weekly inspection requirements are
specified in MOE L2.8.5.
c. On receipt of communication from Maintenance Manager about the station meeting

the minimum requirements, Quality Manager shall initiate an audit of the facility.
d. After satisfactory audit, Quality Manager shall carry out necessary amendment to the
MOE (Part 1.9) listing the station and its capability and submit the same to the
Regional Airworthiness Office, Bangalore at least 10 days before commencement of
maintenance activity.
e. Quality Manager shall submit the following documents along with the proposed MOE
amendment;
i. Audit report.
ii. Audit findings and Corrective actions taken.
iii. Copy of ground support contracts.
iv. List of Maintenance personnel.
f. The RAO under whose jurisdiction the line station is located, will schedule and carry out
inspection of such line stations within 30 days of approval of MOE.
Page 20
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
L2.8.4 PRIVILEGE OF THE ORGANIZATION
a. Line stations approved under the procedures specified in this part and meeting AAC 3
of 2017 are permitted to carry out the following ;
i. Minor scheduled line maintenance upto and including a weekly check.`
ii. Defect rectification during normal operation of aircraft to such line maintenance station.
iii. Any maintenance tasks that falls within the scope of approval granted to the
organization for its Bangalore location, if such maintenance tasks is required to be
carried out due;
1. Un-serviceability of the aircraft or

2. If the task falls due when the aircraft has remained at such location due operational
reasons.
L2.8.5 Requirement - Pre-flight (Transit) / Line Stations
a. Appropriately qualified AME (Category A with Task authorization / B1 / B2) with

adequately skilled staff to carry out the inspection.
b. The station shall be equipped with general tools, special tools to carry out appropriate
checks/ schedules.
c. The following updated documents shall be available for reference and use:
i. Updated soft copies of AIRNAV.
ii. AMOS system.
iii. Updated soft copy of the MOE,CAME, EPM,RVSM,PBM.
iv. Updated soft copy of Minimum Equipment List (MEL).
v. Set of Civil Aviation Requirements or access to DGCA internet site.
vi. Pre-flight (Transit) Schedule or access for the same.
vii. Access to Quality Notices.
d. Following list of items/consumables will be made available at Pre-flight (Transit)/Night
halt station as per scope of approval :
Page 21
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
I. Pre-flight (Transit) Check :
PRE-FLIGHT (TRANSIT) CHECK

NOMENCLATURE PART NUMBER/ QTY
SPECIFICATION
TOOLS & EQUIPMENTS
STEERING SAFETY PIN D23156000 1
PROVISIONING
HEADSET PROVISIONING NO SPECIFIC 1
CONSUMABLES
PHOSPHATE ESTER BASED SKYDROL PE-5 AR
HYDRUALIC FLUID
II. Daily Check :
DAILY CHECK
SPECIFICATION
CONSUMABLES
BP/TURBO OIL 2380 AR
PHOSPHATE ESTER BASED SKYDROL PE-5 AR
HYDRUALIC FLUID
MINERAL BASED MIL-PRF-5606 AR
HYDRUALIC FLUID
MAIN WHEEL ASSY C20195162 / 3-1530 AR
NOSE WHEEL ASSY 3-1531-3 AR
TOOLS & EQUIPMENTS

STEERING SAFETY PIN D23156000 1
WARNING NOTICES NO SPECIFIC AR
INSPECTION NO SPECIFIC AR
LAMP(PERSONAL TORCH)
INSPECTION MIRROR NO SPECIFIC AR
ACCESS PLATFORM 3FT/6FT 1
TYRE PRESSURE GAUGE NO SPECIFIC 1
NITROGEN SOURCE, NO SPECIFIC 1
HOSE, LP REGULATOR, HP EACH
REGULATOR, BOTTLE KEY
Page 22
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PURGING TOOL 98A28104000000 1

HYDROKIT (AQUADIS Fuel Sampling Kit 1
CAPSULE)
TRANSPARENT 1L (0.261 US gal) 1
CONTAINER
STEEL BUCKET NO SPECIFIC 1
III. Weekly Check
WEEKLY CHECK
SPECIFICATION
TOOLS & EQUPIMENTS
WARNING NOTICES NO SPECIFIC AR
CIRCUIT BREAKERS NO SPECIFIC AR
TORQUE WRENCH BETWEEN NO SPECIFICATION 1
(0.00 AND 1.20 m.daN) (0.00 AND 9.00 lbf.ft)
SAFETY LOCK- ACTUATOR , CARGO 98D5230751500 1
DOOR
IDG FILLING EQUIPMENT NO SPECIFIC 1
TOOL-ZERO LOCKING, FLAP SLAT 98D27803500001 1
CTL LEVER
SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK MLG 460005835 (OR) 1
DOOR DAH602734
SAFETY PIN NLG DOOR 98D32203502000 1
MAIN WHEEL ASSY C20195162 / 3-1530 AR
NOSE WHEEL ASSY 3-1531-3 AR
CONSUMABLES
BP/TURBO OIL 2380 AR
ISOPROPYL ALCHOHOL NO SPECIFIC AR
ALGLAS VISIAL NO SPECIFIC AR
a. Ensure adequate manpower : Maintenance Manager.

b. Ensure adequate spare / items / consumables : Material Executive.
c. Ensure adequate documentary support : Technical Services Engineer.
d. Monitor Compliance : Quality Manager.
Page 23
Part 3 Quality Procedures
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – 3
QUALITY PROCEDURES
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES
3.1.1 PURPOSE
a. To outline the procedure to be followed for the quality audit of the organisation to
ensure effective Quality System is in place to meet the requirements of AirAsia (India)
and DGCA India.
3.1.2 POLICY
a. The primary objectives of the quality audit system are to ensure the adequacy of, and
compliance with, the procedures established in the MOE.
b. A feedback system ensures that senior management is aware of, and participates in the
proper and timely corrective actions for findings raised by the audit system.
c. The intended organizational outcome is the continual delivery of a safe product and to
ensure AirAsia (India) is;
i. Complying with the regulatory requirements and company standards

ii. Satisfying stated maintenance operations need
iii. Identifying undesirable conditions and areas requiring improvement
iv. Identifying hazards in maintenance operations
d. Additional benefits of the quality audit system are linked to risk reduction, cost savings
and continuous improvement.
3.1.3 COMPANY AUDIT POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to carry out independent audits of all production functions to
monitor compliance with regulatory and company’s requirements.
3.1.4 QUALITY SYSTEM
a. The system for monitoring aviation equipment, programs, and procedures to ensure
that the DGCA and other foreign body quality standards are being met.
3.1.4.1 INDEPENDENCE AND ACCESS TO ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER.
a. The independence of the audit shall be established by ensuring that audits are carried
out by personnel not responsible for the function, procedure or products being checked.
Page 1
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Organization structure will have a dedicated Audit team whose function will be to
conduct audits/ surveillance, raise findings reports and follow up to ensure that the
findings are closed in time. Quality Manager will directly report to the Accountable
Manager.
3.1.4.2 COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP.
a. Quality group consist of Quality Manager, Quality Auditor and Quality Inspector.
b. Quality Auditor shall carry out the audit of organization procedures and processes,
vendor facilities etc.
c. Quality Inspector shall carry out the audit of the product (aircraft and its maintenance
activities).
3.1.4.3 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MANAGERS, AUDITORS & AIRCRAFT INSPECTORS.
a. Duties and Responsibilities of Quality Manager is provided in MOE 1.4.2
b. Duties and Responsibilities of Quality Auditor and Quality Inspector is provide in MOE
3.6.5
3.1.4.4 QUALITY DEPARTMENT STRUCTURE
a. Quality department structure will have a dedicated Audit team, consisting of the Quality
Manager, Quality Inspector and Quality Auditors whose function will be to conduct
audits/ surveillance, raise findings reports and follow up to ensure that the findings are
closed in time. Quality Manager will directly report to the Accountable Manager.
3.1.4.5 QUARTERLY QUALITY REVIEW OF ENGINEERING.
a. Quality review of engineering activities shall be carried out by the Accountable Manager
as part of Audit Review Meeting.
3.1.5 AUDIT PROGRAMME
a. Quality audit of aircraft and equipment will be performed by Quality Auditor

independently. The inspections, audits and sampling shall be used as a means to
ascertain conformance to DGCA India and AirAsia’s requirements.
b. The quality audit of aircraft and equipment shall consist of the following:
Page 2
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Planned or announced audits which shall be carried out on a fixed frequency basis based
on the approved audit programme, detailed below.
ii. Un-announced audits or Spot audits, which will be carried out on a “when required”
basis.
Note: Audit should also ensure to review the training needs vs training records of the Ground
handling agencies. Any additional training necessary as per DGCA / Company requirement may
be intimated to the ground handling agencies on case to case basis from time to time.
c. In order to cover the entire fleet in a 12 month period, the planned audit of an aircraft
shall be carried out on a random basis, based on the availability of the aircraft at
auditing locations.
d. This programme will be revised as per addition/deletion of fleet aircraft/ maintenance

capability.
3.1.6 AUDIT ELEMENTS (PLANNED AUDIT, SPOT INSPECTION, SAMPLE CHECK ON SCHEUDULED &
UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE)
a. The degree of surveillance, in a planned / Spot audit will depend upon the extent of
maintenance and type of work being performed. However, part of the quality audit
activity will include:
i. A survey of the aircraft, to the level determined from reference to the work
specification, aircraft records, and part of the work package.
ii. A review of current aircraft technical log book and on board documents shall be checked
for condition/ validity/ updation etc.
iii. Aircraft physical condition and cleanliness around the aircraft.
3.1.7 AUDIT PLAN (MONTHS & AREA OF AUDIT) (AAI/MOE LIST/02)
a. Quality Audit Plan will be prepared on an annual basis by the Quality Auditor, reviewed
by the Quality Manager and approved by the Accountable Manager.
b. Audit plan shall encompass all the activities of the organization related to CAR 145
approval.
c. If audits cannot be carried out as per the approved plan, the audit plan may be revised,
with prior intimation to the accountable manager. However, the revised audit plan shall
not exceed by more than 3 months from the original scheduled plan.
d. The Quality Audit Plan includes the following principal activities:

Page 3
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Compliance audit (Process audit) – examination of all aspects of CAR‐145 and MOE
compliance.
ii. Product audits – sample checks of all the procedures and requirements associated with
a specific product of a product line, i.e. Airbus A320 aircraft, to ensure that the end
result meets all requirements for an airworthy product.
e. Audit Plan for the current year is given in A3 format as AAI/MOE LIST / 02.
3.1.8 TEAM COMPOSITION
a. The team will be composed of Quality Manager, Quality Inspector and Quality Auditors
3.1.9 COVERAGE FULL SCOPE OF WORK USING CUSTOMIZED CHECK LIST
a. Quality Auditors are responsible to carry out audits as per the approved audit plan and by
using appropriate customised checklist. The checklist, as a minimum, should cover:
i. MOE requirements
ii. CAR 145 requirements
iii. Adequacy of facilities
iv. Compliance with approved procedures.
b. Check lists QD/QA/03 THRU QD/QA/14, QD/QA/38- QD/QA/42, QD/QA/48, QD/QA/49

& QD/QA/52 will be used to carry out the audits
3.1.10 NON-CONFORMANCE FORM PROCEDURES
a. The auditor shall record the Non‐Conformances on the Non‐Conformance Reports (NCR)
form (QD/QA/01) and support the findings with objective evidence, as applicable.
b. The NCR (Non Compliance Report) shall contain the following:

i. Location of audit area.
ii. Actual observations (Discrepancies).
iii. Category of noncompliance.
iv. Cause.
v. Proposed preventive measures.
vi. Target date agreed for compliance.
vii. Feedback from the auditee.
c. Recording of NCRs and subsequent closure of the same ensures;

i. Determination of the root cause(s) of findings;
ii. Development of corrective action, as appropriate, to address the findings;
Page 4
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. Implementation of corrective action in appropriate areas of maintenance operations;
iv. Evaluation of corrective action to determine effectiveness
d. Quality Auditor shall submit the audit reports (QD/QA/02) within Seven (7) working days
to the Quality Manager and subsequently dispatch the NCR(s) to the Auditee.
e. The Non‐Compliance are classified into following levels:‐
i. Level‐1:
A level 1 finding is any significant Non‐Compliance with CAR 145 requirements which
lowers the safety standard and hazards seriously the flight safety. This should be
rectified with immediate effect and responded immediately, not later than 7 working
days. No extension will be granted for Level 1 findings.
ii. Level‐2:
A level 2 finding is any Non‐Compliance with the CAR 145 requirements which could
lower the safety standard and possibly hazard the flight safety. This should be rectified
at the earliest and responded within 30 working days. However, a single extension up to
not more than 15 working days may be granted subject to a satisfactory corrective
action plan agreed by Quality Manager.
f. Upon receipt of the NCR, the auditee will identify and record the root cause of the Non
Conformances followed by Corrective & Preventive actions and forward the completed
NCR to the Quality Manager, within the time period specified in the NCR. Time period
forcompliance shall be counted from the next calendar day of the date of raising the
NCR.
g. In case no response is received from auditee within the time period, a reminder will be
sent to the auditee and attention of auditee’s immediate superior sought.
h. In case the corrective action is not feasible within the specified time frame, the auditee
will indicate the target date of compliance and seek acceptance by the Quality Manager.
A further extension may be given by the Quality Manager based on auditee’s request
and after satisfactory review of his/her corrective action plan. (This shall apply to only
Level 2 findings. No extension shall be granted for Level 1 findings).
i. The Maximum permissible time for compliance of NCRs for Level 2 findings, will be 3 0
working days from the date of issuance of the NCR. However, a single extension up to
not more than 15 working days may be granted subject to a satisfactory corrective
action plan agreed by Quality Manager. Failing to comply within the extended time
period, Quality Auditor shall notify the Quality Manager. Such cases shall be reported
immediately to the Accountable Manager for further necessary action.
Page 5
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
j. Upon receipt of preventive/corrective actions, the QA Auditor will scrutinize the NCRs
received from the auditee and put up the same to the Quality Manager for review. The
NCR will be closed, subject to satisfactory compliance of the root cause analysis and the
Corrective & Preventive action
k. In case the root cause analysis, corrective and preventive action is found to be
unsatisfactory, the NCR will be sent back to the Auditee for necessary corrective action.
l. A feedback shall be given to the Accountable manager after satisfactory closure of the
NCR . All the NCs issued during the period shall be discussed in the quarterly quality /
management review meeting as mentioned in MOE 3.3.4.
3.1.11 AUDIT OF SUPPLIERS AND SUB-CONTRACTORS
a. Details of procedures related to audit of suppliers and sub-contractors are given in MOE
2.1.3
Page 6
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT
3.2.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide a means for monitoring performance of maintenance task on aircraft and to

ensure compliance with approved maintenance programme/schedule, quality
standards, DGCA India’s and AirAsia (India)’s requirements.
3.2.2 POLICY
a. Quality audit of line stations, including night halt stations and contracted maintenance
organizations will be carried out as per the audit plan, specified in MOE Part 3.1 & MOE
AAI/MOE LIST/ 02.
b. Quality audit of aircraft/ equipment, at contracted maintenance organization’s site will

be carried out as per CAME part 2.2
3.2.3 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT – GENERAL
a. Quality audit of aircraft and equipment will be performed by Quality Auditor

independently. The inspections, audits and sampling shall be used as a means to
ascertain conformance to DGCA India and AirAsia’s requirements.
b. The quality audit of aircraft and equipment shall consist of the following:
i. Planned or announced audits which shall be carried out on a fixed frequency basis based
on the approved audit programme, detailed below.
ii. Un-announced audits or Spot audits, which will be carried out on a “when required”
basis
Note: Audit should also ensure to review the training needs vs training records of the
Ground handling agencies. Any additional training necessary as per DGCA / Company
requirement may be intimated to the ground handling agencies on case to case basis
from time to time.
3.2.4 QUALITY AUDIT TEAM COMPOSITION AND CUSTOMIZED CHECKLIST PROCEDURES
a. Quality Audit team shall consist of Quality Manager and Quality Assurance Auditors,
Quality Assurance Inspectors and Store Inspectors.
Page 7
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Strength of the Audit team shall remain in consistent with the fleet size, no. of operating
stations and no. of approved line maintenance stations.
3.2.5 ELEMENTS OF PRODUCT SAMPLES (AIRCRAFT AND/OR COMPONENTS)
a. As part of routine audit plan, products released to service by the organization (aircraft
and / or components) shall be audited to ensure a Quality product output.
b. Product audit shall include planned audits and spot checks at the time when the
maintenance is carried out and at later date when the aircraft is in operation.
c. Product audit of aircraft includes verification for compliance of maintenance

instructions as specified in maintenance data (ACMD) and for its operational / functional
check
3.2.6 AIRCRAFT AUDIT PLAN
a. Procedures related to Audit plan is detailed in MOE 3.1.7
3.2.7 AIRCRAFT AUDIT DEFICIENCY OBSERVATION & EXTENSION OF PRODUCT AUDIT
a. If serious deficiency which may affect flight safety is observed during product audit of an
aircraft, discrepancies shall be communicated to the auditee during audit debriefing and
followed by Non-compliance in writing.
b. In such cases, aircraft shall not be permitted for further operation.
c. On completion of the maintenance action for correcting the observed discrepancies,

extended audit of the product shall be carried out to ensure satisfactory compliance and
then the aircraft shall be permitted for operation.
Page 8
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.3 QUALITY AUDIT REMEDIAL ACTION PROCEDURE
3.3.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure remedial actions are taken to correct and prevent recurrence of non–
Compliance.
3.3.2 POLICY
a. Quality Audit remedial action shall be taken with in the prescribed time limit for the
correseponding Level of Non-compliance.
b. Efforts shall be taken by all concerned to take corrective action as soon as possible,
without waiting for the final closing date.
c. If genuine difficulties are encountered, Auditor / Quality Manager shall be approached

for extension of the closing date with justification.
3.3.3 QUALITY AUDIT REPORT FEEDBACK SYSTEM
a. Procedures are defined in MOE 3.1.10
3.3.4 ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER / SENIOR MANAGEMENT - AUDIT REVIEW MEETING (ARM)
a. Recurring non–compliance, unsolved discrepancies, late implementation of corrective

and preventive action and the satisfactorily closed NCR will be listed and submitted by
the Quality Manager in the Quarterly ARM for the Accountable Manager’s attention,
resolution and recommendation. Accountable manager’s recommendation shall be
taken into account and the corrective action shall be taken within the time limit decided
in the meeting. Feedback on the closure of the unresolved discrepancies shall be
intimated to Accountable Manager through e-mail. The summary of the action taken for
the issues raised during ARM shall be discussed in the following ARM as per the agenda
format given in Form no. QD/QA/53.
b. In case the Accountable manager is not present in the quarterly review meeting due to
any unavoidable circumstances, Quality manager shall convene the meeting with the
senior management team and feedback of the same shall be updated to the
Accountable Manager by e-mail and in the following ARM. In any case, the presence of
Accountable Manager for ARM meeting shall not exceed a time period of 6 months.
Page 9
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.3.5 SETTING OF CORRECTIVE ACTION AND TIMESCALE
a. Each classification of finding will attract different time frame for correction and the
agreed time to correct the findings will be recorded in the audit report.
b. The Department Managers will be responsible to respond to the QA Auditor in writing

within 2 weeks from the date of the audit/surveillance report .(Except Level 1), for the
proposed corrective action and preventive measures to be undertaken.
3.3.6 PREVENTIVE MEASURES INCLUDING TRAINING, ROLE CHANGE, DISCIPLINARY ACTION ETC.
a. During audit, if in-adequate training is found to be the reason for non-conformance in

execution of maintenance procedure then audit personnel may highlight such finding in
audit reports.
b. Responsible department managers shall evaluate the additional training needs and
subject such personnel for additional training.
3.3.7 DEFICIENCY FORM CLOSURE PROCEDURES
a. Proposed corrective action submitted by the department managers will be reviewed and
evaluated by the Quality Manager for suitability and adequacy. If proposed action is
inadequate or unsuitable, such findings will be advised to the department managers,
giving reasons with a revised date for corrective action.
b. When corrective and preventive actions are implemented and the Quality Assurance
Auditor is satisfied with the action taken, he shall recommend to the Quality Manager for
the closure of the audit report.
3.3.8 AUDIT RECORDS
a. Audit Records will be retained in the QA office as follows:
i. Non‐Conformance Report (NCR) : 02 years from the date of closure of audit findings
ii. Completed Checklists : 02 years from the date of audit.
iii. Audit Plan : 02 years from the date of issue.
iv. Non‐ Compliance reports : 02 years from the date of issue.
3.3.9 DGCA AUDIT CO-ORINATION AND CLOSURE OF FINDINGS
a. DGCA audit co-ordination shall be carried out by the Post Holders or their Deputies /
Quality Auditors.
Page 10
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Maintenance Manager shall be responsible for closure of findings issued by DGCA, post
their audit.
c. He shall co-ordinate with all process holders to ensure satisfactory compliance and
reporting to DGCA with in the given time frame.
d. If the findings could not be closed due justifiable reason, maintenance manager shall
approach DGCA with justification requesting extension of time limit for closure of
findings.
e. If extension is not agreed by DGCA, Maintenance Manager shall take all steps to ensure
that the process or product is kept in abeyance till closure of the findings.
Page 11
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.4 CERTIFYING STAFF & SUPPORT STAFF QUALIFICATION & TRAINING PROCEDURES
3.4.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure appropriately trained and authorised personnel are available to perform work
on aircraft and components in an efficient and cost effective manner.
3.4.2 POLICY
a. Certificate of release to service shall be issued after maintenance of aircraft / aircraft

component only by appropriately authorized certifying personnel.
b. Minimum age for issue of certifying staff authorization shall be 21 years.
c. Authorization shall be issued by Quality Manager on Form no. QD/QA/27 for

engineering and QD/QA/27A for pilots when the relevant conditions defined in para
3.4.3 to 3.4.13 is fulfilled.
d. Authorization history card shall be maintained by the quality department for each
authorization holder using form no. QD/QA/50.
3.4.3 CERTIFYING STAFF QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE & TRAINING.
a. Limited scope Authorization to cover Pre-Flight (Transit Inspection)

- Personnel seeking such authorization must fulfil the following conditions:
i Licence in category A or BAMEL in HA / JE

ii Shall have 3 months of relevant experience in line maintenance on Airbus A320 (CFM-
56) aircraft in the last 12 months.
iii Must have successfully completed DGCA approved Level-1 Type Training on A320 (CFM-
56) conducted by a CAR-147 training organization.
iv Shall carry out seven (07) Pre-flight (Transit) / daily inspections under the supervision of
a qualified engineer and record the same in the personal log book.
v Must successfully pass oral cum practical examination conducted by an internal
assessment board consisting of Quality Manager, Maintenance Manager and / or
appropriate category type rated certifying staff.
b. Limited scope Authorization to cover Daily / Weekly with simple defect rectification -
Personnel seeking such authorization must fulfil the following conditions:
i. Licence in category A.
ii. Shall have 3 months of relevant experience in line maintenance on Airbus A320 (CFM-
56) aircraft, in the last 12 months.
Page 12
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. Must have successfully completed DGCA approved Level-1 Type Training on A320 (CFM-
56) conducted by a CAR-147 training organization.
iv. Shall carry out seven (07) Pre-flight (Transit)/ daily/ weekly inspections under the
supervision of a qualified engineer and record the same in the personal log book.
v. Must have undergone Task Training conducted by AirAsia (India). (Refer Note below)
vi. Must successfully pass oral cum practical examination conducted by an internal
assessment board consisting of Quality Manager, Maintenance Manager and/or
Note : Typical Task Permitted after Appropriate Task Training Ref: AMC CAR 145.A.30 (g)
i. Cabin Maintenance
ii. Replacement of wheel assemblies
iii. Replacement of wheel brake units
iv. Replacement of emergency equipment
v. Replacement of ovens, boilers and beverage makers.
vi. Replacement of internal and external lights, filaments and flash tubes
vii. Replacement of windscreen wiper blades
viii. Replacement of passenger and cabin crew seats, seat belts and harnesses.
ix. Closing of cowlings and re‐fitment of quick access inspection panels.
x. Replacement of toilet system components but excluding gate valves.
xi. Simple repairs a n d replacement of internal compartment doors and placards, but
excluding doors forming part of a pressure structure.
xii. Simple repairs and replacement of overhead storage compartment doors and cabin
furnishing items.
xiii. Replacement of static wicks.
xiv. Replacement of aircraft main and APU aircraft batteries.
xv. Replacement of in-flight entertainment system components but excluding public
address.
xvi. Routine lubrication and replenishment of all system fluids and gases
xvii. Deactivation only of sub-systems and aircraft components as permitted by the AirAsia’s
minimum equipment list, where such activation is considered as simple task.
xviii. Inspection for and removal of de-icing / ant-icing fluid, residues including removal /
closure of panels, cowls or cover or the use of special tools.
xix. Invoking of MEL to defer defect when following conditions are met;
1. There is no need for trouble shooting; and
2. Task is specified in MEL and
3. Maintenance action required by the MEL considered to be simple in nature.
xx. Replacement of any other component as agreed by DGCA.
Page 13
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. Full Scope Authorization - Personnel seeking such authorization must fulfil the
following conditions:
i. Must have a valid and appropriate category (B1 or B2) license on Airbus A320 (CFM 56),
in the category, for which authorization is sought.
ii. Shall have 6months / 100days of relevant experience in line maintenance on Airbus
A320(CFM-56) aircraft, in the last 24 months.
iii. Must successfully pass oral cum practical examination conducted by an internal
assessment board consisting of Quality Manager, Maintenance Manager and/or
d. Borescope Authorization - Personnel seeking such authorization must fulfil the

i. Must have a type rating endorsed on his AME licence and a full scope authorization
issued by AirAsia (India) Ltd, on CFM 56-5B Engines in Category B1.
ii. Must have successfully completed an approved training on Borescope principles and
procedures of CFM 56-5B engines, conducted either by the Manufacturer or DGCA
approved institute.
iii. Must associate in carrying out at least 06 borescope inspections on CFM 56-5B engines.
Note:
A representative of the O/o DGCA, may be present in the internal board, (Para 3.4.4), for
conducting the assessment/skill test of the candidate, for issue of Borescope authorization. The
Quality Manager shall intimate the DGCA, before conducting the skill test.
e. Pre-flight (Transit) Check Authorization For Pilots (For Diverted Flights only)
i. The privileges of this authorization shall be exercised only in the case of aircraft
diversion.
ii. The candidate shall have a valid CPL/ ATPL on Airbus A320 -200 aircraft and be a
permanent employee of AirAsia (India) Ltd.
iii. He / She shall successfully complete the following:
1. 4 Hours of theoretical training on relevant inspections, stated in the Pre-flight (Transit)

Check sheet.
2. 07 Pre-flight (Transit) inspections under the supervision of an appropriately qualified
authorization holder.
Page 14
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3. CAR-M & CAR-145 airworthiness regulation and procedural training limited to the extent
of authorization intended to be granted to Pilots.
iv. He / She shall submit his application (Form QD/QA/20A) to the Head of Operations,
who will in turn forward the form to the Quality Manager for assessment by the
internal board. (Refer Para 3.4.4).
v. Upon successful completion of the assessment, the Quality Manager shall issue an
authorization (Form QD/QA/27A), with scope and limitations defined, valid for a period
of one year.
Note:
1. The candidate must be able to score 75% in the internal assessment / skill test.
2. Candidate failing in the internal assessment /skill test shall re-apply after completing
an additional 07 Pre-flight (Transit) inspections under the supervision of an
appropriately qualified authorization holder.
f. Structural Repair Authorization (Metal / Composite) - Personnel seeking such

authorization must fulfil the following conditions:
i. Must be an employee of AirAsia (India) Ltd.
ii. Must hold a valid and current approval to carry out structural repairs, on Airbus A320-
200 aircraft, issued by DGCA, India.
iii. For grant of DGCA approval, the candidate:
1. Must hold BAMEC in Cat "HA" or Basic licence in category B1.

2. Must have successfully completed an approved training on Airbus A320-200 aircraft
structures and structural repairs (metal/composite), conducted by Airbus or DGCA
approved institute and be able to demonstrate ability to read and understand aircraft
SRM and engineering drawings.
3. Must have five years maintenance experience, out of which one year must be on Airbus
A320-200 aircraft.
4. Must have carried out at least two major repairs on the structures, under the
supervision of a qualified structural engineer.
5. Must successfully pass an oral cum practical test conducted by DGCA India, to cover
structural repairs (Metal/Composite) on Airbus A320-200 aircraft.
g. Authorization to Compute and Certify Aircraft Weight Schedules - Personnel seeking

such an authorization must fulfil the following conditions:
Page 15
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. Must have a B1 Type rating endorsed on his AME License and a full scope authorisation
issued by the company on airbus A320-200 aircraft & CFM 56-5B Engines.
ii. Must have successfully completed a training on weight and balance computation of Airbus
A320 aircraft conducted by;
1. Airbus Training Institute or DGCA approved institute or a person holding (or held)
approval / authorization issued by DGCA for computation of weight schedule;
2. A Company authorization holder
iii. Must have associated in carrying out at least two (02) computation of the weight schedule
under the supervision of a company authorisation holder.
h. Authorization To Carry out Engine Run - Personnel seeking such an authorization must
fulfil the following conditions:
i. Must have a type rating endorsed on his AME licence and a full scope authorization
issued by AirAsia (India) Ltd, on CFM 56-5B Engines in Category B1.
ii. Must have associated in carrying out minimum 03 High power runs (Power rating more
than idle), under the supervision of an authorized engineer, and a certificate to this
effect must be obtained from Engineer, on his/her personal log book.
iii. Must be able to demonstrate knowledge on engine systems, engine run procedures,
precautions, engine parameters limits, recording of parameters, and ability to read and
understand maintenance manuals and company procedures detailed in EPM Volume 2,
in the internal assessment / skill test.
i. Authorization To Carry Out Taxiing - Personnel seeking such authorization must be

employed with AirAsia (India) Ltd, and fulfil the following conditions:
i. Must have a type rating endorsed on his AME license, and a full scope authorization
issued by the Quality Manager on Airbus A320-200 aircraft & CFM 56-5B Engines in
Category B1.
ii. Must undergo an approved formal classroom training, covering the following aspects:
1. Aerodrome layout
2. Aerodrome signs, ATC signals, Runway markers and lights.
3. Engine run up checklist.
4. Taxi checklist.
5. Emergency check list.
6. Steering/ Braking system & procedures.
7. General precautions while taxiing, such as speed limitations, taxi path clearance and
wing clearance.
Page 16
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. Shall be assessed for ability on taxiing of the aircraft by a pilot qualified on Airbus
A320-200 aircraft, and a certificate to that effect shall be made by the pilot in the
candidate’s personal log book.
iv. The candidate shall submit an application (Form QD/QA/20) along with a copy of the
logbook, to the maintenance manager. The maintenance manager shall submit the
application along with his/her recommendation to the Quality Manager, who will issue
an authorization (Form QD/QA/27) to taxi the aircraft, with a validity of one year
(subject to the validity of the holder’s license), and restricted to the airport of issue.
Note:
It shall be the responsibility of the authorization holder to ensure that a RT license holder is
present in the cockpit, during each taxi performed, in case the holder does not have a valid RT
license and shall subject himself to Breath Analyzer Test before carrying out aircraft taxiing.
v. The QA Department shall maintain a record of all taxi authorizations.
vi. Taxi authorization shall be renewed for a period of one year, subject to fulfilment of the
1. The holder’s AME licence and certifying staff authorization is valid & current.
2. Personnel holds a valid RT licence (if RT licence is held by the Authorization Holder)
3. Holder has performed at least (01) one taxi of Airbus A320 -200, independently, in the
preceding 01 year Or has been re-assessed for his/her ability on taxiing of the aircraft
by a pilot qualified on Airbus A320-200 aircraft
3.4.4 COMPETENCE & SKILL REQUIREMENTS DESCRIPTION
a. Procedures are defined in MOE 1.7.11 and MOE 3.14
3.4.5 COMPETENCE & SKILL ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE
a. Procedures are defined in MOE 1.7.11 and MOE 3.14
3.4.6 TRAINING POLICY – INITIAL TRAINING, RECURRENT TRAINING, HF TRAINING, SMS TRAINING,
SPECIAL OPS TRAINING (RVSM – EDTO – PBN – CDCCL)
a. Training shall be provided to all maintenance personnel from Induction and during
continuation of their service in the organization.
Page 17
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Training policies, type of training for various individuals are defined in Training Manual.
c. Training syllabus are provided in MOE 3.17.
d. Training Certificates will be issued on form no. QD/QA/46.
3.4.7 NEW RECRUIT TRAINING, ASSESSMENT & JOB ALLOTMENT
a. Newly recruited personnel shall be trained according to their job requirements and shall
also be assessed before job allotment.
3.4.8 CONTRACTED EMPLOYEE TRAINING & JOB ALLOTMENT
a. Contracted employee for short period (of less than 6 months) shall normally be
recruited with proper qualification, competence and current experience. In such case,
they shall be trained on organization procedures and inducted into active service
immediately.
b. Contracted employees for longer period(of more than 6 months) and not meeting the
training requirements of the organization shall be subjected to appropriate training and
then inducted into active service.
3.4.9 CERTIFICATION AUTHORIZATION RENEWAL PROCEDURES
a. RENEWAL OF AUTHORIZATION - Following criteria shall be met by the certifying staff,

for renewal of his/her authorization:
i. The certifying staff’s AME licence is valid and current.

ii. The certifying staff has exercised the privileges of his/her authorization, related to the
scope of his/her authorization, for at least 06 months in the preceding 24 months, in a
satisfactory manner.
Note:
For weighing and computation/certification of weight schedule, the authorization will be
renewed provided the authorization holder continues to meet the applicable continuation
training requirements.
iii. In case of Borescope authorization, he/she shall have carried out 03 borescope
inspections, in the preceding one year.
iv. The authorization holder has undergone a medical fitness check, once in the preceding
24 months and must be certified as medically fit, by a registered MBBS practitioner.
v. The authorization holder has undergone approved continuation training, once in the
preceding 24 months.
Page 18
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vi. The authorization holder shall submit Form QD/QA/29, along with supporting
documents, to the maintenance manager who will in turn submit the form to the
Quality Manager, with his recommendations. The Quality Manager shall accordingly
renew the authorization.
Note:
In case of Pilots, the authorization holder shall carry out three (03) Pre-flight (Transit) inspection
under the supervision of a qualified engineer and his /her application (QD/QA/29A) shall be
forwarded to the Quality Manager with the recommendations of the Head of Operations.
3.4.10 ONE-OFF CERTIFICATION AUTHORIZATION PROCEDURES – MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL
a. In those situations where the requirement for a one off authorisation to issue a CRS for a
task on an aircraft type for which certifying staff does not hold a type-rated authorisation
has been identified, the following procedure will be followed to effect certification,
beyond the scope or limitations of his/her authorization, a dispensation may be
requested. (One-off authorization request).
b. All requests for dispensation shall be made using Dispensation Form QD/QA/24 by the
Maintenance Manager, and submitted to the Quality Assurance Department. The
Maintenance manager shall ensure that the holder’s authorization is valid and current and
that the holder is medically fit to carry out the task.
c. The details of defect, task description and deviation required shall be detailed in the
dispensation and the certifying staff particulars, (name, authorization number, scope &
limitation of the authorization) shall be recorded in the dispensation.
d. Dispensation shall be assessed ( Refer 3.4.9.5) b y the Quality Manager and a one off
authorization limited to the tasks stated in the dispensation, shall be granted by the
Quality Manager.
3.4.11 ONE-OFF CERTIFICATION AUTHORIZATION PROCEDURES – AT NON-OPERATING STATIONS
a. In the case of an aircraft grounded, due to a defect, at a station, not supported by AirAsia
(India)’s Maintenance team, a one-off authorization may be granted to a person meeting
the following requirements:
i. He / She shall have not less than five years maintenance certification experience.
ii. He / She shall hold a valid & current ICAO type II aircraft maintenance licence rated on
Airbus A320(CFM-56) aircraft.
iii. He / She shall be employed with an approved organization, to effect certification on

AirAsia (India) aircraft, provided there is no other CAR 145 approved organization at that
station.
Page 19
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
1. AirAsia (India) Flight crew shall communicate full details of the defect to the maintenance
manager.
2. All requests for dispensation shall be made using Dispensation Form QD/QA/24 by the
Maintenance Manager, and submitted to the Quality Assurance Department.
iv. The details of defect, task description and deviation required shall be detailed in the
dispensation and the certifying staff particulars, (name, licence number, scope & limitation
of the licence) shall be recorded in the dispensation.
v. The Quality Manager shall review and assess the dispensation request taking into account
the following:
1. The Quality Manager shall obtain all documents substantiating the

qualification/experience/employment and medical fitness of the nominated person and
ensures that the person meets the requirement.
2. Full technical details relating to the work required to be carried out have been established
and passed on to the certifying staff. Approved procedure for co-ordinating and
controlling the total maintenance activity undertaken at the location under the authority
of the one off authorisation, are followed.
3. The person to whom a one-off authorisation is issued has been provided with all the
necessary information and guidance relating to maintenance data and any special
technical instructions associated with the specific task undertaken.
4. A detailed step by step inspection card /work order shall be issued by the technical
services executive in consultation with the CAM, and communicated to the one-off
authorisation holder.
5. The Quality Manager shall conduct an assessment of the person nominated, via
telephone, to ascertain that the person has understood the nature of the defect, its
associated maintenance data / procedures, including the procedures to complete the
necessary documentation such as work orders and Technical Log book.
3.4.12 RE-ISSUE OF AUTHORIZATION
a. Following criteria shall be met by the certifying staff, for re-issue of his/her
authorization, (Authorization expired or suspended or restricted).
i. The authorization holder shall fulfil all requirements detailed in Para 3.4.5 (l)
ii. The authorization holder shall pass a re-assessment test, conducted by the internal
board.
Page 20
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.4.13 ONE-OFF CERTIFICATION AUTHORIZATION PROCEDURES - FLIGHT CREW LIMTIED

CERTIFICATION PROCEDURES
a. Flight crew authorization procedures are defined in MOE 3.4.3.f
b. If at any time, one-off authorization is required to be issued for diverted flights, Quality
Manager shall issue such authorization after ensuring from the Director – Flight
operation that the concerned flight crew is appropriately trained and competent to
carry out the Pre-flight (Transit) inspection.
c. One-off certification privileges for flight crew shall be limited to Pre-flight (Transit)
inspection for diverted flights only.
Page 21
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.5 CERTIFYING STAFF & SUPPORT STAFF RECORDS
3.5.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish a proper procedure for up-keeping of certifying staff records to enable

administration and control, and to ensure DGCA India and Company’s requirements are
complied with.
3.5.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to maintain a record of all certifying staff for administration
and control to ensure compliance with DGCA India and Company’s requirements.
3.5.3 LIST OF CERTIFYING PERSONNEL (Category A /B1 /B2)
a. A list (AAI/MOE LIST/01) of all licensed / approved and authorised persons shall be
maintained current by the Quality Manager.
b. All certifying staff records will be maintained in hard copy / electronic format in the
AMOS by the Quality Department.
3.5.4 MINIMUM INFORMATION TO BE KEPT IN THE FILE
The following minimum information shall be kept on record in respect of each certifying person:
a. Name
b. Date of Birth
c. Basic Training
d. Type Training
e. Continuation Training
f. Experience Certificates
g. Qualifications relevant to the approvals
h. Scope of the Company issued Authorization.
i. Date of first Issue of the company authorization.
j. Expiry date of the issued company authorization (if appropriate).
k. Identification number of the issued company authorization.
l. The validity of the issued authorisation should be in line with the AME licence validity.
m. Copy of valid licence
n. Specimen Signature and Initials of the Certifying staff. (QD/QA/35)
o. Copy of Medical Certificate
3.5.5 RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN AND CONTROL PERSONAL RECORDS
a. Individual files containing all details of each certifying staff, supporting his/her qualifications/
experience/ trainings/ authorization assessment, shall be maintained by the Quality Assurance
Inspector.
Page 22
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Such files/ records shall be retained in fire proof cabinets in the QA department and access
shall be granted to DGCA officers / Auditors.
c. AMOS data updating will be carried out by the QA Inspector, using his/her own password and
he/she shall not share his/her password with any other person.
d. Copy of authorisation, issued by Quality Manager, will be issued to the concerned certifying
staff, as a hard copy and stored in electronic format also.
3.5.6 ACCESS TO STAFF RECORDS – AUTHORIZED PERSONS
a. Certifying staff will be granted reasonable access to their personal records upon written request
to and approval by the Quality Manager.
b. Copy of the Authorisation shall be retained by the individual certifying staff and he/she must be
able to produce the same to authorized persons such as DGCA/ QA Auditors, upon their
request, within 24 hours.
3.5.7 PROCEDURES FOR ACCESS OF RECORDS BY DGCA OFFICERS OR AUTHORIZED MANAGERS
a. Copy of list of certifying and support staff and their credentials shall be submitted to the
Regional Airworthiness office as and when required.
b. Such a list will be furnished to all Post Holders on demand basis.
3.5.8 RETENTION OF RECORDS
a. Records of certifying staff shall be retained for a minimum period of three years from the date,
the certifying staff has ceased employment with the Organisation or as his/her authorization
has been withdrawn.
b. In addition upon request, AirAsia (India) shall furnish the certifying staff with a copy of his/her
personal records on leaving the Organisation.
Page 23
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL
3.6.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish procedure and policy for audit personnel to perform periodic audits and
surveillance to ensure compliance to regulatory and company’s requirements.
3.6.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to carry out independent audits of all production functions to monitor
compliance with regulatory and company’s requirements.
3.6.3 AUDIT PERSONAL – GENERAL
a. Quality Assurance auditors are also responsible for surveillance of other Quality functions.
b. Quality Assurance auditors will be trained on specific functions by means of

participation and on job training under the guidance of the Quality Assurance
Manager or other person approved by the Quality Manager.
3.6.4 QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE & TRAINING
a. Auditors’ profile will have the below mentioned requisites:

i. Ab initio training in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering or Degree in Engineering
(Mechanical / Aeronautical / Electrical / Avionics)
ii. Five years’ Experience in Aviation (Continuing Airworthiness Management functions
including maintenance), out of which at least one year of Quality Auditing functions.
iii. Good Communication skills and Knowledge and use of computer application and tools.
Note: Personnel assessment for auditors has been detailed in MOE 3.14 and EPM Volume 1
part 10.
b. Auditors must have received the following training:

i. ISO 9001 Internal Auditor’s course.
ii. Training on Human Factors in Aviation Maintenance MOE, CAME & EPM familiarization.
iii. Training on CAR 145 and CAR M regulations.
iv. AMOS
c. Auditors shall receive continuation training every 2 years on the following:

i. Training on Human Factors in Aviation Maintenance
ii. Changes to CAR regulations / Company Procedures.
Page 24
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.6.5 DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES
a. Duties and Responsibilities:

i. Shall report directly to the Quality Manager.
ii. Shall investigate quality failures and identify trends to enable the departmental managers
to take corrective actions in order to prevent recurrence.
iii. Shall liaise, consult, assist and advise department managers of production areas for any
findings/ observations on discrepancies or non-conformances
3.6.6 PERSONNEL TO AUDIT QUALITY
a. Safety Auditor from the Safety Management System shall audit the Quality Audit process and
suggest procedureal and process improvement required for implementation.
b. Such recommendation shall be made to the Quality Manager for execution.
3.6.7 MANPOWER IN QUALITY AUDIT SECTION INCLUDING OUTSOURCED AUDITORS
a. Quality auditors shall normally be employed on permanent basis.
b. Any specialiazed area, if considered to be new then such areas shall be outsourced to external
auditors qualified in respective area such as NDT, process etc.
c. Outsourcing shall be done to auditors from the ISO Stream.
3.6.8 INDEPENDENCE OF QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL
a. The Quality Assurance Auditor shall be completely independent of all production functions and
will be responsible for carrying audits to monitor compliance with regulatory and company’s
requirements.
b. Quality Auditors shall not take part in any maintenance activities during working or during non-
working hours.
Page 25
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS
3.7.1 PURPOSE
a. AirAsia (India) may have inspectors in the production line, qualified and authorized by the
Quality Manager, to carry out second independent inspection of critical tasks.
b. This document details procedures on qualifying the stores inspector and Quality assurance
inspector.
3.7.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to have inspectors in the Quality Assurance department, viz,
i. Stores inspector to carry out goods receipt inspection and monitoring shelf life of POL
items / calibration of precision measuring instruments.
ii. Quality Assurance Inspector to carry out audit of maintenance activities and carry out
Airworthiness Review and issue recommendation to DGCA or renew Airworthienss Review
Certificate (if approved as ARC Staff by DGCA)
3.7.3 INSPECTORS – GENERAL DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES
a. Quality Assurance Inspector shall carry out:
i. Quality Audit of maintenance activities such as major defect rectification (a long duration
grounding of more than 12 hours), engine change, major damage repair, E and C checks.
ii. Analysis or review of preventive / corrective actions stated in audit reports,
iii. assessment of maintenance
iv. personnel / quality personnel / CAMO personnel in association with Maintenance
Manager / Quality Manager
v. Investigation of delays/incidents.
vi. Airworthiness Review of Records and Aircraft and issue recommendation to DGCA or
validate ARC certificate (if approved by DGCA as Airworthiness Review Staff)
b. For duties and responsibilities of Stores Inspector, refer EPM Vol 5, 1.2.2
Page 26
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.7.4 QUALIFICATION, EXPERIENCE (DURATION & TECHNICAL) AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS
a. The candidate (for quality inspector) shall have :
i. A basic licence in B1/B2 category or have a BAMEL in HA & CT / ES, IS & RN.
ii. Mminimum Twelve (12) months maintenance experience on Airbus A320 aircraft.
iii. Successfully completed an approved ATA 104, LEVEL 3, training on Airbus A320 family
aircraft with OJT.
iv. Completed Oral – cum – Practical examination conducted by DGCA and have an
endorsement on his /her licence for Airbus A320 aircraft.
v. Undergone an approved Internal Auditor’s course.
vi. Minimum one year experience in carrying out surveillance and audits of process and
product.
vii. Undergone formal classroom training on CAR 145 & CAR M and MOE / CAME / EPM
Volume 1.
b. Candidate (for stores inspector) shall have;

i. Ab initio training in AME or Degree in Science / Engineering (Mech. / Electrical /
Aeronautical).
ii. Minimum of three years of aviation stores experience
iii. Have the ability to understand Airworthiness Directives, Manufacturer’s Service Bulletins,
Manufactures Maintenance Manual (MM), Illustrated Parts Catalogue (IPC),
Engineering Orders (EO) and Component Maintenance Manuals (CMM).
iv. Undergone the training mentioned in EPM volume 6 – Training Manual
3.7.5 COMPETENCE AND SKILL REQUIREMENTS & ASSESSMENT
a. Stores Inspector shall be assessed for competence and skill by the Quality Manager for
issue of stores inspector authorization. (QD/QA/28)
3.7.6 CONTRACTED INSPECTORS PROCEDURES
a. As a policy, inspectors shall not be employed on contract basis. All inspectors shall be
employed on permanent rolls only.
Page 27
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.8 QUALIFYING MECHANICS
3.8.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish t he competency requirements and the signatory responsibilities of the

technicians.
3.8.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to recruit qualified mechanics (technicians) and/or hire contract
technicians as per the job and manpower requirement.
3.8.3 TECHNICIANS – GENERAL
a. Technicians are maintenance personnel who don’t hold any certification priveleges and
are employed to assist the certifying staff.
b. Technicians shall carry out maintenance work on the aircraft only under the supervision
of a certifying staff.
a. The candidate shall have completed technical training from recognised vocational institute
in the relevant trade, such as,
i. Diploma / Ab-Initio training in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering from a DGCA approved
institute
OR
ii. Degree in Aeronautical, Mechanical, Electrical or Electronics Engineering OR
iii. Any other relevant training or experience that may be considered equivalent such as Air
Force, Coast Guard etc.
b. The candidate shall have minimum 3 years of Aviation Maintenance experience.
c. Technicians with appropriate experience of 2 years or more on aircraft type similar to

Airbus A320 aircraft shall undergo the following training, with in 6 months of induction
into the organization;
i. CAR 145/CAR M/CAME/MOE
ii. Human factors in aviation maintenance (if not attended previously)
iii. RVSM/PBN
iv. Fuel Tank Safety (Phase 1 & 2)
v. ATA 104 Level 2 training on A320 aircraft, in the relevant trade.
Page 28
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
vi. ESDS awareness

vii. Safety Management System.
d. Technicians with no ‘Hands On’ experience on heavy aeroplanes / systems shall undergo
induction training and an OJT, i.e. shall work under the supervision of an experienced
technician, for 3 months.
e. Upon satisfactory completion of OJT, the technicians shall undergo the following training:
i. CAR 145/CAR M/CAME/MOE
ii. Aircraft marshalling
iii. Human factors in aviation maintenance/ SMS
iv. ATA 104 Level 2 training on A320 aircraft, in the relevant trade
v. RVSM/PBN
vi. Fuel tank safety (Phase 1 & 2)
vii. ESDS awareness and EWIS (For avionics)
a. On induction and completion of 3 months of On Job Training, Technicians shall be assessed by a

board consisting of Maintenance Manager / Senior Type Rated Engineer & Quality Auditor for
competency skills.
b. On satisfactory assessment, Technicians shall be permitted to work under the supervision of the
certifying staff.
c. Technicians failing the assessment, shall continue to do the On Job Training for further period of
3 months.
3.8.6 SIGNATORY RESPONSIBILITES OF TECHNIANS
a. Signatory responsibilities of technicians:
i. When a technician signs in the technicians’ column on the work orders or check sheets or
EOs, for work done, he/she will be responsible for the quality of work done by him/her.
ii. The work performed by a technician will be supervised and certified by an authorized
certifying staff. However the technician shall be responsible for the work which he/she
has performed and has signed for.
Page 29
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.8.7 APPROVED MARSHALLERS
a. Technicians who have successfully completed the marshalling training shall undergo a skill
test conducted by a board constituting representative of the DGCA, Maintenance Manager
and Quality Auditor / Manager. The DGCA shall issue an approval to the Technicians, upon
passing the skill test.
b. Only approved technicians shall carry out marshalling of aircraft.
Note: It is the responsibility of Maintenance Manager to ensure that, only personnel

who have under gone Fuel tank safety training are allowed to enter into fuel tank or
assigned with task where fuel tank safety training is considered necessary.
3.8.8 CONTRACTED TECHNICIANS PROCEDURES
a. Occasions may arise where in technicans may have to be hired on Contract basis to cater
to the requirements. In such cases, personnel recruited;
i. Must have technical qualification and experience in aircraft maintenance as required for
permanent technicians.
ii. Shall undergo training on AirAsia (India) MOE before they can be assigned to work on
the aircraft.
Page 30
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.9 AIRCRAFT OR COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASK EXEMPTION PROCESS CONTROL
3.9.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide regulation on the granting of concession for deviation or exemption to

Aircraft and Component Maintenance Programme/Schedule.
3.9.2 POLICY
a. Any requirement to exempt a maintenance task shall be carried out after obtaining prior
approval from the Quality Manager after following due process.
3.9.3 TASK EXEMPTION – GENERAL
a. All concession requests (Concession Request & Approval Form QD/QA/23) must
originate from the Maintenance Manager or Planning Executive and be reviewed by the
Technical Services Executive and the CAM.
Note:
In case of a third party contract, the Production Planner/ Management representative of the
organization, shall forward a request to the technical services executive of AirAsia India.
b. The Tchnical Services Executive will complete the form by entering the relevant details
and submit to Quality Assurance Department, with reason for requested deviation and
relevant justification which will include additional safeguards to ensure an equivalent
level of safety and / or quality.
c. The Quality Assurance Inspector shall assign a control number to the form from the
Concession register. The concession number shall be in a serial numbered order.
3.9.4 PROCEDURETO SEEK TASK EXEMPTION APPROVAL FROM DGCA.
a. The Quality Manager shall approve the form after assessment and forward it to the CAM.
The C A Manager shall submit a request along with the approved concession form,
necessary justification and substantiating documents, to the Regional Airworthiness Office
for approval.
b. Deviation on Airworthiness Directives, Certification Maintenance Requirement and

Safety related items/equipment shall be submitted to the manufacturer for approval,
prior to submitting the same to DGCA India.
Page 31
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. Approval for concession must be received in writing before it becomes effective. In this
respect, the request for DGCA India approval shall provide a reasonable time frame to
enable timely receipt of written approval from DGCA India.
d. In the event of concession required outside office hours, the CAM shall request for a
verbal, e-mail or faxed approval from the DGCA, however, the same must be followed up
by the normal process on the next working day.
3.9.5 HAZARD ANALYSIS & JUSTIFICATION.
a. The Quality Assurance Manager will review the request and seek advice as
necessary from the Maintenance Manager and CAM.
b. The review will cover various aspects and will include:

i. Have all other means of solution been evaluated?
ii. Is the justification acceptable and safety is not compromised?
iii. Is it within the Quality Manager to grant the concession?
iv. What time limit shall be imposed?
v. Any other issues such as maintenance status of the aircraft, deferred defects situation,
environmental issues, operational constraints at line stations etc.?
vi. Is there any maintenance tasks requiring accomplishment prior to the date of deviation
requested?
3.9.6 FORMAT FOR TASK EXEMPTION REQUEST
a. Form No. QD/QA/23 shall be used for initiating task exemption request.
3.9.7 EFFECTIVITY OF TASK EXEMPTION.
a. Each approved concession will have a validity period and the Technical Services Executive
shall plan terminating action prior to the expiry of the validity period and the Quality
Assurance Inspector shall monitor compliance.
3.9.8 RECORD OF TASK EXEMPTION
a. Recording of maintenance check and its concession must be carried out in the Airframe
Log book. The next maintenance task or inspection must be carried out as specified in
the AMP, at an interval, in relation to the original dates.
Page 32
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM THE ORGANIZATION’S PROCEDURES
3.10.1 PURPOSE
a. Concession is defined as permission by Quality Manager to deviate from the company

policies and procedures described in the MOE and associated procedures.
b. This section outlines in brief the policies and procedures for control of deviation from
organization’s established procedure on one time basis.
3.10.2 POLICY
a. Concession as defined above will be granted only in case of an emergency and

unavoidable situation, permitting deviation from established policies and procedures in
MOE, after ensuring that the deviation will not cause any kind of hazard to flight safety.
3.10.3 ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES FOR CONCESSION – GENERAL
a. All concession requests for deviation from organisation procedure will be raised by
Maintenance Manager with justification and submitted to Quality Manager.
b. Quality Manager will scrutinize the request and if found appropriate and justified, will
grant one time approval to deviate from the organization procedure.
c. All concessions used in the aircraft / aircraft component / process / procedures will be
recorded in the appropriate work order and logbooks, by the respective certifying staff,
who is releasing the aircraft / component under concession.
3.10.4 CONCESSION CRITERIA
a. Concession for procedures related to maintenance (materials, tools etc) and

certification staff requirements, provided by TC holder / regulatory authority ,
respectively will not be entertained
b. Concessions are deviations from the organization’s approved practices and procedures,
as defined in this exposition, which needs approval by the Quality Manager.
c. Concession will be requested when organization is unable to follow the standard

procedure and has an option to follow an alternate procedure, which will not endanger
the airworthiness / safety of the aircraft and its occupants.
d. Concession request will not be entertained by the Quality Manager more than one time.
If the procedures are such that , it is impractical to follow, concerned person may apply
to the Quality Manager using policy / procedure revision request form for revision
consideration.
Page 33
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.10.5 REQUEST PROCEDURE
a. Procedure is defined in MOE 3.10.3.
3.10.6 HAZARD ANALYSIS AND JUSTIFICAITON.
a. Maintenance Manager shall provide necessary clarification / justification for the concession
request and assure no safety hazard in execution of the concession sought.
b. Quality Manager shall evaluate the concession request and analyse whether grant of such
concession would lead to any kind of safety hazard.
c. While evaluating the request made by the Maintenance Manager for the Concession, the
Quality Manager will also verify the reasons as to why the laid down procedures and
maintenance instructions cannot be adhered to, and also the justification for asking for a
concession.
d. The substantiation of the request must prove that the proposal to deviate is justified. When
evaluating a request for concession and before granting the same, the quality manager will take
into account the effect on the airworthiness of the aircraft or aircraft component and the
applicable regulations / requirements, and the organization’s scope and the terms of the
approval.
e. If no hazard is seen, concession shall be granted by the Quality Manager.
3.10.7 FORMAT FOR CONCESSION REQUEST
a. Form No. QD/QA/23 shall be utilized for concession request.
3.10.8 EFFECTIVITY OF CONCESSION.
a. Concessions are normally one-off events that have no recurrent effect.
b. In cases where a time limit or other restriction is placed on a concession by the Quality
Manager, it shall be monitored by the Maintenance Manager to ensure that the granted
limits are not exceeded.
3.10.9 RECORD OF CONCESSION
a. Quality Manager will keep an index and details of various concessions issued, with
justifications for audit by DGCA.
Page 34
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS NDT ETC.
3.11.1 PURPOSE
a). To establish procedures for carrying out the following specialiazed procedures;
i. Fluorescent- dye penetrant inspection

ii. Magnetic particle inspection
iii. Eddy Current inspection
iv. Ultrasonic inspection.
v. Borescope Inspection
vi. Coin Tap test Inspection.
3.11.2 POLICY
a. Qualification requirements for personnel provided in Advisory Circular No. 2 of 2017 will
be followed and no deviation will be entertained.
b. Personnel qualified i.a.w CAR 66 B1 License may carry out and / or control dye-
penetrant check.
c. All NDT / NDI inspection will be carried out based on the specific instructions provided in
the NDT manual / standard practices manual / maintenance manual.
a. Experience, training and examination requirements as given in Airworthiness Advisory

circular No. 2 of 2017 will be followed.
b. Candidate must have passed 10+2 with science and mathematics, OR Diploma in
engineering / any other equivalent qualification acceptable to DGCA and shall;
i. Hold at least Level II competency in each relevant NDT technique, issued in accordance
with NAS 410 or EN-4179 specifications by accredited NDT organizations.
ii. Have undergone training on MOE/CAR 145 and Human Factors in aviation maintenance.
iii. Have minimum of six months aviation experience in the relevant NDT technique
(MPI/FPI/ECI/UI/RI), out of which three months must be recent experience under the
supervision of a person holding appropriate certification authorization (Level-II) of the
respective NDT technique in an approved organization.
Page 35
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iv. For extension of Certification Authorization, to cover additional technique the applicant
shall have acquired at least 3 months recent experience under a person holding
appropriate certification authorization (Level-II) of the respective NDT technique in an
approved organization.
v. Should not have any physical disability and meet the vision standards as defined in NAS
410 / EN 4179.
c. Applicant will be subjected to oral cum practical exam by the Quality Manager,
Maintenance Manager and a person holding Level-III or Level-II with 5 years of experience
d. For renewal of Certification Authorization in NDT, the applicant ‐
i. Shall have minimum 2 months experience in the last six months.

ii. Must satisfy the vision requirement as defined in NAS410 / EN4179.
iii. Must have under gone a continuation training at least once in last 24 months as per
AAC 8 of 2000.
a. Candidates are required to hold Level II or Level III certification by NAS 410 / EN 4179
Stanadards.
b. Candidate shall have necessary skills to carry out the inspection.
c. Candidate shall be assessed for competency by a board consisting of Quality Manager,

Maintenance Manager and and a person holding Level-III or Level-II with 5 years of
experience.
d. On satisfactory performance, candidate shall be issued with company certification

authorization to perform the NDT inspection as part of a work package or a stand alone
the activity and issue CRS with regard to NDT activity.
3.11.5 CONTRACTED SPECIALIST SERVICE PROCEDURES.
a. If the organization doesn’t have capability to carryout specialized services shall be

contracted to DGCA approved organization / individual holding CAR-145 approval or
Certification Authorization by another approved organization respectively.
Page 36
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. In such cases, related maintenance data relevant to the inspection including standard
practices manual (if applicable) shall be provided to enable satisfactory compliance of
the special procedures.
c. If the procedures are carried out thru an approved organization, personnel may carry
out the activity and sign off the procedure sheet for a special (NDT) procedure that
forms part of other line maintenance. If the special (NDT) procedure is a stand alone
activity, CRS shall be issued by the organization.
d. If the procedures are carried out by a qualified individual holding appropriate Certificate
Authorization, then the personnel shall be issued with a company authorization to carry
out and certify the special procedure. CRS for the entire aircraft shall then be issued by
the organization’s certifying staff stating the completion of the special procedure and
the subsequent daily inspection required to release the aircraft to service.
3.11.6 RETENTION OF NDT STAFF RECORDS
a. NDT Staff records shall be preserved at Quality department for a period of 3 years after
the certifying person has ceased employment with AirAsia (India) or withdrawal of the
authorization whichever is the sooner.
Page 37
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER’S AND OTHER MAINTENANCE WORKING TEAMS
3.12.1 PURPOSE
a. To have an adequate procedure for administration and control, whenever AirAsia (India)
Fleet aircraft is maintained by manufacturer and/or other maintenance work teams
and to ensure compliance to the company standards and regulatory requirements.
3.12.2 POLICY
a. If any maintenance work to be carried out in the organization’s base facility or at

locations away from base, are beyond the scope of approval / capability of the
organization, then assistance from the manufacturer’s / other approved maintenance
organization will be sought.
b. Assistance from manufacture, manufacturer authorized service centre or EASA / FAA

/TC or equivalent authorities approved organization will be sought to carryout work and
/or certify the work.
c. Control will be exercised by the organization in verifying the quantum of work,

authorization of personnel, materials, maintenance data or instructions, tools &
equipments, environmental conditions at the time of carrying out the work to ensure
quality work is carried out on the aircraft / component.
3.12.3 SOURCE OF WORK – AUTHORIZATION OF PERSONNEL
a. Any major defect or damage requiring repair requiring skilled or precision working,
which is beyond the scope of the organization / capability of the personnel will be
entrusted to the manufacturer / other maintenance working team.
b. In such cases, Maintenance Manager will liaise with the manufacturer to obtain
recommendations on the scope of work to be carried out and propose the same to the
Regional Airworthiness Office for their acceptance.
c. Manufacturer team may perform design, repair, installation and test with in the scope
of their manufacturing / maintenance approval granted by the airworthiness authority
of their country. Regional airworthiness Office, Bengaluru will be intimated prior to
utilizing the service to obtain their acceptance.
d. Other maintenance working team may perform design, repair, installation and testing
with in the scope of their repair design approval / maintenance approval granted by the
airworthiness authority of their country.
e. Personnel carrying out and certifying the work shall do under the authority of the
authorization issued by their respective organization.
Page 38
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.12.4 SYSTEM FOR CONTROL OF MATERIALS, WORKING INSTRUCTIONS AND PROCEDURES
a. Material pertaining to the work shall be routed thru the stores for acceptance and issue
procedures as laid down in the MOE.
b. Working instructions if covered in the maintenance data, then such data shall be
provided to the working team. If the working instruction is required to be prepared for
such activities, then it shall be the responsibility of the organization to have approved
data in possession and use the same, while carrying out the maintenance.
c. Maintenance Manager & Quality Manager shall liaise with the external team members
and familiarize themselves with the content of the working instructions and procedures
to ensure that all standards procedures are followed and no non-compliance exists in
the performance of the activity.
3.12.5 CONTROL OF DOCUMENTATION – DRAWINGS – MODIFICATIONS – REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS.
a. Control of documentation including related drawings, modification / repair instructions

shall be the responsibility of the working team under the Quality system of their
organization.
b. Copy of all relevant documentations shall be obtained and retained as part of the work
package.
3.12.6 CERTIFICATION – REPAIR – REPLACEMENT – MODIFICATION – OVERHAUL – INSPECTION.
a. Working team shall be responsible for certification of work performed under the scope
of their DGCA/EASA/FAA approval.
3.12.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
a. Shift in-charge shall ensure that the required environmental conditions are met while
work is carried out by the manufacturer’s / external working team.
b. If such required environmental conditions could not be met, work shall be stopped till
the environmental conditions improves and returns to normalcy.
3.12.8 FINAL CERTIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.
a. When the Shift in-charge and Quality Assurance Inspector are satisfied that the work
has been accomplished in accordance with the maintenance contract, and complies
with the regulatory and company’s requirement , is accomplished using approved
and correct tools, materials, drawings, manuals and documents, the Shift in-charge
shall sign the acceptance for the authorised work, and may issue a CRS accordingly.
Page 39
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE
3.13.1 PURPOSE
a. To create an awareness about the Human Factors and Performance Limitations to

Maintenance personnel and apply those principles in maintenance activity to ensure
airworthy aircraft and safe operation.
3.13.2 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) policy is to train staff on Maintenance Human Factors. Training include
all personnel whose work has a direct or indirect effect on the safety of the aircraft or in
compliance with DGCA India.
b. All newly employed staff who did not attend any Human Factors training shall be
subjected to the initial Human Factors course within the 6 months after the date of
employment.
c. Personnel recruited from other organization shall also receive initial human factors
training to ensure compliance to AirAsia’s training standards prior to commencing actual
job functions.
d. Exemption to sub-para. c may be provided by Quality Manager, if competence

assessment justifies that there is no need for such training.
3.13.3 AIMS & OBJECTIVES.
a. The objectives of Human Factors training are :
i. To enhance maintenance personnel’s awareness of individual and organisational human

factors issues, both positive and negative, that may affect airworthiness.
ii. To develop human factors skills (such as communication, effective teamwork, task
management, situational awareness, writing of procedures) as appropriate to the job,
in order to make a positive impact on the safety and efficiency of maintenance
operations.
iii. To encourage positive attitude towards safety, and to discourage unsafe behaviour and
practices.
Page 40
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iv. To ensure that staff remain current in terms of human factors and to collect feedback
on human factors issues.
b. The aim of continuation training will be to:
i. Refresh those topics of the Human Factors Training Syllabus that are most significant
for the organisation.
ii. Further develop skills (communication, teamwork, task management,

situational awareness, etc.) as appropriate to the job.
iii. Make staff aware of human factor issues.
3.13.4 CATEGORIES OF STAFF TO BE TRAINED.
a. Post-holders and managers

b. Certifying staff and technicians
c. Planning, Technical Records and Technical Services Personnel
d. Quality Department Personnel
e. Specialised Services (NDT, Borescope) Staff
f. Human factors trainers
g. Logistics & Stores personnel
h. Ground equipment operators
i. Contract staff in the above categories (If not trained by their employer)
3.13.5 TYPE & DURATION.
a. Initial & Continuation Training shall be provided.
b. Initial human factors training for all categories of personnel shall be one day.
c. Human factors continuation training shall be made part of the Refresher course
conducted i.a.w AAC 8 of 2000, once every 2 years.
3.13.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR TRAINERS / TRAINING ORGANIZATION
a. Human factors trainer shall be from Maintenance back ground with minimum of 5 years
of hands on experience on Aircraft Maintenance / Quality functions.
Page 41
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Trainer shall have attended the “Train the Trainer on Human Factors” course to be able
to deliver lecture on Human Factors in Maintenance.
c. Qualified Human Factors Trainers from the Training Organization, M/s Asian Aviation
Centre of Excellence, Malaysia
3.13.7 TRAINING METHODS AND SYLLABUS
a. Training methods shall include classroom training, group discussions, accident/

incident analysis, case studies, video, role-play exercises, teamwork exercises etc.
b. The management, control, monitoring and call out of the HF initial/continuation

training for all Engineering staff shall be the responsibility of the Departmental
Managers. (Maintenance Manager/CAM/ Quality Manager).
c. The training syllabus for initial Human Factors training shall incorporate CAR 145
requirements (GM.145.A.30.e).
d. AirAsia (India) may combine, divide, and change the order of any subject of the
syllabus to suit its own needs, so long as all subjects are covered to a level of detail
appropriate to the organisation and its personnel. (Refer EPM Volume 1)
3.13.8 CONTINUATION TRAINING
a. Human Factors continuation/re-current training shall be conducted once in every 2

year period from the date of the last HF training. Continuation/Re-current training may
take the form of a dedicated course or, alternatively, may be integrated into other
training or company processes such as company induction or continuation training for
the purpose of renewal of license/authorization
Page 42
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.14 COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL
3.14.1 PURPOSE
a. To assess all staff for their competence, i.e measureable skill or standard of
performance, knowledge and understanding, taking into consideration attitude and
behaviour in accordance with an established procedure under CAR-145.
3.14.2 POLICY
a. Personnel involved in Planning, maintenance, (Employed or Contracted Certifying Staff,

Specialized services staff, Technician), management and / or quality audits shall be
assessed for competence before unsupervised work is allotted in accordance with
established procedure and standard agreed by DGCA.
b. Competence assessment shall be controlled on annual basis thru the process of renewal
of certification authorization for certifying staff and thru annual appraisal for Planning
staff and Technicians.
c. Additional training will be provided to those personnel who fail to qualify in the
assessment.
3.14.3 LIST OF PERSONNEL TO BE ASSESSED WITH IN THE ORGANIZATION AND OUTSIDE OR DGCA
i.a.w CAR 145.A.30(e)
a. Personnel to be assessed with in the organization are:
i. Maintenance personnel listed below :
1. Planning Engineer / Executive

2. Certifying Staff
3. Specialized services (NDT) Staff
4. Borescope Staff
5. Weighing / Weight schedule recomputation staff
6. Technicians
7. Stores personnel
ii. Management personnel listed below

1. Maintenance Manager
iii. Quality Assurance personnel (Quality Inspector/Quality Auditor)
iv. Engineering Instructor
Page 43
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Personnel to be assessed by DGCA
i. Personnel awaiting Type Rating under CAR-66

ii. Post Holders (Maintenance Manage & Quality Manager)
iii. NDT personnel for issue of Certificate of Competency.
3.14.4 COMPETENCY AND SKILL MATRIX
a. Competency and Skill matrix are provided in EPM Volume 1
3.14.5 ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES – TRAINING, QUALIFICATIONS, SUPERVISION, ASSESSORS.
a. Competence of personnel shall be assessed by Quality Manager or by the personnel

nominated (the assessor) by the Quality Manager.
b. Competence assessment shall be carried out immediately after Induction (before

allocating unsupervised or independent function) and on annual basis.
c. While carrying out assessment, records from the previous assessments shall be referred
and weightage (credit) given for appropriate qualification and experience.
d. Compentence assessment of the personnel shall be carried out through evaluation of the
following:
i. On-the-job performance and/or testing of knowledge by the head of department/

qualified senior personnel of the same department.
ii. Records on qualifications and basic, organizational and / or product type and differences
trainings undergone,
iii. Experience certificates /Log book attestations.
Note: Validation of the above could include a confirmation check with the organisation(s) that
issued such document(s).
e. During initial assessment, complete evaluation shall cover complete assessment in terms
of qualification, training, experience, logbooks (records, certificate etc), on the job
evaluation etc.
f. During annual competency assessment, evaluation shall be limited to the core function
being performed and expected to be performed by the personnel. Feedback related to the
concerned personnel about his /her competency during the last year shall be obtained
from the reporting manager in writing / oral and the weightage of the same shall be taken
into account for making appropriate decisions.
Page 44
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
g. The assessment shall be conducted in such a manner, so as to enable, the assessor to

determine;
i. Which level of ongoing supervision will be required for the assesse or whether
unsupervised work can be assigned.
ii. Whether there is a need for additional training including the need for additional EWIS
training for B2 staff .
h. For a proper competence assessment of the personnel, the following shall be

considered:
i. In accordance with the job functions, adequate initial and recurrent training will be
provided and recorded to ensure continued competence so that it is maintained
throughout the duration of employment/contract.
ii. All staff should be able to demonstrate knowledge of and compliance with MOE/CAME/
CAR regulations and EPM procedures, as applicable to their duties.
i. All staff should be able to demonstrate an understanding of human factors and human
performance issues in relation with their job function and be trained as per MOE 3.13.
j. If the results of the competency assessment is unsatisfactory, appropriate additional

functional training or on-job training may be recommended by the assessor.
k. In case of any adverse feedback / report or DGCA observations , necessary corrective

and competency training shall be given to the personnel and reassessment will be
carried out.
l. Competency assessment information and results shall be recorded in Form QA/QD/31.
3.14.6 COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL
a. Competency assessment of the Management personnel are conducted before joining

the organization.
3.14.7 QUALIFICATION & ASSESSMENT RECORDS.
a. Qualification records that need to be retained includes basic, type training, license,
authorization etc.
b. Assessment records shall be retained for a minimum period of 2 years after the individual
ceases to be the employee of the company.
Page 45
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.15 TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR ON-THE JOB TRAINING AS PER SECTION 6 OF APPENDIX –III TO
CAR 66
3.15.1 PURPOSE
a. To attain required competence and experience in performing safe maintenance and

qualify for issue of B1 / B2 Type rated CAR-66 License.
3.15.2 POLICY
a. On completion of Type Training by CAR-147 organization, or any other organization

approved by DGCA, maintenance personnel shall be provided structured ON JOB
TRAINING for gaining competence and experience.
b. On Job Training shall be followed with an assessment to ensure maintenance personnel

have gained required experience before recommending to DGCA for the issue /
endorsement on AME Licence.
3.15.3 ON JOB TRAINING PROCEDURE
a. On Job Training is required to be completed by personnel aspiring for the first type
rating under Group 1 aircraft for B1 / B2 category i.a.w table given in GM 66.A.45 of CAR
66 regulation.
b. OJT shall include one-to-one supervision and shall involve actual work task performance
on aircraft/components, covering line and/or base maintenance tasks.
c. One to one supervision shall be carried out by the certifying staff involved in the
maintenance of the aircraft under whom the maintenance task is performed.
d. Maintenance Manager shall be nodal officer for OJT.
e. Maintenance Manager shall provide the trainees with a schedule or plan indicating the
list of tasks to be performed under supervision.
f. Candidate may complete up to 50 % of the required OJT tasks before attending the
aircraft theoretical type training.
g. OJT shall cover at least 50 % of the tasks contained in AAI/MOE LIST / 04.
Page 46
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
h. A record of the tasks completed should be entered into the AME’s personal logbook which
should be designed such that each task or group of tasks is countersigned by the
corresponding AME (supervisor) under whom the work was carried out.The logbook format
is provided in Forms Manual.
i. The following data should be addressed on the OJT logbook:

i. Name of Trainee;
ii. Date of Birth;
iii. Approved Maintenance Organisation;
iv. Location;
v. Name of supervisor(s) and assessor, (including licence number if applicable);
vi. Date of task completion;
vii. Description of task and job card/work order/tech log, etc.;
viii. Aircraft type and aircraft registration;
ix. Aircraft rating applied for.
3.15.4 DAY TO DAY SUPERVISON
a. Certifying staff under whom the trainee is performing a task shall be the supervisor
pertaining to that task and direct evaluation of the skill by the assessor on daily basis is
not required.
b. Certifying staff shall check / supervise the complete process of maintenance task
including but not limited to the following;
i Preparation for the task including planning of required tools, consumables, equipments,
task cards and manuals etc.
ii Observation of safety precautions, warning and recommendations
iii Adequate behaviour in the maintenance environment
iv Perforamance of actual maintenance.
c. Certifying staff shall be personally observe the work being performed to ensure the safe
completeness and should be readily available for consultation, if needed during the OJT
performance.
d. Certifying staff shall countersign the tasks and release the maintenance tasks as the
trainee is still not qualified to do so.
e. The certifying staff shall therefore:
i hold privileges relevant to the OJT tasks;

ii be competent for the selected tasks;
iii be safety-orientated;
Page 47
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iv be capable to coach (setting objectives, giving training, performing supervision,

evaluating, handling trainee’s reactions and cultural issues, managing objectively and
positively debriefing sessions, determining the need for extra training or reorientate the
training, reporting, etc.);
v be authorized by the quality manager to carry out the supervision of On Job Training
process.
f. Supervisor shall provide a monthly feedback report of the candidates to the designated
practical assessor. Such feedback report shall form part of the personal records of the
candidate.
3.15.5 NOMINATION OF DESIGNATED ASSESSOR AND SUPERVISER
a. Quality Manager shall designate OJT Assessor and OJT Supervisor and forward the
qualification and experience details of the nominated personnel to DGCA for
acceptance.
b. Quality Manager shall authorise a senior certifying staff as a designated assessor or shall
perform the function of an assessor, if the following minimum qualification and
experience is met:
i. Type rated AME holding full scope authorization in applicable category (B1/B2) on
applicable aircraft.
ii. Minimum 5 years of maintenance certification experience on applicable family of
aircraft.
iii. Should be competent to perform the function.
c. Quality Manager shall authorise a certifying staff as a designated supervisor if the

following minimum qualification and experience is met:
i. Type rated AME holding full scope authorization in applicable category (B1/B2) on
applicable aircraft.
ii. Minimum 3 years of maintenance certification experience on applicable family of
aircraft.
iii. Should be competent to perform the function.
d. Assessor / Supervisor shall be provided with appropriate training on Technical

manpower assessment process / OJT training process by the organization and shall be
issued with an authorization by the Quality Manager. Details of the training is provided
in EPM Vol 6 – training manual.
Page 48
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.16 PROCEDURE FOR THE ISSUE OF THR RECOMMENDATION TO DGCA FOR THE ISSUE OF A CAR 66
LICENCE
a. After completion of OJT, the candidate shall submit the completed OJT booklet to OJT Assessor for
assessment.
b. The logbooks shall be scrutinized by the Assessor to ensure:
i. The trainee has completed the applicable OJT tasks.
ii. The tasks have been signed by the trainee as well as the OJT supervisor.
iii. For the purpose of independent assessment, the trainee shall carry out at least two core task
randomly selected by the assessor, under the supervision of the assessor.
3.16.1 ASSESSMENT OF ON JOB TRAINING
a. Assessor shall be responsible to conduct the final assessment of the completed OJT. This
assessment shall include confirmation of the completion of the required diversity and
quantity of OJT tasks and shall be based on the supervisor(s) reports and feedback.
b. Assessor shall follow the procedures and guidelines provided in Appendix III of CAR 66 /
AAC 4 of 2017 for carrying out the OJT assessment.
c. The assessment shall be carried out for the trainees as per the following weightage.
i. Adherence to the Warning and Cautions (weightage-10%)

ii. Performance of the two selected core tasks (B1/ B2) proficiently (weightage-70%)
iii. Use of Aircraft Maintenance Data, Documentation and completion of records (weightage-
20%)
d. The OJT assessor will declare the trainee as pass, if he/she scores minimum 75% marks.
e. If the trainee is declared as “Fail”, the OJT Assessor will identify the additional OJT task
that need to be completed by the trainee before his reassessment.
f. The result will be recorded in the Assessment Sheet at the end of the OJT booklet. OJT
booklet format shall be i.a.w AAC 4 of 2017.
Page 49
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.16.2 RECOMMENDATION TO DGCA
a. The Quality Manager shall recommend to DGCA for the issue / endorsement on AME Licence as
applicable for the successful trainees with the following documents:
i. Application form of the trainee.

ii. A copy of the trainee’s OJT booklet
iii. A copy of the trainee’s assessment result.
iv. Fees as per Rule no. 62 of Aircraft Rules 1937
Page 50
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.17 SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SMS)
3.17.1 PURPOSE
a. To lay down the Company safety policies and objectives in ensuring compliance with the
requirements of DGCA India and to achieve the established safety goals set by AirAsia
(India) Ltd.
b. To define the roles and responsibilities of the Quality Assurance department and all other
departments within AirAsia (India) Engineering & Maintenance, in ensuring the best
coordination, implementation and management of safety management system.
c. The SMS Manual details AirAsia (India) Engineering’s policies for safety and defines the
overall Safety Management System framework that must be implemented consistently
across all relevant departments in AirAsia (India) Engineering & Maintenance, to
ensure positive control and continuous improvement for achieving safe maintenance
and secure operations.
d. All engineering personnel will contribute ideas and self voluntarily report for
improvement of the organization safety and maintenance standards.
e. To take full account of the need to maintain civil aviation operational/maintenance safety
and risks as low as reasonably practicable and to meet the Company Safety Management
System goals and regulatory requirements.
3.17.2 SCOPE OF APPLICATION
a. SMS is part of an overall management process that AirAsia (India) Engineering has
adopted in order to ensure that the goals of the organization can be accomplished.
b. AirAsia (India) SMS scope shall cover the following element:

i. The Safety policy statement by Accountable Manager.
ii. The Structure of the SMS.
iii. The role and responsibilities of the Engineering Safety Committee (ESC) and the
iv. Quality Manager.
v. The safety accountability of each position having a safety responsibility.
vi. The system for hazard identification and risk assessment.
vii. The safety data recording system and its confidentiality.
viii. The remedial and prevention action process.
c. Integration of the SMS adopted by AirAsia (India) with other departments within
AirAsia as a whole.
Page 51
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.17.3 POLICY
a. AirAsia (India) Engineering as an approved maintenance organization and as an AOC

holder will be committed to develop, implement, maintain and improve safety strategy,
management systems and processes to ensure that all the aviation activities undertaken
are with balanced resource allocation, aimed at achieving and meeting the highest level
of safety performance and international safety standards.
3.17.4 PROCEDURE
a. SMS team will develop and embed a safety culture in all aviation activities that
recognizes the importance and value of effective aviation safety management and
acknowledge at all times that safety is paramount.
b. The SMS team shall:

i. Clearly define all staff, their accountabilities and responsibilities for the development and
delivery of aviation safety strategy and performance.
ii. Ensure that all staff are provided with adequate and appropriate aviation safety
information and training and are competent in safety matters.
iii. SMS continuation training for all Engineering staff will be conducted every 2 years from
the initial training. (Along with HF continuation training, or as a part of continuation
training for the purpose of renewal of license/authorization).
iv. Establish and implement a hazard identification and risk management process to
minimize the risk associated with aircraft operations to a point that it is as low as
reasonably practicable, achievable, and to conduct safety reviews to ensure that relevant
action is taken.
v. Ensure that sufficient skilled and trained personnel are always available to implement
safety strategy, policy and processes.
vi. Ensure that the externally supplied system and services that impacts upon the safety of
the operations meet appropriate safety standards.
vii. Encourage the maximum level of reporting and transparency with non- punitive
safety/hazard reporting.
a. SMS/Safety Training : Quality Manager

b. Training needs of each Dept. : Head of Department
c. Internal SMS Audit & Safety Review : Quality Manager
Page 52
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.18 QUALIFYING INTERNAL INSTRUCTOR
3.18.1 PURPOSE
a. To stipulate the qualification, experience and requirements for nominated internal

instructor to conduct briefings and trainings.
a. This procedure applies to engineering personnel nominated as internal qualified

instructor.
3.18.3 PROCEDURES
a. Engineering trainings or courses approved by DGCA, India, may be conducted by AirAsia

(India)’s internal qualified instructors, such as the following trainings, but not limited to:
i. Company Procedures (CAR 145 / MOE/ CAR M / CAME / EPM / SMS / Goods Receipt
Inspection)
ii. ETOPS Awareness / ESDS Awareness / DGR
iii. Human Factors in aviation maintenance.
iv. Re-current/Continuation Training
v. AME Refresher training
b. Quality Manager may approve the nominated engineering personnel as an internal

qualified instructor after a satisfactory review and assessment of the personnel meeting
the necessary requirements.
c. Internal qualified instructor shall meet the following requirements :

i. Ab initio training in Aircraft Maintenance Engineering/ Degree in Engineering, with a
minimum of 5 years of aircraft maintenance experience or
ii. Must have attended “Train the Trainer” training course
iii. Must have minimum one year experience in training.
iv. Must have undergone training in CAR 145/CAR M / CAME/MOE/ Human Factors in
aviation maintenance.
v. Must have successfully completed the relevant training, on the subject, he/she will be
approved to conduct training.
d. The Engineering Instructor shall report to the Quality Manager.
e. He / She shall prepare the Training need analysis, Time Table, Syllabus, Presentation,
Study Materials and Examination paper, for each course to be conducted and submit the
same to the Quality Manager for review. The Quality Manager shall submit the same to
the Regional Airworthiness Office for approval.
Page 53
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
f. Quality Manager shall carry out an annual appraisal of the Instructor. Engineering
Instructors shall undergo continuation training every two years on the following:
i. CAR145/CAR M / CAME/MOE/ Human Factors in aviation Maintenance.
ii. Relevant training, on the subject, he/she is approved to conduct training.
g. Quality Department shall maintain a register of all internal qualified instructors including
the courses or trainings that individual instructors are qualified to conduct.
h. The personal records of the qualified instructors shall be maintained by QA Department

for a period of three years from the time the personnel have ceased to be an employee of
the organization.
i. The list of such approved internal qualified instructors as per MOE 3.16.3.2 is below
Sl. Name of the Designation Courses Approved

No Instructor
01 T.N. Nagesh Quality Manager AME Refresher, Human factors, CAR 145 /
MOE/ CAR M / CAME / EPM / SMS / Goods
Receipt Inspection, Continuation Training /
Gen. Familiarization (Fam) / Pilot Pre-flight
(Transit).
02 Tojo Cherian Quality CAR 145 / MOE/ CAR M / CAME / EPM,
Assurance Continuation Training, Audit findings,
Inspector Revisions to MOE / CAME / Gen.
Familiarization (Fam) / Pilot Pre-flight
(Transit).
03 Vedam Dhananjay Maintenance CAT II / CAT III , RVSM / PBN , AME
Manager Refresher, Continuation Training / Gen.
Fam. Training.
04 Vinoj Wilfred Quality Assurance CAR 145 / MOE/ CAR M / CAME, EPM,
Auditor Audit findings, Revisions to MOE / CAME
05 Upender Mahakali Dy. Head - Safety Safety Management System
06 Meenakshisundaram C A Manager CAR-145, MOE, CAR-M, CAME, EPM,
Audit findings, Revisions to MOE /CAME
07 Borra Chakravarthi Shift in-charge Gen. Familiarization
08 Sasikumar Shift in-charge Gen. Familiarization
09 Vivek Ramanathan Tech. Services Continuation training regarding SBs, ADs,
Engineer EIs.
10 Dhanasekar Elumalai Planning Continuation Training regarding planning
Engineer functions including AMP.
a. Approval of Instructor : Quality Manager

Page 54
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.19 REGUALTORY REQUIREMENT FOR COURSE APPROVAL AND SYLLABUS.
3.19.1 REGULATORY APPROVED COURSE
a. The syllabus as below will be followed by Instructors while conducting training to AirAsia
Staff as part of regulatory requirement courses are identified below.
b. Approval of MOE reflecting the course plan, syllabus and instructor details shall be
considered as Approval to conduct the training. In case of non-availability of qualified
instructor, training shall be outsourced from M/s AACE, Malaysia (Joint venture Training
Organization established by AirAsia Group and CAE International) or from CAR-147 Training
organization conducting such training.
c. The courses as follows;
i. Fuel Tank Safety - LESSON PLAN
Course Title Fuel Tank Safety
Phase 2 Day / Course Duration 2 days
Assessment / Certificate Yes/Yes

Objectives
1. Have knowledge of the history of events realted to fuel tank safety issues and the theoretical
and practical elements of the subject,
2. Have an overview of the FAA regulations known as SFAR (Special FAR) 88 of the FAA and of JAA
Temporary Guidance Leaflet TGL 47,
3. Be able to give detailed description of the concept of fuel tank system ALI (including Critical
Design Configuration Control Limitations CDCCL,
4. Using theoretical fundamentals and specific examples;
i Have the capacity to combine and apply the separate elements of knowledge in a
logical and comprehensive manner;
ii Have knowledge on how the above items affect the aircraft.
iii Be able to identify the components or parts or the FTS from aircraft subject the
manufacturer’s documentation.
iv Be able plan the action or apply a service bulletin and an airworthiness directive.
understanding of the background and the concept of fuel tank safety,
Page 55
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
how the mechanics can recognize, interpret and handle the improvements in the instruction for
continuing airworthiness that have been made or are being made regarding the fuel tank system
maintenance, awareness of any hazards especially when working on the fuel system, and when the
Flammability Reduction System using nitrogen is installed.
Training Aids LCD Projector and White Board

Training Contents
(i) The theoretical background behind the risk of fuel tank safety: the explosions of mixtures of fuel
and air, the behavior of those mixtures in an aviation environment, the effects of temperature and
pressure, energy needed for ignition etc, the ‘fire triangle’, – Explain 2 concepts to prevent
explosions:
1. ignition source prevention and
2. flammability reduction,
(ii) The major accidents related to fuel tank systems, the accident investigations and their
conclusions,
(iii) SFAR 88 of the FAA and JAA Interim Policy INT POL 25/12: ignition prevention program
initiatives and goals, to identify unsafe conditions and to correct them, to systematically improve
fuel tank maintenance),
(iv) Brief explanation of the concepts that are being used: the results of SFAR 88 of the FAA and JAA
INT/POL 25/12: modifications, airworthiness limitations items and CDCCL,
(v) Where relevant information can be found and how to use and interpret this information in the
instructions for continuing airworthiness (aircraft maintenance manuals, component maintenance
manuals, Service Bulletins…)
(vi) Fuel Tank Safety during maintenance: fuel tank entry and exit procedures, clean working
environment, what is meant by configuration control, wire separation, bonding of components etc,
(vii) Flammability reduction systems when installed: reason for their presence, their effects, the
hazards of an FRS using nitrogen for maintenance, safety precautions in maintenance/working with
an FRS,
(viii) Recording maintenance actions, recording measures and results of inspections.
The training shall include a representative number of examples of defects and the associated
repairs as required by the TC / STC holders maintenance data.
Page 56
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
ii. Safety Management System - LESSON PLAN
Course Title Safety Management System (SMS)
Day / Course Duration 1 day @ 6.5 hours
Assessment / Certificate No / YES
To provide the students with the necessary knowledge and

Objectives understanding on the requirement and fundamentals of SMS and
its perspectives for the organization.
 Introduction
1. Safety Management System
 Organization – Safety Policy Commitment
 Objective & Learning Outcome
 Basic Concept of Safety
1. Perception of Harm
2. Perspectives of Accident Causation
 Error and Violations
1. Understanding Operation Errors
2. Error and Safety
3. Safety Management
4. Accident Investigation
5. Processes and Outcome
6. Delayed Effects of Maintenance Errors of Failures
7. Three Strategies to Control Operational Errors
8. Error Versus Violations
 The Evolution of Safety Thinking
 The Organization Perspectives
 Culture
a. Three Distinct Cultures
b. Organizational / Corporate Culture
c. Safety Culture
d. Effective Safety Reporting
e. Three Possible Organizational Cultures
 Purpose of Investigation
Page 57
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
3.19.2 NON REGULATORY IN HOUSE TRAINING
a. AME refresher + HF Recurrent Training Courses will be conducted as in house course and
the syllabus will be updated whenever there is a change in the technology.
b. However course syllabus will be reviewed every six months. Course syllabus for other
trainings will be reviewed for the current requirements every one year.
3.19.3 AME REFRESHER (CONTINUATION) + HF RECURRENT TRAINING
a. All certifying staffs are required to undergo refresher (continuation) training course at-
least once within a maximum period of 24 months as per regulatory (DGCA AAC 8 of 2000)
and company’s requirements.
b. The Training programme for the course will be approved by DGCA.
c. Course completion certificate shall be awarded to the candidates after successful

completion of skill test conducted by Quality Assurance Manager.
d. Training details including Course completion certificate will be maintained in individual’s

file.
e. The courses as follows;
i. AME Refresher + HF Recurrent Training - LESSON PLAN
Course Title AME Refresher + HF Recurrent Training
Day / Course Duration 3 days @ 19.5 hours
Assessment / No / Yes
Certificate
Regulatory requirements for AME Licence renewal as per DGCA AAC 8
Objectives of 2000.
Page 58
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Syllabus
 Introduction
 CAR Amendments, AAC s, AIC s
 MOE/CAME Revision Highlights
 Recent Quality Notices
 Quality Bulletin – Information and related issues
 Maintenance Issues with Defect Cell Input.
 Maintenance Planning Procedures
 Understanding of Reliability Programmes
 Understanding of Technical Directives- ADs, Mods, SBs, SILs,
OITs etc.
 Ground and Flight Safety Issues
 Good Maintenance Practices
 MEL/MMEL
 Internal/External Audit Findings
 Significant topics such as RVSM,CATII/III,PBN procedures
 Any other airworthiness safety related issues.
ii. CAT II & CAT IIIA / IIIB / IIIC, RVSM & PBN -- LESSON PLAN
Course Title CAT II & CAT IIIA / IIIB / IIIC, RVSM & PBN
Day / Course Duration 1 day @ 6.5 hours
Assessment / No / YES
Certificate
On completion of this course the students will have a good knowledge
Objectives on the subject.
Syllabus 1. Introduction
2. History
3. CAR Requirements
4. Implementations
5. List Of Components
6. Certifying Procedures
7. MEL Restrictions.
Page 59
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Human Factor Awareness -- LESSON PLAN
Course Title Human Factor Awareness
Course Code To Be Decided
Day / Course Duration 2 days @ 13 hours
Assessment / Certificate No / Yes

Introduction to Human Factors
1. Objective
Syllabus 2. Human factors in Aviation : Historical Perspective
3. Annual Accident Statistics
4. Heinrich Ratio
5. The Error Iceberg
6. History of Aviation Maintenance
7. The Error Chain
8. ICAO Standards for Human Factors in Maintenance
9. The SHELL model of Human Factors
2. Human Errors
1. Types of Error
2. Latent Error in Aviation
3. Stages in the development of an organizational accident
4. Maintenance System Defenses
5. CHIRP – Errors chart
3. Slips and Lapses

1. Situation Awareness
2. Perception and link to the error
4. Factors that Impair Situation Awareness
 Avoiding and Managing Errors
 Human Performance Limitations
 Environmental Factors
 Teamwork, Communication and Handovers.
Page 60
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iii. Human Factor Awareness Recurrent - LESSON PLAN
Course Title Human Factor Awareness Recurrent

Day / Course Duration
1 DAY @ 6.5 HRS
Assessment / No / YES
Certificate
To recall and refresh the trainees on the pertinent topics of human
Objectives behaviour and performance limitations for their continuous
awareness during their course of duty in an aviation maintenance
environment
 Human Factors – Theory

1. Human Performance and Limitation
Syllabus
2. Visual Acuity
3. Hearing
4. Information Processing
5. Sensing Organ and Memory
6. Attention
7. Expectation
8. Central Processing Unit / Decision Making
9. Mechanisms / Limitations of Working Memory
10. Mechanisms / Limitations of Long Term Memory
 Contributing Factors Checklist

1. Information
2. Equipment and Tools
3. Airplane Designs, Configuration and Parts
4. Types of Job and Task
5. Technical knowledge or Skills
6. Factors Affecting Individual Performance-Ergonomics
7. Poor Environment or Facilities
8. Organizational Factors
9. Leadership and Supervision
10. Communications
 Teamwork
 Maintenance Errors and Violations

1. Definition of Error
2. Types of Error
SHELL Model
Page 61
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iv. ESDS Awareness & EWIS – LESSON PLAN
Course Title ESDS Awareness & EWIS
Course Code To be decided
Day / Course Duration 3 days @ 19.5 hours
Assessment / Certificate No / No
To have a good knowledge on handling of ESDS devices and a

Objectives descriptive knowledge of EWIS.MOE requirement.

 Introduction
 ESDS Components Handling
Syllabus  Precautions
 Briefing on AAC No.6 of 2000
EWIS
 Introduction
 Safe Handling of Aeroplane Electrical systems
 Line Replaceable units(LRU)
 Tooling
 Troubleshooting Procedures and electrical measurements
 Construction and navigation of typical aeroplane wiring system
overhaul or wiring practices manual
 Types of inspection
 Human factors in inspections
 Zonal areas and typical damage
 Contamination sources, materials, cleaning and protection
procedures
 Correct identification of different wire types
 Inspection criteria and damage tolerance
 Repair and preventative maintenance procedures
 Procedures to identify, inspect and find the correct repair for
common types of connective devices found on typical
aeroplanes
 Procedures for replacement of all parts of common types of
connective devices found on typical aeroplanes.
Page 62
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
v. General Familiarization – LESSON PLAN
Course Title GENERAL FAMILIARIZATION – Airbus A320 / CFM-56

Day / Course Duration 2 days @ 16 hours
Objectives To have good introduction to the type of Aircraft, Engine and systems
 ATA Chapter wise introduction to all airframe, engine and

avionics systems.
vi. THEORETICAL TRAINING – PRE-FLIGHT (TRANSIT) INSPECTION FOR PILOTS
Course Title PILOTS PRE-FLIGHT (TRANSIT) INSPECTION TRAINING
Day / Course Duration ½ day @ 4 hours
To have good introduction to theoretical part of the walk around

Objectives inspection.
 Introduction to Walk around inspection, Refuelling,

General Precautions, Servicing of Fluids / Liquids /Air,
Application of MEL / CDL.
Page 63
Part 4 Contracted Operators
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – 4
CONTRACTED OPERATORS
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
4.1 CONTRACTED OPERATORS
4.1.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide control over maintenance work, technical support and also documentation
support for other Air Operator/Airlines.
4.1.2 POLICY
a. Organization shall only provide maintenance service to any operator after entering into
a valid contract clearly defining the scope and resposnisbilities.
4.1.3 SCOPE OF WORK CONTRACTED WITH AN OPERATOR
a. The organization will provide maintenance services under contract to operator inside
and outside India.
b. A formal written maintenance contract shall be signed between AirAsia (India) and
the operator for the scope of maintenance service to be provided. The same shall be
intimated to the DGCA, once the maintenance contract is signed.
c. List of contracted operators shall be maintained separately (as AAI/MOE LIST/05) by

Quality Manager.
d. The maintenance contract shall address and define the scope and responsibilities as
follows:
i. The scope of work, location and contact reference

ii. Supply and control of technical publications and information, i.e.
Manufacturer’s publications, Service Bulletin, etc.
iii. Documentation and certification requirements
iv. Compilation, control and retention of maintenance records
v. Spares provisioning and storage
vi. Rectification of defects away from base (if not covered by line maintenance contract)
vii. Mandatory occurrence reporting procedure
Page 1
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
4.2 OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPERWORK (REF : CAR 145.70(b) 12):
4.2.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide guidelines to ensure that all contracted tasks are performed in compliance with
the applicable maintenance contract and procedures as required by the Air Operator /
Airlines.
a. This procedure shall apply whenever AirAsia (India) Engineering & Maintenance provides
maintenance services to other Air Operator / Airlines as defined in the maintenance
contract.
4.2.3 PROCEDURE
a. Maintenance contract signed between AirAsia (India) and the Air Operator/Airlines shall
take into considerations the following requirements:
i. Provision of procedures and documentation by the operator for maintenance work

and documentation for completion of work.
ii. Provision of approved technical, airworthiness and mandatory data required for the
accomplishment of the contracted work.
iii. Familiarization training on operator’s procedures and documentation for personnel

involved in the maintenance work.
b. Where maintenance contract with the Air Operator/Airlines specifies requirements for
compliance with its procedures and paperwork, the Maintenance Manager shall ensure
that the Air Operator/Airlines provides their relevant procedures to be complied and all
concerned departmental heads shall be informed for compliance.
c. AirAsia (India) shall report all occurrences noticed on the operator’s aircraft while carrying
out maintenance as soon as possible, but within 72 hours as per the provisions of MOE
2.18.
d. All certifying staff and other concerned engineering personnel shall be trained on the
relevant requirements and supplemented by briefing sessions if necessary.
e. A copy of operator’s procedures (if applicable) will be kept and must be available to all
aircraft maintenance personnel for reference.
Page 2
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
a. Briefing of maintenance contract : Contract Manager
b. Compliance of Operator’s Procedures
& documentation : Maintenance Manager / Departmental
Manager
Page 3
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
4.3 OPERATOR RECORD COMPLETION (REF : CAR 145. 70(b) 12)
4.3.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure Air Operator / Airlines maintenance records completion are performed in
accordance with operator’s requirement.
a. This procedure applies to all work contracted to AirAsia (India) Engineering & Maintenance.
4.3.3 PROCEDURE
a. AirAsia (India) Engineering & Maintenance shall comply with procedures and policies as
stipulated by the Air Operator/Airlines with regards to its work record completion. This
requirement will be defined in the maintenance contract drawn between AirAsia (India)
and the Air Operator/Airlines.
b. Where the operator chooses to utilize AirAsia (India) procedures on the completion of
records, MOE Part 2.13 & 2.17 shall apply.
c. AirAsia (India) shall comply with the retention of records period in accordance with the
operator’s quality system or as stipulated on the maintenance contract.
d. In general, copies of completed maintenance records and any associated
maintenance data will be retained by AirAsia (India) not less than 3 years period or in
accordance to the operator’s requirements.
a. Record keeping of Air Operator / Airlines Maintenance Records : Planning Executive

/ C A Manager.
Page 4
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – 5
APPENDICES
Page 1
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Page 2
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS

(Ref. CAR 145.A.70 (a) 12):
5.1.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide procedure to manage, control and distribute AirAsia (India) Engineering

originated forms and tags, introduced for specific purpose & task.
5.1.2 INTRODUCTION
a. AirAsia (India) Ltd Engineering & Maintenance team will use various Engineering Forms
and tags as a mean of recording work done, certification, providing technical reference
and controlling all engineering related activities.
b. Issue, review, evaluation, revision and control of the Engineering Forms are the
responsibility of the respective Department Managers.
c. Each form/tag shall be a controlled document and any amendment to forms/tags shall
require approval of the Quality Manager. (form no. QD/QA/43)
d. Forms/Tags are identified by Form/Tag Number and revision number and are available
in the Engineering Forms Manual (AAI/ENG/M/O5) (Soft copy can be accessed through
AirAsia (India) Intranet –Red Icons)
e. Certifiable forms or aircraft maintenance related forms, i.e. those required for recording
of certification of work carried out on aircraft or related components and inspections/
checks, etc. are required to be approved by the Quality Manager.
f. List of Engineering forms and tags is given below:
SL Form No. Form Name MOE

No. REFERENCE
QUALITY DEPARTMENT
1 QD/QA/01 Non Conformance Report 3.1.10a
2 QD/QA/02 Audit Observation Report 3.1.10d
3 QD/QA/03 Vendor Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
4 QD/QA/04 Aircraft Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
5 QD/QA/05 Base Maintenance Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
Page 1
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6 QD/QA/06 Engineering Planning Audit Checklist 3.1.9b

7 QD/QA/07 Engineering Stores Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
8 QD/QA/08 Fuel Vendor Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
9 QD/QA/09 Night Halt Station Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
10 QD/QA/10 Quality Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
11 QD/QA/11 Technical Publication Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
12 QD/QA/12 Technical Records Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
13 QD/QA/13 Technical Services Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
14 QD/QA/14 Transit Station Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
15 QD/QA/15 Auto Land Status CAME
16 QD/QA/16 Vendor Evaluation 2.1.1
17 QD/QA/17 Delay Report (Detailed Event Report) L2.3.3h
18 QD/QA/18 Employees Voluntary Maintenance Error 2.25.4 x
Report
19 QD/QA/19 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
20 QD/QA/20 Auth Exam Application 1.7.11c, 3.4.3 i
(iv)
21 QD/QA/20A Auth Exam Application (Pilots) 1.7.11c
22 QD/QA/21 CA Form 1 2.2.1.7
23 QD/QA/22 MRO Service Discrepancy
24 QD/QA/23 Concession 3.9.3, 3.9.6,
3.10.7
25 QD/QA/24 Dispension 3.4.10b
26 QD/QA/25 ATP, FFP 6.9.3 i , 6.10.3 i
27 QD/QA/26 CAMO Authorisation CAME
28 QD/QA/27 CAR 145 Authorisation – AME 3.4.2 c
29 QD/QA/27A Pilot Authorisation (Pre-flight inspection - 3.4.2 c
diversion)
30 QD/QA/28 CAR 145 Authorisation – Stores Inspector 3.7.5 b
31 QD/QA/29 Auth Renewal Application 3.4.9 a (vi)
32 QD/QA/29A Auth Renewal Application (Pilots) 3.4.9a 6 note
33 QD/QA/30 QA Inspector Authorisation 3.7.5 b
34 QD/QA/31 Staff Assessment 3.14.5 k
35 QD/QA/32 Line Station Audit of De-icing / Anti-icing L2.2.4 g, CAME
Facilities
36 QD/QA/33 De-icing / Anti-icing Record L2.2.4 h, CAME
37 QD/QA/34 De-icing Fluid Audit Record L2.2.4 h, CAME
38 QD/QA/35 Specimen Signature for Certifying Staff 3.5.4 o
39 QD/QA/36 Anti Sabotage Search Form 6.4.3 m
40 QD/QA/37 EGR Approval Form 2.24.3 b(i)
41 QD/QA/38 Battery Shop Checklist 3.1.9b
42 QD/QA/39 Accessory / Component Overhaul Shop 3.1.9b
Page 2
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Checklist
43 QD/QA/40 Delay Investigation 3.1.9b
44 QD/QA/41 Intentionally left blank
45 QD/QA/42 Engg. Training Audit Checklist 3.1.9b
46 QD/QA/43 Amendment Request (for forms) 1.11.3 a(ii)
47 QD/QA/44 Intentionally left blank
48 QD/QA/45 Technical Occurrence Report 2.18.3c, L2.3.3h
49 QD/QA/46 Training Certificate 3.4.6d
50 QD/QA/47 Discrepancy Change Request Form 2.10.2h
51 QD/QA/48 Audit Checklist – Extension in AMO 3.1.9b
Approval
52 QD/QA/49 Audit Checklist – Extension in CAMO 3.1.9b
Approval
53 QD/QA/50 Authorisation history card 3.4.2d
54 QD/QA/51 ARC CAME
55 QD/QA/52 Audit Checklist – Classrooms (For A320 3.1.9b
type training)
56 QD/TS/01 Engineering Instruction 2.8.11

57 QD/TS/02 Reliability Action Form CAME
58 QD/TS/03 Local Fabrication Tool Approval form 2.4.7 d (ii)
59 QD/TS/04 Document Assessment Report CAME
60 QD/TS/05 Aircraft Structural Damage Chart CAME
61 QD/TS/06 Document Ambiguity Report 1.11.5, 2.27.4 c
62 QD/TS/07 LOPA 6.4.3 I, CAME
63 QD/TS/08 ESEL 6.4.3 I, CAME
64 QD/TS/09 A320 EGR Checklist 2.24.3 c (i)
65 QD/TS/10 A320 EGR Recording 2.24.3 c (i)
66 QD/TS/11 Repair Instruction 2.9.3 b (ii) (2),
CAME
67 QD/TS/12 Flight Test Schedule CAME
68 QD/TS/13 Technical Report
69 QD/TS/14 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
70 QD/TS/15
71 QD/TS/16 Weight And Balance Schedule CAME
72 QD/TS/17 Aircraft Weighing Report CAME
73 QD/TS/18 Equipment List CAME
74 QD/TS/19 Aircraft Weighing Record sheet CAME
75 QD/TS/20 Flight Data Analysis CAME
76 QD/TS/21 Structural Defect Card 2.10.3e
77 QD/TS/22 Structural Rectification Card CAME
Page 3
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
79 QD/TS/24 Delivery Order Form 2.8.6d

80 QD/TS/25 Maintenance Data Validity Statement CAME
81 QD/TS/26 Defect Report
83 QD/TS/28 Document Request Form 2.8.6h
84 QD/TS/29 Structural Inspection Report 2.9.3b
85 QD/TS/30 EI-RI Certification Sheet 2.11.8c
86 QD/TS/31 Modification and Repair Document CAME
Checklist
87 QD/TS/32 Technical Publication Evaluation Form 2.8.2
88 QD/TS/33 Publication Location Report 2.8.6f
89 QD/TS/34 Maintenance Data Error Reporting Form CAME
90 QD/PP/01 Airworthiness Review Report CAME

91 QD/PP/02 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
92 QD/PP/03
93 QD/PP/04
94 QD/PP/05 Maintenance Paperwork Accountability To remove
Procedures
95 QD/PP/06 Daily Maintenance Callout 2.10.2 g
96 QD/PP/07 Work Order 2.10.2 c
97 QD/PP/08 Shift Handover 2.26.6 f (i)
98 QD/PP/09 ARC Logslip CAME
99 QD/PP/10 Carry Forward Item 6.6.3 d
101 QD/PP/12 Physical Survey Checklist CAME
103 QD/PP/14
104 QD/PP/15 Certificate Release To Service 2.16.3
105 QD/PP/16 AME Technician Identification Form
106 QD/PP/17 Aircraft Check Work Summary And 2.13.6.d (iv)
Control Sheets
107 QD/PP/18 Check Package Handover Form 2.8.11g
108 QD/MD/01 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

109 QD/MD/02 Emergency Equipment weight Check
110 QD/MD/03 Emergency Equipment
111 QD/MD/04 Exchange Order
112 QD/MD/05 Good Rejection Report 2.3.3 a (viii)
113 QD/MD/06 Goods Receipt Note Form EPM Vol. 5, 4.15,
MOE 2.4.3
114 QD/MD/07 Hold Tag 2.3.3 a (iv)
Page 4
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
115 QD/MD/08 Loan Order L2.5.2

116 QD/MD/09 Pick Slip 2.3.4.1
117 QD/MD/10 Performa Invoice EPM Vol. 5, 4.8
118 QD/MD/11 Purchase Order 2.4.3 b (i) , 2.4.5
a, EPM Vol. 5,
4.2.1
119 QD/MD/12 Purchase Requisition EPM Vol. 5, 4.25
120 QD/MD/13 Quarantine Tag 2.3.3 a (ii)
121 QD/MD/14 Repair Order 2.4.3 b (i), EPM
Vol. 5, 4.3.1
122 QD/MD/15 Repairable Tag L2.6.3 a
123 QD/MD/16 Robbery
124 QD/MD/17 Service Order EPM Vol. 5, 4.5
125 QD/MD/18 Serviceable Label 2.3.3 a (i)
126 QD/MD/19 Store Transfer Tag
127 QD/MD/20 Un-Serviceable Label 2.3.3 a (vii)
128 QD/MD/21 Calibration Label 2.4.3 c
129 QD/MD/22 Drawn But Not Used Label 2.3.3 a (v)
130 QD/MD/23 Identification Label 2.19.3 c
131 QD/MD/24 Scrap Label 2.3.3 a (iii)
132 QD/MD/25 Medical Kit Certificate EPM
133 QD/MD/26 Medical Kit After Use EPM
134 QD/MD/27 Tool & Eqpt Commissioning Form 2.4.3
135 QD/MD/28 GSE Commission Form 2.4.8c
136 QD/MD/29 GSE Commission Form Non Motorised 2.4.8c
Page 5
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER CAR 145.A.75 (b)

5.2.1 SCOPE
a. AirAsia (India) shall subcontract certain limited maintenance tasks, such as welding,
painting, aircraft exterior cleaning, cabin cleaning, etc. to organizations
approved/acceptable to DGCA.
b. A list of sub-contractors approved by AirAsia (India) Engineering will be controlled in a

separate file (as AAI/MOE LIST/02) and maintained by the Quality Manager.
c. Before sub-contracting any work to an organization, Quality Manager shall ascertain

that the organization’s capability to perform the work intended to be sub-contracted,
has been audited and found acceptable. (Refer MOE 2.1 and CAME part 3 & 5).
Page 6
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER 15.A.75 (d)
5.3.1 SCOPE
a. In accordance with the CAR 145 approval granted by DGCA India to AirAsia, a list of all
Line Maintenance manned stations for AirAsia (India) fleet shall be retained by the
Quality Manager.
b. When an aircraft is grounded due to defect at line stations(other than the approved line
maintenance locations) where AirAsia (India) engineering support or contracted AMO is
not available, certifying staff shall be deployed by AirAsia (India) or its contracted AMO
to the relevant station to perform rectification and certification.
c. All such cases shall be intimated to the DGCA, within seven working days of occurrence.
d. Various Stations approved by DGCA India for the maintenance of aircraft operated by
AirAsia (India) Ltd, are detailed below:
LINE STATIONS SCOPE

A320-214 / 216 aircraft fitted with CFM56-
5B engines
Bengaluru
(Approval is limited to the scheduled tasks
listed in MOE Annexure -1)
A320-214 / 216 aircraft fitted with CFM56-
5B engines.
NewDelhi
(Upto & including weekly inspection and
Night Halt)
Cochin, Kolkata, Goa, A320-216 / 214 aircraft fitted with CFM56-

Chandigarh, Jaipur, Pune, 5B engines.
Guwahati, Imphal, Hyderabad,
Ranchi & Bubaneswar ( Upto transit) inspection
Page 7
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS AS PER CAR 145.A.70 (a) (16)
5.4.1 Repair and Special Processes
As a special policy AirAsia (India) would engage only an approved organization for any repair or
special process outside the purview of its own scope of approval.
The list of OEMs and approved suppliers / Vendors will be kept with Planning Manager
containing the following information:
i. Name of the item

ii. OEM / Vendor’s Name and Address
iii. FAA / JAA / DGCA Approval Number / FAA designated vendor code
iv. Contact person / e-mail address
The list of contracted organisation is maintained in separate folder (AAI/MOE LIST /05)
Page 8
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.5 MANPOWER PROJECTION LIST
5.5.1 DEPARTMENT-WISE MANPOWER:
Department Permanent Employee Contract

Employee
Accountable Manager 1 --
Quality Assurance Department
Quality Manager 1 --
QA Inspector 2 --
QA Auditor 2 --
Stores Inspector 5 --
Line Maintenance
Maintenance Manager 1 --
MOC 5 --
AME 34 --
Approval Holder 36 --
Technician in-charge 1
Technicians 74 --
Stores
Materials Executive 1 --
Stores Officer 11 --
5.5.2 TOTAL MANHOUR REQUIRED V/S TOTAL MANHOUR AVAILABLE (SAMPLE GIVEN BELOW):
Working days: 365/2 (4 days working , 4 days off)- 21(leave) – 12 (public holidays) = 149.5 days
Available Man Hours = 149.5 (working days) * (AMEs/TAH/Technician)* 12 hours (shift) = 258336 MH
Effeciency Loss: 15% of Man Hour = 38750.4 MH
Total number of
Man hour inspections / Total number of
Inspection / per Manpower year for the 1 inspections / year Total MH
S/N Check inspection utilised aircraft. for the 14 aircraft. REQD
1 Transit 0.75 2 2477 34678 52017
2 Daily 4.5 3 365 5110 68985
3 Weekly 3 4 52 728 8736
600 Flight
3 4 8 112
4 Hours 1344
Page 9
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Total number of
Man hour inspections / Total number of
Inspection / per Manpower year for the 1 inspections / year Total MH
S/N Check inspection utilised aircraft. for the 14 aircraft. REQD
500 Flight
2 4 9 126
5 Cycles 1008
6 3 Monthly 4 4 4 56 896
7 A1 23.12 8 6 84 15536.64
8 A2 14.75 8 3 42 4956
9 A3 4.85 8 2 28 1086.4
10 A4 12.03 8 1 14 1347.36
11 A5 13.51 8 1 14 1513.12
12 A6 2.11 8 1 14 236.32
13 A7 6.72 8 1 14 752.64
14 A8 0.24 8 1 14 26.88
15 Borescope 6 2 4 56 672
16 EI 3 2 35 490 2940
17 Waterwash 2 4 12 168 1344
Main Wheel
518
18 change 0.75 3 37 1165.5
Nose Wheel
448
19 Change 0.75 3 32 1008
Brakes
112
20 replacement 1.5 3 8 504
Unschedule
21 maintenance 20% of available manhour 51321.6
Total MH REQD. 217396.46
Effeciency Loss : 15% of Man Hour 38750.4
Additional Manhour available = 258336 – (217396.46 + 38750.4) 2189.14
Page 10
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.6 MOE ASSOCIATED MANUALS / CIRCULARS (TECHNICAL , QUALITY, STORES CIRCULAR)
a. Wherever applicable, policies in this document have been supplemented with detailed
procedures in respective sections of a separate Departmental Engineering Procedures
Manual.
S/N Title Prepared By Approved By

1 Quality Quality Department Quality Manager
2 Line Maintenance Maintenance Manager Quality Manager
3 Technical Services C A Manager Quality Manager
4 Planning C A Manager Quality Manager
5 Materials Maintenance Manager Quality Manager
6 Training Manual Quality Department Quality Manager
7 Forms Manual Quality Department Quality Manager
8 Technical Circular Technical Services Maintenance
Department Manager /
C A Manager
9 Quality Circular Quality Department Quality Manager
10 Stores Circular Stores Department Maintenance
Manager
These manuals shall be kept in a separate folder. Department Managers shall retain a
copy of their manuals. Technical Publications Executive shall retain the Master copy of
all manuals and shall ensure onward distribution of relevant forms (soft / hard) of
manuals to all concerned personnel / department.
b. All associated manuals (issue / Revision) shall be submitted to the Regional

Airworthiness Ofice for review on quarterly basis.
Page 11
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.7 ON THE JOB TRAINING TASK LIST
AAI/MOE LIST / 04
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE ENGINEER WORK ORDER / LOG BOOK

PERSONNEL DETAILS
Computer
E -
No.
Name in Full:
photo
Date of Nationality:
Birth
Gender: M/F Educational
Qualification
AME Passport No.:
License /
BAMEEC
No.
Permanent Address:
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Communication Address (Provide if different from above)
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Applicant contact phone number:
email id:
Name of the Current Employer:
Contact phone number of Employer: email:
Candidates signature & Date:
Page 12
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
TYPE TRAINING RECORD
Training
Training
Establishment and From To Result
Completed
Location
Details of Employer / Organisation at which engaged in aircraft maintenance starting from

current.
Organisation Position From To Nature of Work
Page 13
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
DEFINITIONS:
The definitions of terms used in the description of the various tasks are as follows:
LOC Locate and identify (Locate and identify system component)
RI Remove / Install: Remove or install the system or system component(s)
FOT Functional / Operational / Servicing / System Test:
T/S Trouble Shoot system IAW TSM or FIM
MEL Carryout deactivation / reactivation of a component or system IAW the MEL / AMM
procedures
SGH Servicing and Ground Handling
DOC Documentation
BRF Briefing
GVI/DVI General Visual Inspection/Detailed Visual Inspection
According: AMC to Section 6 of Appendix III to CAR-66 “Aircraft Type Training and Examination Standard” On-the-Job
Training (OJT)
The OJT should cover at least 50% of the tasks contained in Appendix II to AMC to CAR-66. Tasks should be selected from each
paragraph ofthe Appendix II list.
Tasks should be selected among those applicable to the type of aircraft and license (sub) category applied for. Other tasks
than those in the Appendix II may be considered as a replacement when they are relevant. Typically, in addition to the variety
and the complexity, the OJT tasks should be selected because of their frequency, safety, novelty etc.
Up to 50% of the required OJT may be undertaken before the aircraft theoretical type training starts. Each task shall be signed off
by the student and countersigned by a designated supervisor. The final assessment of the completed OJT is mandatory and shall
be performed by a designated assessor appropriately qualified.
Block 01
Aircraft Rating applied for

Aircraft types:
License Category:
Block 02
Approval reference
Name of maintenance Organization number of Signature of Maintenance
and Location Maintenance Manager
Organization
Block 03
Position, Organization, Assessment Remarks
Name of Name of Signature Assessment
Approval No/License completed
Supervisor Assessor started (date)
No (date)
Page 14
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
Block 4
S/N Date Task ATA / AMM Supervisor

A/C Code Work Name/
Description of task and job
Regn. / Order Signature &
card/work order/tech log etc.
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
ATA Chapter 05 Time limits/Maintenance checks
1 LOC 00-00-00 Cockpit familiarization.
2 DOC 00-00-00 MEL Usage Presentation.
3 DOC 00-00-00 AMM/TSM/IPC Task explanation
and work
4 SGH 05-20-00 Assist carrying out a scheduled
maintenance check (‘A’ Check or
Higher) i.a.w. AMM.
5 DOC 00-00-00 Review Aircraft maintenance log
for correct Completion.
(MR1,MR2,Fuel Log & CCL)
6 BRF 00-00-00 Review records for compliance
with Airworthiness Directives(AD
& EI)
7 BRF 00-00-00 Review records for compliance
with component life
limits.(LLP/HT/OC)
8 BRF 05-51-11 Procedure for inspection following
Hard landing.
lightning.
Bird strike.
ATA Chapter 06 Dimensions/Areas
11 LOC 06-00-00 Locate component(s) by
zone/station number.
12 LOC 06-20-00 LOCATE MAJOR ZONES & Sub zones OF
AIRCRAFT
13 LOC 06-30-00 Station Diagram
ATA Chapter 07 Lifting and Shoring

Assist in:
14 SGH 07-12-00 Jack aircraft Nose wheel.
15 SGH 07-12-00 Jack aircraft Main wheel.
16 BRF 07-11-00 Jack complete aircraft.
ATA Chapter 08 Leveling/Weighing
Assist in:
17 BRF 08-20-00 Level aircraft.
18 BRF 08-10-00 Weigh aircraft.
19 BRF 08-10-00 Prepare weight and balance
amendment.
20 LOC/ 00-00-00 Check aircraft against equipment
Page 15
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
BRF list.(LOPA/ESEL)
ATA Chapter 09 Towing and Taxiing
21 SGH 09-10-00 Prepare for aircraft
towing.(Steering pin , Tow bar
connection & clearance)
22 SGH 09-10-00 Tow aircraft.
23 SGH 09-10-00 Be part of aircraft towing team.
ATA Chapter 10 Parking and Mooring
24 SGH 10-11-00 Park & secure aircraft.
25 SGH 10-11-00 Position aircraft in dock.
ATA Chapter 11 Placards and Markings
26 SGH 11-00-00 Check aircraft for correct placards.
27 SGH 11-00-00 Check aircraft for correct markings
ATA Chapter 12 Servicing
28 SGH 12-11-28 Refuel/ Defuel aircraft.
29 SGH 12-13-24 Carry out IDG oil servicing
30 SGH 28-25-00 Carry out tank to tank fuel
transfer.
31 SGH 32-41-00 Check/adjust tire pressures.
32 SGH 12-13-79 Check/replenish Engine oil level.
33 SGH 12-12-00 Check/replenish hydraulic fluid
level.
34 SGH 12-14-29 Check/replenish accumulator
pressure.
35 SGH 12-22-32 Grease aircraft (MLG/Doors).
36 SGH 24-40-00 Connect ground power.
37 SGH 12-15-38 / Service toilet/potable water
12-16-38 system.
38 SGH TFS
Perform pre-flight/daily check.
6000/6001
39 SGH 12-13-49 Carry out APU oil Servicing
40 SGH 12-13-27 THS Actuator Servicing
41 SGH 12-13-80 Carry out Engine Starter servicing
ATA Chapter 21 Air Conditioning
42 LOC 21-00-00 Air Conditioning Main Distribution
Component.
43 FOT 21-26-00 Avionics Ventilation System BITE
44 LOC 21-00-00 ECS/Air Conditioning controls &
Indication in Cockpit
45 MEL 21-26-00 Deactivate/reactivate avionics
ventilation components.
46 RI 21-31-34 Replace pressurization controller
Page 16
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
47 LOC 21-30-00 Pressurization control system
components
48 FOT 21-31-00 Operational test of pressure
control and monitoring
49 LOC 21-31-00 Cabin pressure safety relief valve
50 LOC 21-52-00 Cooling Pack temperature
indicating components
51 RI 21-52-25/26 Replace heat Exchanger
Primary/Main
52 LOC 21-55-00 Emergency ram air system
components
53 FOT 21-61-00 Operational test of pack
temperature control system
54 FOT 21-63-00 Operational Test of the Cockpit
and Cabin Temperature Control
with CFDS/MCDU
55 LOC 21-63-00 Cockpit and Cabin Temperature
Control - Component Location
56 LOC 21-63-00 Cabin / Cockpit temperature
sensors
57 FOT 21-21-00 Operational Test of the Cabin
Recirculation Fans
58 RI 21-26-43 Avionics ventilation filter removal
& Installation
59 FOT 21-26-51 Operational Test of the Extract
and Blower Fans
60 FOT 21-26-55 Operational Test of the Skin-
Exchanger Outlet Bypass-Valve
without the Centralized Fault
Display System
61 RI 21-26-52/53 Removal/installation of skin air
inlet/outlet valve
62 FOT 21-52-00 Operational Test of the Air Cooling
System
63 T/S Troubleshoot faulty system.
ATA Chapter 22 Auto flight
64 LOC 22-00-00 AFS controls & Indications in Cockpit
65 FOT 22-10-00 Operational Test of the Indicator
Lights and Displays of the FCU
66 FOT 22-30-00 Operational Test of the Engine /
Autothrust System Isolation (with
AIDS)
67 LOC 22-30-00 Auto thrust, Location of controls
and Indications
68 FOT 22-60-00 Operational Test of the Flight
Augmentation system computer
Page 17
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
(FAC 2) Functions
69 FOT 22-96-00 Operational Test of the AFS
70 FOT 22-63-00 Operational Test of the Yaw
Damper Function
71 FOT 22-97-00 Operational Test of the LAND CAT
III Capability
72 FOT 22-70-00 Operational Test of the Automatic
Switching of the MCDUs
ATA Chapter 23 Communication
74 LOC 23-00-00 Radio & Cockpit communication
equipment.
75 LOC 23-44-00 Cabin Communication Equipment.
76 FOT 23-11-00 Perform Selcal operational Check
HF.
77 LOC 23-60-00 Static discharge wicks.
78 FOT 23-73-00 Operational check of PA system.
79 FOT 23-43-00 Operational Test of the Cabin and
Flight Crew Interphone System.
80 FOT 23-71-00 Operational Test of the CVR and
the CVR Channel Recording
81 FOT 23-12-00 Operational Test of the VHF
System
82 FOT 23-32-00 Test of the Prerecorded
Announcement Operation of the
Prerecorded Announcement and
Boarding Music (PRAM)
Reproducer
83 FOT 23-73-00 Interface and Power-Up test of
the Cabin Intercommunication
Data System (CIDS) through the
CFDS
84 LOC 23-71-00 CVR Components
85 SGH 23-73-00 FAP General Operation
86 T/S Trouble shoot faulty system.
ATA Chapter 24 Electrical Power
87 FOT 24-28-00 Operational Test of the Static
Inverter when the Aircraft
Electrical Circuits are Energized
from the External Power
88 FOT 24-41-00 Operational check of GAPCU via
CFDS
89 FOT 24-24-00 Operational Check of Emergency
generation System
Page 18
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
90 LOC 24-21-00 Integrated Drive Generator (IDG)
System
91 RI 24-21-00 Remove & Discard filter element
of Integrated Drive
Generator(IDG)
92 FOT 24-28-00 Operational Check of static
inverter
93 FOT 24-38-00 Operational check of battery
charge limiter
94 LOC 24-20-00 Main Electrical power panels in
cockpit
95 LOC 24-27-00 AC/DC Electrical power control
and Indication
96 FOT 24-25-00 Carry out AC essential power
switching
97 FOT 24-56-00 Operational Test of the Galley
Supply
ATA Chapter 25 Equipment/Furnishings
99 SGH 25-50-00 Detailed Inspection of Divider Nets
100 SGH 25-62-00 Check Door & Off-wing Escape
slide/raft
101 SGH 53-11-00 Clean door girt bar stop levers
102 RI 25-66-52 Life vest
103 SGH 25-11-63 Check inertia reels
104 SGH 25-11-63 Check seats/belt
105 SGH TSF 6001 Check emergency equipment
106 LOC 25-65-00 ELT for compliance with
regulations
107 LOC 25-29-00 Cabin electrical service supply
108 GVI 25-50-00 Check of Cargo Compartment
Decompression, Lining, Floor Panels
and Pressure Compensation Valve
ATA109 Chapter 26 Fire protection
109 FOT 26-13-00 Check APU fire loop/squib
110 FOT 26-12-00 Check Engine fire loop/squib
111 LOC 26-17-00 Lavatory smoke detection

components
112 FOT 26-16-00 Check of cargo compartment
smoke detection
113 FOT 26-17-00 Check lavatory smoke detection
114 SGH 26-24-00 Check portable fire extinguisher
pressure reading
Page 19
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
115 RI 26-24-00 Portable fire extinguisher
116 RI 26-25-00 Lavatory fire extinguisher
ATA Chapter 27 Flight Controls
118 LOC 27-90-00 Flight control system electronic
unit
119 MEL 27-10-01 Deactivation/reactivation of
aileron servo
120 FOT 27-14-00 Test of Aileron system
121 FOT 27-24-00 Test of rudder system
122 LOC 27-22-00 Rudder trim and yaw damper
component
123 FOT 27-41-00 THS system test using trim wheel
124 MEL 27-51-01 SFCC 2 flap channel in-operative.
125 FOT 27-51-00 Flap System
126 FOT 27-81-00 CFDS BITE test for SFCC (Slat
system)
127 FOT 27-96-00 CFDS BITE test for EFCS system
128 LOC 27-34-00 Elevator/System components
129 LOC 27-34-00 Elevator Hydraulic Actuation
components
130 LOC 27-40-00 THS Actuator and related
components
131 LOC 27-44-00 THS surface position indicating
system
132 SGH 27-44-51 THS-inspection mag chip detector
133 LOC 27-51-00 Flap system mechanical
components
134 FOT 27-51-00 Wing tip brake and pressure off
brake test and reset via CFDS
135 LOC 27-54-00 Flap hydraulic actuation and
power transmission
136 MEL 27-64-01 Spoiler 5 servo control inoperative
137 FOT 27-81-00 Test of slat system
138 LOC 27-84-00 Hydraulic actuation and power
transmission of slats
ATA Chapter 28 Fuel
140 SGH 28-11-00 Check Leak Monitor for Evidence
of Fuel Leakage and Correct
Closure of the Valve
141 SGH 28-12-00 Check of Vent Surge Tank Burst
Disc
Page 20
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
142 SGH 28-13-00 Check Drain Mast Outlet for
Obstruction
143 SGH 28-22-00 Check APU Fuel-Pump System for
Leakage from Shroud Drain Mast
and APU Compartment Drain Mast
with APU Fuel Pump running
144 RI 28-21-51 Fuel pump
145 FOT 28-23-00 Operational Test of Cross feed
Valve Using Individual Motors
146 LOC 28-00-00 System control and indicating in
cockpit
147 SGH 28-10-00 Precautions while working in fuel
tanks
148 LOC 28-12-00 Fuel vent system components.
149 LOC 28-20-00 Fuel Distribution component
150 FOT 28-21-00 Inter tank fuel transfer system
151 LOC 28-24-00 LP fire shut off valve system
152 FOT 28-26-00 System test of refuel/defuel
transfer system
153 FOT 12-32-28 Water drain system (Operation)
154 LOC 28-00-00 Fuel Panel
155 LOC 28-00-00 Refuel valve
156 LOC 28-00-00 Tank Fuel boost pumps
157 LOC 28-22-00 APU Fuel pump
158 FOT 28-25-00 Pressure refuel (Manual Control)
159 LOC 28-25-00 Defuel valve actuator
160 LOC 28-24-00 Engine fuel LP valve
161 LOC 28-23-00 Fuel Cross feed Valve
162 LOC 28-25-00 Engine fuel feed Manifold and
coupling
ATA Chapter 29 Hydraulics
164 SGH 29-10-00 Check Clogging Indicator on
Engine-Driven Pump (EDP) Case
Drain Filter
165 SGH 29-10-00 Check of the Clogging Indicators of
the Hydraulic System Filters (Other
than the two Case Drain Filters of
the Engine-Driven Pumps)
166 SGH 29-10-00 Check Fluid Level on Reservoir
Indicators
167 SGH 29-10-00 Check Reservoir Air Pressure on
Reservoir Gauge
Page 21
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
168 RI 29-11-
Replace Engine driven pump
51/29-13-51
169 RI 29-24-
Replace standby/Electric pump
51/29-12-51
170 SGH 29-13-
43/29-11- Check Filter
44/29-11-45
171 SGH 29-30-00 Check Indicating System
172 29-10-00 Test of Hydraulic fire valve
173 Perform RAT functional checks.
174 LOC 29-00-00 Various system components
175 FOT 29-10-00 System test of leak measurement
isolation valve
176 SGH 29-10-00 Nitrogen charging of accumulators
177 LOC 29-22-00 RAT safety precautions and
component identification
178 LOC 29-30-00 Check of system pressure on
ECAM
179 FOT 29-14-00 Pressurization/depressurization of
the hydraulic system.
180 FOT 29-23-00 Power Transfer Unit (PTU)
operation.
ATA Chapter 30 Ice and rain protection
182 SGH 30-45-00 Inspection/Check of the Operation
of Windshield Wipers.
183 FOT 30-45-00 Functional Test of the Windshield
Rain Protection
184 LOC 30-11-00 Wing Anti Ice System Component
185 FOT 30-11-00 Operational test of the wing ice
protection system.
186 LOC 30-71-00 Water Waste System Components
187 FOT 30-31-00 Probe ice protection system
188 LOC 30-45-00 Windshield rain protection
component
189 FOT 30-73-00 BITE Test of the Potable Water
Ice-Protection
ATA Chapter 31 Indicating/recording systems
191 RI 31-33-55 Replace flight data recorder.
192 RI 23-71-35 Replace cockpit voice recorder.
193 SGH 31-21-00 Procedure to set the Clock
194 SGH 31-33-00 Perform FDR Data Retrieval
Page 22
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
195 FOT 31-32-00 BITE Test of the Centralized Fault
Display Interface Unit (CFDIU)
196 SGH 31-35-22 Servicing of the Printer
197 BRF ESDS Procedure
198 LOC 31-10-00 Flight Compartment
instruments/Panels
199 LOC 31-30-00 Locate Indicating & Recording
components
200 SGH 31-32-00 Read Centralized fault display
system for class three faults(CFDS)
201 BRF Inspect for HIRF requirements
203 SGH 31-60-00 Start/stop EIS procedure.
204 FOT 31-50-00 Ground scanning of the central
warning system.
ATA Chapter 32 Landing Gear
205 RI 32-41-11 Replace main wheel.
206 RI 32-41-12 Replace nose wheel.
207 RI 32-42-00 Replace brake unit.
208 LOC 32-61-00 Indication and warning system
209 MEL 32-07-01 Brake temperature indication on
ECAM wheel page
210 LOC 32-00-00 Main gear components
211 LOC 32-10-00 Locate nose landing gear and nose
wheel steering component
212 LOC 32-31-00 Normal extension and retraction
system component
213 LOC 32-42-00 Normal brake component
214 MEL 32-42-02 Green system brake
215 LOC 32-51-00 Nose gear steering components
216 FOT 32-42-00 Operational Check of Normal
Braking System
217 FOT 32-43-00 Operational Check of Alternate
Braking System
218 FOT 32-47-00 Operational Test of the Brake
Temperature System
219 FOT 32-45-00 Operational Check of the Parking
Brake System
220 FOT 32-69-00 BITE test LGCIU
221 MEL 32-51-02 Nose wheel steering control
system
222 FOT 32-12-00 Operational test of the landing
gear door
Page 23
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
223 FOT 32-51-00 Operational Test of the Nose
Wheel Steering with the CFDS
224 RI 32-00-00 Removal/Installation of the Safety
Devices on the Landing Gears
225 SGH 32-42-
Bleed brake system
00/32-43-00
226 LOC 32-42-00 Normal Braking system
components
ATA Chapter 33 Lights
228 LOC 33-12-00/ Flight Compartment Lighting
33-13-00 Control.
229 FOT 33-14-00 Operational Check of the
annunciator lights test system
230 RI 33-41-11/
Replace navigation lights.
33-41-15
231 LOC 33-21-00 General illumination, passenger
cabin and the entrance areas
232 FOT 33-51-00 Operational Test of the Emergency
Lights
233 RI 33-21-11 Replace interior lights.
234 LOC 33-40-00 Exterior Lighting Control
235 RI 33-
42/43/46/4 Exterior Light Removal Installation
7/48/49-11
236 LOC 33-30-00 Cargo & Service Compartment
Lighting Control
237 LOC 33-50-00 Emergency Lighting Control
ATA Chapter 34 Navigation
239 LOC 34-00-00 Navigation System Components
240 LOC 34-13-00 Air data Components
241 FOT 34-10-00 Test of the Angle of Attack
Warning
242 SGH 34-10-00 ADIRS start, align & stop
procedures
243 SGH 34-10-00 Cleaning of the Pitot Probe Drain
Holes
244 SGH 34-42-11 Radio Altimeter antennas External
surface cleaning
245 FOT 34-43-00 BITE test of TCAS
246 FOT 34-55-00 BITE Test of the VOR/MKR
247 SGH 34-13-00 Check Pitot static system for leaks
248 FOT 34-53-00 BITE Test of the ADF
Page 24
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
249 FOT 34-41-00 BITE Test of the Weather Radar
250 LOC 34-42-00 Radio Altimeter
251 LOC 34-41-00 Weather radar system
252 SGH 22-70-00 Update flight management system
database
253 LOC 34-36-00 Instrument landing system
254 FOT 34-51-00 BITE Test of the DME
255 FOT 34-52-00 BITE Test of ATC
256 SGH 34-42-45 Cleaning of the Radio Altimeter
Transceiver Fan
257 FOT 34-14-00 SYSTEM TEST of the Inertial
Reference (IR)
258 T/S Troubleshoot faulty system
ATA Chapter 35 Oxygen
259 SGH 35-32-42 Check pressure on portable
oxygen cylinder pressure gauge.
260 SGH 35-00-00 Crew oxygen system component
261 LOC 35-20-00 Passenger Oxygen System
262 LOC 35-13-00 Crew oxygen indicating system
263 LOC 35-30-00 Portable oxygen system
264 SGH 35-32-42 Inspection of the Portable Oxygen
Cylinders
265 FOT 35-23-00 Operational Test of the Manual
Release Mechanism for the
Passenger Emergency Oxygen-
System Masks
266 Troubleshoot faulty system.
ATA Chapter 36 Pneumatic systems
267 FOT 36-22-00 Leak check/Test of the Overheat
Detection System
268 LOC 36-00-00 System components
269 LOC 36-12-00 APU bleed supply and cross bleed
components
270 LOC 36-20-00 Indications on ECAM
271 LOC 36-11-00 Wing leading edge pneumatic
components
272 FOT 36-11-00 BITE test of BMC1&2
273 LOC 36-10-00 Engine air supply pneumatic duct
274 LOC 36-10-00 Intermediate pressure check valve
275 FOT 36-11-00 Test to Read the CLASS III FAULTS
276 LOC 36-13-00 HP ground connector
Page 25
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
277 LOC 36-10-00 Fan air valve
278 LOC 36-10-00 Pressure regulating and shut off
valve control thermostat
279 MEL 36-11-07 HP bleed valve secured in closed
position
ATA Chapter 38 Water/Waste
281 LOC 38-10-00 Portable water components
282 SGH 38-14-00 Operational Test of the Potable
Water Drain-System
283 SGH 38-13-00 Water Quantity Indicating System
on FAP/service panel
284 RI 38-12-41 Removal/installation of the Water
Faucet/tap
285 LOC 38-31-00 Vacuum Toilet system
components
286 FOT 38-31-00 Vacuum toilet system BITE/Test
287 LOC 38-40-00 Air Supply components
288 FOT 38-12-00 Operational check of water heater
ATA Chapter 45 Central Maintenance System
290 SGH 31-32-00 Retrieve data from CFDS
291 LOC 31-32-00 Centralized Fault Display Interface
Unit
292 FOT 31-32-00 BITE test of CFDIU
ATA Chapter 49 Airborne Auxiliary power
294 LOC 49-00-00 Controls and indications in cockpit
295 LOC 49-16-00 Air Inlet Flap & Actuator
296 LOC 49-17-00 APU Drains & Vents
297 MEL 49-10-01 APU inoperative
298 LOC 49-61-00 APU ECB
299 LOC 49-73-00 APU data memory module
300 LOC 49-94-00 Low oil pressure sensor
301 FOT 49-62-00 Operational test of the emergency
shut-down test
302 SGH 49-42-00 APU start with Battery or by using
external power
303 FOT 49-00-00 BITE test of ECB
ATA Chapter 51 Structures
304 LOC 51-00-00 Standard Practices
Page 26
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
305 T/S 51-00-00 Contamination/Fluid Spillage
306 SGH 51-21-00 Protective treatments
307 SGH 51-22-00 Corrosion protection
308 SGH 51-10-00 Inspect Aircraft for RVSM criteria
309 SGH 51-10-00 Check aircraft for external surface
cleanness and aerodynamic
smoothness
310 SGH 51-00-00 Assessment of damage
ATA Chapter 52 Doors
311 FOT 52-10-00 Test of the Visual Indicator of the
Door Locking Mechanism
312 SGH 52-10-00 Check Pressure of Emergency
Cylinder/Accumulator of the
Passenger/Crew Doors
313 FOT 52-10-0 Operational Test of the Door
Interlock Mechanism
314 FOT 52-10-00 Functional Test of the Release

Mechanism of the Emergency
Escape Slide
315 LOC 52-00-00 Entry and service doors
316 SGH 52-00-00 Safety precautions when
operating pax doors
317 LOC 52-10-00 Door indications on ECAM
318 SGH 52-30-00 Cargo door operation with hand
pump
319 FOT 52-51-00 Test cockpit door locking system
320 SGH 52-31-
Inspect cargo door as per AMM.
11/52-32-11
ATA Chapter 53 Fuselage
322 LOC 53-00-00 Locate dent & buckle chart on
flight deck
323 LOC 53-00-00 Major fuselage component
324 LOC 53-29-41 Water drain valves
325 GVI 53-41-00 Inspection of Bulk Cargo Door
Stop Fittings Including Visible Part
ATA Chapter 56 Windows
326 LOC 56-10-00 Flight Compartment windows
327 FOT 56-11-00 Operation of cockpit sliding
windows
328 DVI 56-10-00 Inspect cockpit windows
329 RI 56-11-11 Replace windshield
Page 27
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
ATA Chapter 54 Necelles/Pylons
330 LOC 54-51-00 Pylon to wing attachment fitting
331 LOC 54-52-00 Fairing panel & doors
332 LOC 54-51-00 Pylon to engine attachment
fittings
ATA Chapter 55 Stabilizers
333 LOC 55-10-00 Horizontal stabilizer structural
components
334 LOC 55-30-00 Vertical stabilizer structural
components
ATA Chapter 57 Wings
335 SGH 57-39-00 Check of Drain Holes for Clogging
336 DVI 57-30-00 Detailed Inspection of Wing Tip,
Bottom Skin Lower Surface Joint
337 LOC 57-30-00 Wing tip and Fence structure
338 LOC 57-00-00 Wing Structural components
339 LOC 57-40-00 Wing Leading edge devices
340 LOC 57-50-00 Wing Trailing edge devices
ATA Chapter 71 Power Plant
341 RI 71-00-00 Replace Engine
342 LOC 71-00-00 Nacelle External parts location
343 SGH 71-00-00 Carry out engine dry motor
procedure
344 SGH 71-13-00 Opening and closing of fan cowl
door
345 GVI 71-71-42 Inspection of the Drain Mast Outlet
346 SGH 71-00-00 Carry out engine wet motoring
check
347 SGH 71-00-00 Minimum idle check
348 SGH 71-00-00 Carry out engine start (Auto
mode)
349 FOT 71-00-00 CFDS BITE test of FADEC system
350 T/S Troubleshoot
ATA Chapter 72 Turbine Engines
351 SGH 71-00-00 Minimum idle check
352 SGH 71-00-00 Power Assurance Check
353 LOC 72-00-00 Locate Boroscope plugs
354 LOC 72-38-00 Air Intake Spinner assembly
356 LOC 72-31-00 Low pressure compressor blades
357 SGH 72-00-00 Turning of engine shaft for
boroscope inspection
Page 28
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
358 SGH 72-63-00 Inspection/Check of the Accessory
Gearbox Assembly
359 T/S Troubleshoot.
ATA Chapter 73 Fuel and Control, Turbine
360 LOC 73-00-00 Engine fuel System components
361 RI 73-11-10 Replace/clean filter
362 RI 73-11-10 Replace Fuel Pump
363 LOC 73-22-00 Locate FADEC system components
364 LOC 73-22-00 Locate engine control unit
365 LOC 73-22-00 Data entry plug
366 FOT 73-22-00 FADEC system on ground
367 LOC 73-22-00 Engine Exhaust thermocouple
368 LOC 73-31-00 Fuel flow transmitter
369 LOC 73-34-15 Fuel Filter differential pressure
switch
370 FOT 73-22-00 FADEC system test
371 T/S Troubleshoot faulty system
ATA Chapter 74 Ignition systems, turbine
372 FOT 74-00-00 Carry out ignition system audible
test
373 LOC 74-00-00 Exciter box and leads
374 LOC 74-00-00 Locate Igniter plugs
375 LOC 74-00-00 Ignition components
ATA Chapter 76 Engine Controls
377 LOC 76-11-00 Engine thrust lever
378 LOC 76-12-00 Engine master control
379 LOC 76-12-00 HP & LP fuel Shut off valve
380 FOT 76-11-00 Carryout throttle control unit
functional test
381 LOC 76-00-00 Engine control components
ATA Chapter 77 Engine Indicating
383 LOC 77-00-00 Engine system control/ECAM
indications in cockpit
384 LOC 77-21-00 EGT thermocouple assembly
385 FOT 77-32-34 Operational check of Monitoring
unit EVIMU via CFDS
386 LOC 77-21-00 Exhaust gas temperature Harnesses
387 LOC 77-32-00 Engine vibration transducer
Page 29
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
388 MEL 77-07-02 N1 Vibrations on the Engine SD page
389 FOT 77-32-34 Perform BITE test of EVMU
390 T/S Troubleshoot the faulty system
ATA Chapter 78 Exhaust, turbine
391 GVI 78-11-12 Inspection of the Center body
392 LOC 78-11-11 Nozzle Exhaust
393 MEL 78-32-00 Carry out thrust reverser
deactivation reactivation
394 LOC 78-36-00 Thrust reverser hydraulic actuator
395 FOT 78-31-00 Operational test of thrust reverser
via CFDS
396 SGH 78-32-41 Deploy and stow thrust reverser
ATA Chapter 79 Oil
397 GVI 79-11-10 Inspection/Check of the Oil Tank
398 GVI 79-32-15 Visual Inspection of the Oil
Temperature Sensor
399 GVI 79-21-20 Inspection/Check of the Main Oil
/Fuel Heat Exchanger
400 FOT 79-30-00 Operational Test of the Oil Pressure
Indicating System
401 LOC 79-22-44 Scavenge oil filter elements
402 LOC 79-35-00 Scavenge filter differential pressure
switch
403 LOC 79-00-00 Oil System components
404 LOC 79-31-00 Oil Quantity transmitter
405 LOC 79-31-00 ECAM indications of oil quantity
406 LOC 79-34-00 Low oil pressure switch
407 LOC 79-35-00 Oil differential pressure switch
408 MEL 79-31-01 Oil quantity indication on ECAM
409 Troubleshoot faulty system.
ATA Chapter 80 Starting
410 LOC 80-00-00 Component locations
411 SGH 12-13-80 Drain and Replenish Oil System
412 GVI 80-13-43 Visual Inspection of the Upper
Starter duct
413 RI 80-11-10 Replace Starter
414 SGH 80-11-10 Check Chip Detector
415 T/S 80-00-00 General fault isolation procedures
416 MEL 80-11-01 Operation of start valve
417 MEL 80-11-01 Start Valve position and indication
on ECAM
Page 30
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

A/C Code Work Name/
Type No. AME Auth.
No.
Additional remarks: Note here each additional maintenance task which was performed by trainee in the following columns.
Date of task Description of task and job card/work order/tech log Aircraft Trainee Supervisor
completion etc. registration Signature Signature
Page 31
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
5.8 DETAILS OF AUTHORISED OJT SUPERVISORS / ASSESSORS
B1 Supervisor B1 Assessor B2 Supervisor B2 Assessor

Mr. Borra Chakravarthi Mr. P N V Vijay Kumar Mr. Rupesh Kumar Mr. Vedam Ramanujam
License No.:7515 License No.: 8137 License No.:8459 License No.: 7581
Mr. Sasi Kumar Mr. Monoj Adhikary Mr. Price Gupta Mr. P V S Prasad
License No.:7145 License No.: 8398 License No.:11673 License No.: 2601
Mr. Mukesh Panchal Ms. Sujeetha Kumari
License No.:11640 License No.:11633
Mr. Sunil Dhillon Mr. Mahesh Dwivedi
Mr. Kunal Ashwin Mr. Ranjith Kumar
Mr. Ashwani Kumar Mr. Gireesh Kumar
Ms. Shashikala
License No.:7839
Page 32
Part 5 Appendices
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
INTENTIONALLY LFET BLANK
Page 33
Part 6 Air Operators
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
PART – 6
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
AIR OPERATORS
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017

Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.1 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES – AIR OPERATOR
6.1.1 AIRCRAFT TECHNICAL LOG UTILISATION AND MEL APPLICATION (Ref: CAME 1.1)
a. Aircraft Technical log system will consist of the following documents.
i. Aircraft Maintenance Report MR 1, MR 2

ii. Cabin Condition Log Book
iii. Pre-flight (Transit) Check and Fuel Log
iv. Notice to crew and engineers
v. AMOS software utilized by AirAsia (India) Ltd, (Electronic Technical Log System), will
contain all technical information of all flights operated, including details of all
scheduled/un-scheduled maintenance carried.
b. Completion of Technical Log System Utilization is detailed in MOE Part L2.4.
6.1.2 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST (MEL) APPLICATION - PURPOSE
a. To establish a system of control and monitoring of defects under MEL and its rectification
to prevent exceedance of MEL Repair Interval Limits.
a. This procedure applies for defects observed/ reported in Line Maintenance, and release of
aircraft under the provisions of MEL.
6.1.4 GENERAL
a. The AME or Authorization Holder must have a thorough understanding of the

requirements of the AirAsia (India) MEL, including associated limitations, inspections or
assessments required prior to authorising the deferment and notification procedures to
the aircraft commander.
6.1.5 Procedure
a. Applying the provisions of MEL and reporting of all MEL is the responsibility of the AME
or Authorization Holder.
b. No direct entries into theMR2 shall be permitted. All defects must be entered first in the
MR1 and deferment under the provisions of MEL shall be entered in the MR2, giving a
cross reference between the two.
Page 1
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
c. All AMEs or Authorization Holders when deferring defects, under the provisions of MEL,
shall make entries in the MR2, and must annotate in the action column of the MR1 as
follows:
i. The transfer toMR2 serial number.

ii. The MEL reference number.
iii. The MEL Repair Interval Category (A,B,C or D)
iv. The expiry date of the MEL in the MR2.
v. Part number of the defective part if determined.
d. Discrepancies that are noted on the previous sector or just before the aircraft chocks off
or observed by maintenance, and which are covered in the MEL shall be dealt as under.
e. Time permitting, certifying staff shall carry out troubleshooting, and rectify the defect.
Else, he/she shall review the MEL and intimate the defect to the Maintenance Manager
and the CAM.
f. The CAM and Operations Department will evaluate any inter relationship of inoperative
components that may not allow the item to be released under the provisions of MEL.
g. Further to the instructions from the Maintenance Manager, certifying staff shall
accomplish the DDPG actions, as required by the MEL.
h. Certifying staff will record the MEL in the following manner:
i. If not previously entered by the Flight Crew, enter the discrepancy in the Defect Section
of the MR1.
ii. Record the applicable MEL item number and related DDPG actions in the “Action Taken”
section of the MR1 and transfer the details in the MR2.
iii. MR1 serial no must be entered in the MR2, and vice-versa.
iv. Certifying Staff shall placard the cockpit on the applicable MEL provisions and brief the
flight crew on the same.
v. Certifying staff shall enter details of the MR2 in the AMOS, and AMOS will be monitored
by the Planning executive.
vi. Engineer releasing the aircraft (per flight) shall monitor the MR2 for open MELs and
validity/DDPG actions.
vii. For repeated DDPG actions per flight, the engineer in charge of releasing the aircraft, shall
carry out DDPG actions and enter details in the “Action taken” section of the MR1.
Page 2
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.1.6 REVOKING MEL ITEMS
a. The CAM, Technical Services Executive and Planning Executive shall be responsible for
monitoring the MEL time limits. MEL shall be revoked within the specified time period as
per the following procedure. However, it will be the responsibility of the engineer
releasing the aircraft (per flight), to ensure that no aircraft is released with any defect that
has exceeded its rectification time limits, specified in the MEL.
b. The certifying staff revoking the MEL shall:
i. Transfer details of the open MEL to MR1 (Defect column).

ii. Rectification details shall be entered in the Action taken column of the MR1.
iii. Enter the MEL revoking details in the MR2 and close the entry.
iv. Remove the MEL placarding in the cockpit.
v. Inform Maintenance Manager about the MEL status.
vi. Enter details of rectification in the AMOS.
6.1.7 PROCEDURES ENFORCED FOR MEL REPAIR INTERVAL
a. Repair interval limitation for each MEL will be as specified in the approved AirAsia MEL.
b. The Repair Interval is restrictive; hence all line and hangar defects deferred as per MEL
must be reported to Planning and Technical Services executive, so that the rectification
can be planned within the Repair Interval limit.
c. Calculation of the Repair Interval limitation starts at 0001hoursontheday following the

discovery of the defect. Example: When a defect is reported/ observed at 1300 hours
on 01May, the repair interval limitation takes effect at 0001 hours on 02 May.
d. All date/time shall be on basis UTC.
e. For aircraft in Bangalore and Line Stations, the following procedures shall apply:
i. At Bangalore, after releasing an aircraft under MEL, the AME or Authorized personnel,
shall collect copies of theMR1 with MR2 statement and send to Planning Executive
and Technical services executive.
ii. At Line Stations, defect deferred as per MEL shall be reported to Maintenance
Manager for tracking so that rectification can be planned within the repair interval
limit.
f. An aircraft cannot be released under MEL, if the repair interval time of that MEL exceeds
beyond specified limits of the MEL.
g. The CAM shall be responsible to monitor and control MEL defect repair interval.
Page 3
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.1.8 CONFIGURATION DEVIATIONLIST (CDL) APPLICATION
a. Items under released Configuration Deviation List items will be valid as per details stated
therein.
b. Management of the CDL items will be accomplished following the procedure specified for
MEL items.
Page 4
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.2 PRE-FLIGHT INSPECTION (Ref CAME 1.11)
6.2.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure that the aeroplane is fit for the intended flight.
6.2.2 SCOPE
a. T his shall cover inspections before each Flight such as:
b. A walk-around type inspection of the aircraft and its emergency equipment for condition
including, in particular, any obvious signs of wear, damage or leakage. In addition, the
presence of all required equipment including emergency equipment should be
established.
c. An inspection of the aircraft continuing airworthiness record system or the operators

technical log as applicable to ensure that the intended flight is not adversely affected by
any outstanding deferred defects and that no required maintenance action shown in the
maintenance statement is overdue or will become due during the flight.
d. A control that consumable fluids, gases etc. uplifted prior to flight are of the correct
specification, free from contamination, and correctly recorded.
e. A control that all doors are securely fastened.
f. A control that control surface and landing gear locks, pitot/static covers, restraint devices
and engine/aperture blanks have been removed.
g. A control that all the aircraft’s external surfaces and engines are free from ice, snow,
sand, dust etc. and an assessment to confirm that, as the result of meteorological
conditions and de-icing/anti-icing fluids having been previously applied on it, there are no
fluid residues that could endanger flight safety.
h. Alternatively to this pre-flight assessment, when the type of aircraft and nature of
operations allow for it, the build-up of residues may be controlled through scheduled
maintenance inspections/cleanings identified in the approved maintenance programme.
6.2.3 PROCEDURE
a. Pre-flight (Transit) Check Sheets conforming to the requirements of the pre-flight

inspection for Airbus A320-200 aircraft operated shall be used. The Pre-flight (Transit)
Check Sheets are developed by the CAMO and approved by the CAM.
Page 5
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
b. Certification for the Pre-flight (Transit) Checks, which does not bear a CRS, shall be
effected by the Authorized Certifying Staff or Pilot in Command in the Fuel& Oil Log of the
technical log book, in addition to the MR1.
c. A l though cargo and baggage loading will be undertaken by Ramp Services personnel, the
Engineer releasing the aircrafts shall ensure that prior to closing cargo doors, there
strainers or cargo nets are secured.
d. Any oil and /or hydraulic fluid uplift and tyre inflation shall be recorded in detail, in the
MR1 of the technical log book.
e. Oil/Hydraulic tasks such as oil and hydraulic fluid uplift and tyre inflation may be
considered as part of the pre-flight inspection.
f. However, necessary uplift or inflation resulting from an abnormal consumption will

require analysis, by the technical services executive and requisite troubleshooting shall be
actioned by the CAM, QM and the Maintenance Manager.
a. Approval and Amendments of : C A Manager

Pre-flight (Transit) Check Sheets /
Pre-flight (Transit) Check
and Fuel &Oil Log/MR1
b. Approval of Ground Handling Contractor : Quality Manager, Maintenance
Manager
Page 6
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.3 AIRCRAFT WEIGHING
6.3.1 PURPOSE
a. This document details procedures to be followed to maintain a record of weight and

balance of each aircraft, in order to enable the particular aircraft to be correctly loaded
and to include sufficient information to produce written loading instructions in
accordance with the requirements of the Indian Civil Aviation Regulations.
a. This procedure applies whenever weighing of aircraft is carried out on AirAsia (India)
aircraft.
6.3.3 PROCEDURE
a. AirAsia (India) will carry out weighing as per the requirements of the manufacturer and
DGCA.
b. Initial weighing of aircraft shall be carried out before induction of aircraft. Subsequently
reweighing of aircraft shall be carried out at intervals of not more than five years.
c. Aircraft re-weighing must be also carried out if there has been significant changes in the
weight and moment of the aircraft due to major maintenance or major modification.
d. AirAsia (India) may contract weighing of aircraft and subsequent weight schedule
computation to DGCA approved MRO. (to be carried out by authorized personnel of the
MRO)
e. Certifying staff authorised by Quality Manager, for carrying out weighing, shall carry out
the weighing of the aircraft and certify the weight schedule. Technical Services executive
will review and compute the weight schedule. The C A Manager shall be responsible for
the approval of aircraft Weight & Balance Schedule .
f. Technical Services executive shall be responsible for the preparation, issue, control and
management of aircraft weight and balance data in accordance with the requirements of
EPM Volume3.
Page 7
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
g. Detailed records of each aircraft weighing such as the Aircraft Weighing Report
(QD/TS/17), Weight & Balance Change Record and Weight & Balance Schedule (QD/TS/16)
shall be maintained and kept by Technical Services executive.
h. Criteria and approval of authorised signatory of Aircraft Weighing Report and Weight &
Balance Schedule shall be in accordance with the requirement of MOE 3.4.
a. Aircraft Weighing : C A Manager

b. Records of Aircraft Weighing : Technical Services Executive
Page 8
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.4 DOCUMENTS TO BE CARRIED ON BOARD
6.4.1 PURPOSE:
a. The purpose of this chapter is to enlist the documents that must be carried on board
AirAsia (India) fleet aircraft.
6.4.2 REFERENCES
a. CAR Section 2 Series X Part VII
6.4.3 LIST OF DOCUMENTS (IN ORIGINAL OR ATTESTED COPIES)
a. Certificate of Release to Service (CRS-SMI, issued after an ‘E’ check and ‘C’ check)
b. Certificate of Registration
c. Certificate of Airworthiness
d. Airworthiness Review Certificate
e. Noise Certificate
f. Air Operator Permit
g. Aero mobile Radio operation License for Radio Communication apparatus
h. Weight Schedule
i. LOPA (Lay‐Out of Passenger Arrangement) & Emergency Equipment Drawing (Ref.
Form no. QD/TS/07 & QD/TS/08)
j. Aircraft Insurance
k. Technical Log & Cabin Log book
l. Minimum Equipment List
m. Anti‐Sabotage Inspection Schedule (QD/QA/36)
n. Load and Trim Sheet
o. Flight Manual
p. Cockpit and Emergency Check List unless these form part of the Flight Manual, carried on
board.
q. Note: Check lists for take‐off, cruise and landing phases shall be displayed in the cockpit
unless the lists form a part of Operations Manual/Flight Manual, carried on board.
r. Operations Manual
s. Appropriate licenses for each member of the flight crew
t. Route guides
u. Current and suitable navigation charts/maps for the planned flight route and all other
routes along with, where it is reasonable to expect that the flight may be diverted.
Page 9
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
v. If the aircraft carries dangerous goods, then a list of such goods must be prepared and
brought to the notice of Pilot‐in‐command, before the flight.
w. List of the passengers on board and places of embarkation and destination
x. Cabin Crew Manual
y. In addition, an approved passenger safety information briefing card shall be placed
at every passenger seat location.
6.4.4 RESPONSIBILITY
a. Following personnel / department shall ensure that current and valid documents (or
copies thereof, as applicable) as mentioned at above paragraphs are on board the aircraft
prior to aircraft operation.
b. Certifying AME‐ Documents mentioned at paragraphs 6.4.3.1 thru 6.4.3.13
c. Operations‐Documents mentioned at paragraphs 6.4.3.14 thru 6.4.3.22
d. In‐charge Cabin Crew‐Document stated at paragraph 6.4.3.2.
e. Cabin Appearance‐ Passenger Safety Information briefing card stated at
paragraph6.4.3.24
Page 10
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.5 REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMUMS OPERATIONS – MAINTENANCE

REQUIREMENTS. (Ref: CAR Section 2, Series O, Part XI)
6.5.1 PURPOSE:
a. Indian Reduced Vertical Separation Minima (RVSM) airspace is between 29,000 feet to
41,000 feet.
b. In RVSM airspace, the height separation between aircraft is reduced from 2000 feet to
1000 feet.
c. Aircraft intended to operate in RVSM airspace require prior approval from the Regulatory
Authorities after meeting all technical and maintenance requirements for such
operations.
d. The serviceability of certain navigation equipment is a requirement for RVSM

operations and proper reference to the MEL should be made prior to dispatch of the
aircraft.
6.5.2 SCOPE AND RESPONSIBILTY:
a. Certifying staff releasing aircraft for flight into RVSM airspace must be fully aware of the
requirements and understand the philosophy of RVSM operations.
6.5.3 PROCEDURE
a. Refer to DGCA approved RVSM Manual for further details.
Page 11
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.6 CARRY FORWARD ITEMS (Ref: CAME 1.1)
6.6.1 PURPOSE
a. To establish a system of control and monitoring of Carry Forward Items (CFI) to enable
rectifications to be carried out at a later date.
a. This procedure applies to defer defects observed/reported in Line Maintenance which are
non-MEL items and/or non-airworthiness items and do not affect the safety of the
aircraft. It also specifies the deferment of Cabin defect log book entries.
6.6.3 PROCEDURE
a. This procedure applies to cabin defects observed/reported, in Line / Base Maintenance or

reported by Crew, which are non-MEL items and/or non-airworthiness items and do not
affect the safety of the aircraft.
b. Due to non-availability of spares, defects which are not enlisted in the MEL/CDL, and
which do not affect the safety of the aircraft, or are non- airworthiness items, such as
aesthetics, cosmetics, cabin items, passenger comfort items, etc., may be deferred by the
AME, till the next maintenance input.
c. The AME shall make an entry of such a defect and the deferment of its rectification, in the
MR2, enters details in the AMOS.
d. Details of defects which are transferred into MR2 will be entered in the CFI list
(QD/PP/10) by the Planning executive on a daily basis and shall have a cross reference to
the related MR2.
e. Each aircraft shall have its own CFI list and Planning executive shall be responsible to
maintain, control and monitor the CFI list.
f. A bi-monthly meeting shall be held by Planning executive with all the relevant
departments to review and discuss the CFI items for spares availability, manpower and
scheduling for the next maintenance opportunity (‘E’ Check), to rectify the items.
Page 12
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
a. Transferring of CFI items to MR2 : AME/AH
b. Transferring MR2 items to CFI : Planning executive
c. Scheduling of CFI items for Maintenance rectifications : Planning executive.
Page 13
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.7 FLIGHT TEST PROCEDURES(Ref: CAME 1.13)
6.7.1 PURPOSE
a. To ensure that an aircraft required undergoing test flight, meets the necessary
requirements and procedures.
b. To ensure full authority is obtained prior to any aircraft test flight.
c. To ensure AirAsia (India) fleet aircraft are flight tested in accordance with the
requirements of DGCA India under the aircraft C of A issue / renewal programme.
6.7.2 PROCEDURE
a. Test Flight shall be carried out under any combination of the following conditions and
appropriate Test Flight Schedule/Procedure shall be prepared by Technical Services
Executive with reference to Airbus A320 -200 Test Flight Procedure:
i. Flight test following major maintenance, repair, conversion or modification which may
affect the operation or flight characteristics of the aircraft.
ii. Flight test for purpose of performance evaluation test in respect to flight characteristic,
fuel consumption, engine power checks, etc.
iii. Flight test for defect troubleshooting/testing of aircraft system or aircraft component for
which the fault/test could not be produced /confirmed on the ground.
iv. Flight test as specified by the requirements of DGCA India under the aircraft C of A issue/
renewal programme or directed by DGCA India
v. Flight test in accordance to the requirements of the approved Maintenance Programme.
b. Flight test for the purpose of testing aircraft flight characteristics/radio test / radar
/instruments / navigation equipment as required by Flight Operations.
c. Test flight on each aircraft type shall be carried out in accordance with the latest Test
Flight Schedule.
d. Technical Services and Maintenance Planning will assess the need for verification flight
test after line / base maintenance activities and liaise with the Maintenance Manager and
Flight Operations department, for carrying out verification flight test.
e. Technical Services Executive will formulate the verification flight test schedule based on
the Manufacturer’s documentation, and forward the same to the C A Manager for review.
Page 14
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
f. C A Manager, after his review will forward the document to the Chief of Flight Operations
for concurrence.
g. Post concurrence from the Chief of Flight Operations, the Quality Manager will approve
the verification flight test schedule for each type of configuration of the fleet.
h. Certifying Staff will be responsible for ensuring that all maintenance tasks associated to
the verification flight tests are completed and CRS is issued.
i. Ensure aircraft has the following items before each test flight:-
i. A valid Certificate of Release to Service (CRS-SMI).

ii. T he schedule for test flight has been duly issued.
iii. All observers have been issued with an airlines ticket or listed on the General Declaration
list.
iv. All mandatory documents/ certificates as specified by the CAR are on board the aircraft.
v. A valid Certificate of Airworthiness(C of A) exists or has been issued (except in the case of
C of A renewal).
vi. In the case of C of A initial issue, a Certificate of Fitness for Flight (C of F for F) has been
issued.
j. Completed test flight report form shall be forwarded to the C A Manager and QM
thereafter for review.
6.7.3 CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS (C OF F) FOR FLIGHT
a. Certificate of Fitness for Flight shall be issued for aircraft that needs a test flight under
conditions specified in CAR Section2, Series T.
b. Prior commencement of the test flight, the aircraft shall be duly certified by an
appropriately authorised person.
a Preparation of Test Flight Schedule : Technical Services Executive

b Briefing to Flight Crew/Technical Crew on : Maintenance Manager
Test Flight requirements
c Retention of Test Flight Records : Technical Services Executive
d Test Flight Coordination : Maintenance Manager
Page 15
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.8 CONTROL OF SOFTWARE
6.8.1 PURPOSE
a. The purpose is to outline procedures on the control of Aircraft On-Board Application

Software (ABAS) within the Engineering Department.
a. Several avionics LRUs are designed with the capacity to have their application software
loaded on-board the aircraft. For control purposes, the aircraft up loadable application
software is classified under two categories:
i. Navigation Data (FLS)
ii. Avionics, Flight Data and In-Flight (LSAP).
b. The following is an example of modifiable on-board application software:
Cabin Assignment Module using Cabin Intercommunication Data System in Passenger

Service System and Cabin Lighting On board.
c. The control of this software excludes software used by Planning or Technical Services to
manage maintenance records per MOE Part 2.21.
d. The procurement and documentation of the ABAS shall be incompliance with DGCA
requirements.
6.8.3 PROCEDURE NAV DATA UPDATE
a. Update Navigation Data Software is provided by Jeppesen and procured by Flight

Operations, and controlled by Technical Services Executive. Whenever amendment is
received from supplier, the Flight Operations will provide amendment NAVDATA Software
to Technical Services Executive (TSE). The TSE is required to check the effective date and if
valid, to pass the amended NAVDATA disk to Maintenance manager. The maintenance
manager will then distribute the disk to the respective Aircraft Engineer (AME).
b. All superseded copy of NAV DATA is to be returned to Technical Services for scrap.
c. New NAV DATA update is to be certified in MR1. The software must be verified on board
using the established processes and procedures detailed in the AMM or approved vendor
maintenance data or modification data.
Page 16
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.8.4 PROCEDURE FOR AVIONICS LRU SOFTWARE
a. The procedure is to evaluate the OEM and/or Airframe manufacturer Service Bulletin (SB)
and Service Letter (SL) and in house modifiable software. Raise Technical Document
Evaluation (TDE), and Engineering Instruction (EI) for the purchase and loading of the
application software on the aircraft by Materials and Maintenance Departments
respectively.
b. Procure unloadable software diskettes as called out in the TDE.
c. On receipt of the procured or in-house generated software diskettes, process items as per
material receipt/ inspection procedure and forward diskettes directly to the TSE.
d. Carry out acceptance check and maintain the master copy of the diskettes in the
Technical Publication section of Technical Services.
e. Maintain one set of the current diskettes as master copy.

f. Maintain an “On-board Application Software Configuration Master List” detailing all the
current software issued for each aircraft types .Maintain “On-board Application Software
Configuration List” detailing all the Current software on-board each aircraft registration.
Note: These lists must be revised only upon issuance of the list of Maintenance, not upon
updating of software.
g. Technical services shall maintain one set of the previous revision of software diskettes.
Note: The control procedure for diskette storage will also be the task of the TSE. A copy of the
on board application software configuration list shall be kept by the TSE.
h. Planning executive will schedule TDE for change of LRU application software and obtain
the software required for the task from Technical Services executive.
i. AME will upload LRU application software in aircraft via the Data Loader with reference to
the TDE and applicable maintenance manual.
j. AME completing the change is required to update the “On Board Application Software
Configuration List” to the latest status. Email the latest revision status to Technical services
executive to update the MASTER FILE.
k. To ensure correct P/N software is loaded during LRU replacement
i. Ensure the displayed software P/N corresponds with the “on-board Application
Software Configuration List”.
ii. Ensure the software P/N of the installed LRU and S/N of diskette used must be recorded
in MR1.
Page 17
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
l. Whenever the on-board software diskettes are replaced or updated the S/N “ON” and
S/N “OFF” of the diskettes must be recorded in the MR1.
i. AME must be familiar with aircraft maintenance manuals procedure cautioned

statements, with regards to software loading and verification of software P/N.
ii. The diskette after loading is to be kept at diskette compartment to facilitate on board
application software loading. One set of application software applicable to the aircraft
will be kept in the diskette compartment.
m. All pre mod or unserviceable diskette removed from aircraft shall be returned to the
Technical Services executive for scrap.
6.8.5 REPLICATION OF ABAS
a. If copies are to be made, this must be accomplished using Technical Services approved
media storage replication process. The copying must be recorded in an aircraft software
replication register and be traceable to the original source from which copies were made.
This is to ensure the activity can be audited.
b. A copy of the original CA form 1, EASA form 1 or FAA 8130-3 or any other approved ARC
must accompany all ABAS storage media containing software copy.
a. FLS Data : Director of Flight Operations, Technical Services Engineer,

Quality Manager, Shift in-charge.
b. LSAP : Tech Services Executive, Planning Executive, AME, Materials Executive.
Page 18
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.9 ACCEPTANCE TO PROCEED (ATP)
6.9.1 PURPOSE
a. To provide technical justification to support the pilot’s decision to fly the aircraft that is
grounded at Line Station with defect or damage where repair or replacement is not
reasonably practical, to the nearest station where the damage or defect can be repaired
or rectified satisfactorily.
a. This procedure applies whenever aircraft in service are grounded due to damage or
having developed defect at stations where facilities are not available, to carry out
proper repair or rectification and there is technical justification that the safe conduct of
the flight will not be jeopardized if allowed to continue.
b. The ATP process is the documented process facilitating the commander of the aircraft
to exercise the provision of CAR. The following ATP procedure must be followed before
a decision is made to continue the flight with or without passengers on board.
6.9.3 PROCEDURE
a. The Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer or Authorization Holder, after consulting with
the Pilot in command, will immediately notify the Maintenance Manager advising the full
details of the defect or deficiency including reasons for inability to effect a rectification or
repair.
b. An adequate assessment of the defect or deficiency has to be made by the Maintenance

Manager, taking into consideration all details of technical unserviceability’s contained in
the aircraft technical log and its possible side effects on crew workload and operating
procedure. Concurrence from the Flight Operations Director has to be obtained. Only
after it has been established that conditions justify an ATP, the Maintenance Manager
shall contact the C A Manager for an ATP.
c. The C A Manager will consult, if necessary, with all relevant specialist sections, such as
the Technical services executive, Flight operations or the Manufacturer’s/Vendors
representative and apply to the QM for an ATP.
Page 19
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
NOTE: If the aircraft performance is affected, the required degradation in performance will be
promulgated from Approved Airplane Flight Manual calculation or approval must be obtained
from aircraft manufacturer or DGCA.
d. When it is deemed that the aircraft is safe for further flight, the Quality Manager shall
contact RAO, DGCA India for Approval.
e. After obtaining DGCA India’s approval, the Quality Manager shall issue a serialized ATP
number to be indicated in the message to the relevant stations.
f. The ATP must specify the aircraft, date, flight numbers and sectors involved the nature of
the defect, the justification for the issuance of the ATP and any special conditions or
rectifications that need to be observed.
g. The Licensed Aircraft Maintenance Engineer or Authorized personnel, on receipt of the

ATP shall record in MR1 and MR2 the ATP number with details of all prerequisites and
limitations imposed. Appropriate Notice to Crew (NTC) shall be raised and all action taken
in compliance to the imposed prerequisites shall be recorded and certified for.
NOTE: The Captain of the aircraft, however, retains over-riding authority, to refuse acceptance
of the ATP if he has reasons not to undertake the flight.
h. The Maintenance Manager shall coordinate for resources (including expertise) to be made
available at the station where the ATP terminates or when aircraft is back at base,
whichever is sooner, to carry out the necessary repair or rectification.
i. The Quality Manager shall submit copies of ATP issued to DGCA India for endorsement
within five (5) working days using (QD/QA/25)
a. Notify Maintenance Manager : AME, Authorization Holder.

b. Assessment of defect to justify ATP : Maintenance Manager.
c. ATP Concurrence : Quality Manager, Technical
Services Executive, Director of
Flight Operations, C A Manager.
d. ATP Approval : DGCA India.
e. ATP Acceptance : Pilot in Command
Page 20
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.10 FERRY FLIGHT PERMIT (FFP)
6.10.1 PURPOSE
a. To ferry an aircraft that has suffered major structural damage or has a major system
defect, to a destination where restoration of the aircraft to an airworthy condition can be
made. Reference shall be made to the regulatory requirements of DGCA India.
Note:
i. The FFP shall be requested by AirAsia India and approved by DGCA India.
ii. DGCA India may prescribe specific limiting condition to permit. The aircraft to fly without
passengers to a facility where it can be restored to an airworthy condition.
iii. The FFP will require the AirAsia Flight Operations Department to seek clearance from the
appropriate authorities of the respective states over which the ferry flight will take place.
a. This procedure applies whenever an aircraft is in an unserviceable condition and FFP is

required for the ferry flight to a repair station. A request will be made in writing to the
DGCA India for FFP in the following situation:-
i. Major structural damage – damage that occurred to primary or principle structures

and/or any structures that affects safe operation of aircraft.
ii. Major system defects–defects of aircraft system that affects safe operation of aircraft.
iii. When determined by DGCA India.
b. The request for a FFP should indicate the following details:
i. The name and address of registered owner and its operator.

ii. The make, model, serial number and registration marks of the aircraft.
iii. The nature of details of the defect.
iv. The purpose of the flight.
v. The technical justification for the requested flight.
vi. The proposed itinerary.
vii. The crew required for the ferry flight.
viii. Details of non-compliance with applicable airworthiness requirements.
ix. Any restriction the applicant considers necessary for safe operation of the aircraft.
x. Any other information considered necessary by the DGCA India for the purpose of
prescribing operating limitations.
Page 21
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.10.3 PROCEDURE
a. The Aircraft Maintenance Engineer or Authorization holder after consulting the Pilot in
command will immediately notify the Maintenance Manager advising the full details of
the defect or deficiency including reasons for in ability to effect a rectification or repair.
b. An adequate assessment of the defect or deficiency has to be made by the Maintenance

Manager, taking into consideration all details of technical un- serviceabilities contained in
the aircraft technical log and its possible side effects on crew workload and operating
procedure. Concurrence from the Flight Operations Director (or his delegate of who must
be a flying pilot) has to be obtained. Only after it has been established that conditions
justify an FFP, the Maintenance Manager (or his delegate) shall contact the CAM, for a
FFP.
c. The C A Manager will consult, if necessary, with all relevant specialist sections, such as
Technical Services Executive, Flight Operations or the Manufacturer’s/Vendors
representative and make an application to the QAM.
Note: If the aircraft performance is affected the required degradation in performance will be
promulgated from Approved Airplane Flight Manual calculation or approval will be obtained
from aircraft manufacturer or aviation authority.
d. When it is deemed that the aircraft is safe for further flight after addressing all concerns,
the Quality Manager shall contact RAO, DGCA India for approval.
e. After obtaining DGCA India’s approval, the Quality Manager shall issue a Serialized FFP
number to be indicated in the message to the relevant stations.
f. The FFP must specify the aircraft, date, flight numbers and sectors involved the nature of
the defect, the justification for the issuance of the FFP and any special conditions or
rectifications that need to be observed.
g. The AME on receipt of the FFP shall record in MR1 and MR2 the FFP number with details
of all prerequisites and limitations imposed. Appropriate Notice to Crew (NTC) shall be
raised and all action taken in compliance to the imposed prerequisites shall be recorded
and certified for.
Note: The Captain of the aircraft, however, retains over-riding authority to refuse acceptance
of the FFP if he has reasons not to undertake the flight.
h. The Maintenance Manager shall coordinate for resources (including expertise) to be made
available at the station where the FFP terminates or when aircraft is back at base,
whichever is sooner, to carry out the necessary repair or rectification.
Page 22
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
i. The Quality Manager shall submit copies of FFP issued to DGCA India for Endorsement
within five (5) working days using Form QD/QA/25.
a. Notify Maintenance Manager : AME, Authorization Holder.

b. Assessment of defect to justify FFP : Maintenance Manager.
c. FFP Concurrence : Quality Manager, CAM,
Director of Flight Operations
d. FFP Approval : DGCA India.
e. FFP Acceptance : Pilot in Command
Page 23
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.11 REMOVAL OF PARTS FROM SERVICEABLE AIRCRAFT
6.11.1 PURPOSE
a. To define the conditions to be observed for removal of serviceable components/parts.
a. The removal and usage of any serviceable part from one aircraft (DONOR AIRCRAFT) to
another aircraft (RECIPIENT AIRCRAFT) is to enable continued operation of the aircraft.
6.11.3 PROCEDURE
a. Removal of a serviceable component from an aircraft, other than those required for
scheduled maintenance, will only be initiated if the part required for another is confirmed
nil / not stocked by Materials Executive.
b. Authority for removal can only be given by the Maintenance Manager during office hours.
In case of non-availability of the maintenance manager, authority for removal may be
given by the Shift Shift in-charge. Authority shall be given in writing through Email or Hard
copy. Copies of such authorization shall be maintained by the Maintenance Manager for a
period of two years from the date of its issue.
c. The Certifying staff performing the removal shall issue a CA Form 1, provided he has
satisfied himself that the intended part to be removed is of the same part number and as
follows:
i. The aircraft component may only be deemed serviceable if the last flight operation
with the component fitted revealed no faults on that component/related system.
ii. The aircraft component is inspected for satisfactory condition including in particular
damage, corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional manufacturer’s
maintenance instructions.
iii. Confirmation must be obtained from the CAMO for having researched the aircraft
records for any unusual events that could affect the serviceability of the aircraft
component such as involvement in accidents, incidents, heavy landings or lightning
strikes.
Page 24
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
iv. Under no circumstances may a CA Form 1 be issued if it is suspected that the aircraft
component has been subjected to extremes of stress, temperatures or immersion
which could affect its operation.
v. A maintenance history record is available for all used serialized aircraft components.
vi. Compliance with known modifications and repairs is established.
vii. The flight hours/cycles/landings as applicable of any service life limited parts
including time since overhaul is established.
viii. Compliance with known applicable AD is established.
a. Authority for Removal : Maintenance Manager.

b. Authority for Removal : Shift in-charge Outside office hours.
c. Status of Part to be removed : Certifying staff.
d. Documentation : Certifying staff
Page 25
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
6.12 FLIGHT DATA RECORDER (FDR AND CVR)
6.12.1 PURPOSE
a. The purpose is to outline the procedures for the Fight Data Recorder (FDR) and Cockpit
Voice Recorder (CVR) readout requirement.
b. An operational check and evaluation of the FDR and CVR recordings shall be conducted to
verify that all required parameters are recorded accurately and to ensure continued
serviceability of the recorders.
c. Reference shall be made to the DGCA India Airworthiness Advisory Circular, AAC 2 of 2004
and AAC 3 of 2004.
a. This procedure applies to all aircraft in service which are installed with a Flight Data
Recorder and Cockpit Voice Recorder.
b. The FDR and CVR readout shall be carried out at intervals as required by CAR Section 5
Series F - Part I, and AirAsia (India) Ltd.’s approved Aircraft Maintenance Programme.
6.12.3 PROCEDURE
a. Planning Executive shall be responsible to plan the task for FDR and CVR Readout.
b. Materials executive shall arrange to send the FDR and CVR to an approved agency for
process and a copy of the FDR and CVR readout records shall be obtained. Once the FDR
and CVR readout report is available, this report shall be forwarded to Technical Services
Executive and Flight Safety Team. Alternately, the CVR & DFDR read out and analysis may
be carried out in house. (CVR / DFDR read out facility approved by DGCA).
c. Technical Services Executive and Flight Safety Team shall evaluate the readout report and
ensure that, all parameters required are recorded correctly and comply with AAC 2 of
2004 and AAC 3 of 2004.
d. Technical Services executive shall maintain records of all the FDR and CVR readout reports
for a period of two years.
Page 26
Rev. No. & Dt. 00 Oct 2017
a. Plan Maintenance Task for FDR &CVR readout : Planning Executive.

b. Arrangement of FDR and CVR for readout : Materials Executive.
c. FDR and CVR readout evaluation/ assessment : Technical Services Executive /
Flight Safety Officer
d. FDR and CVR readout records safe-keeping : Technical Services Executive
Page 27

MM

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

MM

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Maintenance

Document No. : AAI/ ENG/M/01

01 01 Feb 2015 Revision

02 00 Dec. 2015 Re-issue Dec. 2015 T.N. Nagesh

Scope of work enhanced to

Scope of Work amended

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

CHANGE NOTICE OF ISSUE 02, REV. 03,

Issue No. 2 , Part No Page No. Description

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

Part no. Issue no. 2 Issue no. 3

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

1.4.1 Accountable Manager 10

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

PART DESCRIPTION PAGE

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS

AAC Airworthiness Advisory Circular

CCL Cockpit Checklist

FLS Forward Looking Sonar

NDT Non Destructive Testing

UTC Coordinated Universal Time

S/N Terms Definitions

S/N Terms Definitions

S/N Terms Definitions

32 Services Maintenance/ repair/ overhaul/ bench check/ testing/ Calibration /ground

INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

0.1 COMPANY BACKGROUND

0.1.1 ORGANIZATION BACKGROUND

n. During June 2016, AirAsia obtained Continuing Airworthiness Management Organization

0.2 BUSINESS OBJECTIVES, MISSION & VISION

0.3 MANAGEMENT COMPOSITION – BOARD MEMBERS

a. The Board of Directors of AirAsia (India) Ltd are:

Chairman : Mr. S. Rama Dorai, Indian

Director : Mr. Prashant Kumar Ghose, Indian

Director : Mr. Venkatraman Ramachandran, Indian

Director : Mr. Anthony Fernandes, Malaysian

Director : Mr. Tharumalingam Kanagalingam. Malaysian

0.4 ADDRESS OF CORPORATE OFFICE, OPERATION BASE & MAINTENANCE BASE